Category: Uncategorized

  • First Time Founders with Ed Elson – This Company Uses AI To Help 911 Save Lives

    Ed speaks with Michael Chime, CEO and co-founder of Prepared, an assistive AI platform for emergency response. They discuss the challenges facing 911 call centers, the lessons Michael has learned as a manager, and how he frames Prepared’s value proposition to investors.

    Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices

  • No Mercy / No Malice: Rich Kids

    As read by George Hahn.

    Rich Kids

    Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices

  • Where Crypto Meets AI with Chris Dixon & David George

    What happens when two of the biggest tech waves—AI and crypto—start to converge?

    In this LP Summit conversation, a16z General Partners Chris Dixon and David George explore how stablecoins are creating a new global financial layer, why generative AI is reshaping market structures, and how the next tech giants will be built.

    From network effects to native AI business models, this is a sharp look at the future of innovation and investing.

     

    Resources: 

    Find Chris on X: https://x.com/cdixon

    Find David on X: https://x.com/DavidGeorge83

    Watch ‘What is an AI Agent?’: https://youtu.be/xGEUPLLuEIo?si=RM-tD-R8H9XfbIP

     

    Stay Updated: 

    Let us know what you think: https://ratethispodcast.com/a16z

    Find a16z on Twitter: https://twitter.com/a16z

    Find a16z on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/a16z

    Subscribe on your favorite podcast app: https://a16z.simplecast.com/

    Follow our host: https://x.com/eriktorenberg

    Please note that the content here is for informational purposes only; should NOT be taken as legal, business, tax, or investment advice or be used to evaluate any investment or security; and is not directed at any investors or potential investors in any a16z fund. a16z and its affiliates may maintain investments in the companies discussed. For more details please see a16z.com/disclosures.

  • The U.S.-China trade war, according to game theory

    Over the last few months U.S.-China trade relations have been pretty hard to make sense of – unless you look at what’s happening through the lens of game theory. Game theory is all about how decisions are made, based not just on one side’s options and payoffs, but on the choices and incentives of others.

    So, are Donald Trump and Xi Jinping competing in a simple game of chicken? Or is the game more like the prisoner’s dilemma? On today’s show, we try to decide which of four possibilities might be the best model for this incredibly high-stakes game. And we take a look at who is playing well and who might need to adjust their strategy.

    For more on the U.S.-China trade war:

    – The 145% tariff already did its damage
    What happened to U.S. farmers during the last trade war
    What “Made in China” actually means

    This show was hosted by Keith Romer and Amanda Aronczyk. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Jess Jiang, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Kwesi Lee with help from Robert Rodriguez and Cena Lofreddo. Additional production help from Sylvie Douglis. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money‘s executive producer.

    Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter.

    Listen free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts.

    Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney.

    Learn more about sponsor message choices: podcastchoices.com/adchoices

    NPR Privacy Policy

  • How to build a $1M+ startup using AI (Full Tutorial)

    AI transcript
    0:00:03 All right, everyone, before we get into the episode, I have a quick announcement.
    0:00:07 So if you’re hearing this, that means you’re listening on a podcasting app like Spotify.
    0:00:12 And this episode will be a lot better if you go and watch it on YouTube.
    0:00:15 And the reason being is we had our friend Greg Eisenberg on the pod.
    0:00:22 And we asked him to use AI to come up with a business idea and implement it in only one hour.
    0:00:27 And to put the pressure on, we actually had him screen share so we could see exactly what he was doing.
    0:00:29 And it was mind blowing.
    0:00:35 And so if you’re working out, if you’re on a run, if you’re on the train, and you’re listening to this via podcasting apps, it’s fine.
    0:00:37 You can still listen and get a lot of value.
    0:00:43 But if you can go to our YouTube page, my first million and watch this, and I think it’ll make a lot more sense.
    0:00:45 All right, enjoy the episode.
    0:00:48 I think I’m going to blow your mind today.
    0:00:58 By the end of this episode, Sam, we’re going to see me replace a developer, a salesperson, a designer, a marketer, a researcher, a product manager.
    0:00:59 With AI agents.
    0:01:00 Okay, I’m in.
    0:01:02 I feel like I can rule the world.
    0:01:05 I know I could be what I want to.
    0:01:08 I put my all in it like my days off.
    0:01:10 On the road, let’s travel, never looking back.
    0:01:13 Are you going to tailor this to someone like me who’s like a Neanderthal?
    0:01:18 I’m going to tailor this to anyone who is an idea person.
    0:01:33 So anyone who listens to your podcast, My First Million or my podcast, the Startup Ideas podcast, anyone who considers themselves an idea person, solopreneur, someone who wants a side hustle, someone who wants a business to make money and is interested in trends and ideas.
    0:01:36 Okay, I’m into this, dude.
    0:01:39 Okay, so we’re going to go through six steps.
    0:01:42 The first is how to find the right idea and trend.
    0:01:44 The second is sketching out the idea.
    0:01:47 I’m going to talk about the tools I use.
    0:01:50 I’m also going to give away all the workflows so people can just copy them.
    0:01:53 We’re going to scope out the MVP using a tool called Manus.
    0:01:56 We’re going to Vibe code prototype using Bolt.new.
    0:01:59 We’re going to Vibe market the business and automate it using Lindy AI.
    0:02:04 And then we’re going to use AI agent product manager using Idea Browser.
    0:02:09 Because I’m above the age of 30, I feel a little uncomfortable using the word Vibe, but do we get a pass?
    0:02:10 Can I say the V word?
    0:02:12 You can say the V word.
    0:02:13 I don’t know.
    0:02:18 Yeah, for now, we can both say the V word, even though it’s cringe as hell.
    0:02:19 All right, I’ll try it on.
    0:02:21 Let’s get into it.
    0:02:23 All right, so what’s the first step?
    0:02:27 The first step is, I’m assuming you don’t have an idea.
    0:02:28 Okay.
    0:02:30 So let’s go find an idea.
    0:02:36 So every single day, ideabrowser.com, this is actually, I created this for myself.
    0:02:37 Okay.
    0:02:42 So it basically uses, so every single day, a new idea comes with a trend.
    0:02:47 So today’s idea is to create an AI SEO agency.
    0:02:49 And it gives you a name, LLM Boost.
    0:02:55 And it basically says that there’s 400 million people questioning ChatGPT, etc.
    0:03:00 Someone should start an agency specializing in LLM, large language model, SEO.
    0:03:06 Did your methodology give you this idea for ideabrowser.com?
    0:03:07 100%.
    0:03:09 This is basically productized, Greg.
    0:03:12 And like, I basically, I run a holding company as my day job.
    0:03:14 And we’re constantly incubating and investing in ideas.
    0:03:21 So we basically said, how can we have an unfair advantage using AI to find the latest trends and ideas?
    0:03:23 All right, I’m into this.
    0:03:24 But there’s a twist.
    0:03:33 So it says, we’re going to offer a free AI-powered audit quiz that instantly shows businesses where they rank in AI searches.
    0:03:35 Most will be shocked they don’t exist.
    0:03:38 And then we’re going to sell premium optimization services to fix it.
    0:03:43 So for example, like Hampton, I don’t know how much of your traffic’s organic SEO.
    0:03:45 Let’s say 1,000 people a day from search.
    0:03:52 What people are noticing is that LLM search as a part of organic search is maybe now 5% or 10%.
    0:03:54 Dude, we are just now getting people.
    0:03:58 We have gotten a bunch of people who have signed up and they found us via chat GPT.
    0:03:58 Right.
    0:04:04 So it would be cool if Hampton, for example, would show up more often.
    0:04:05 I agree.
    0:04:08 So this is like a good idea, right?
    0:04:11 And it gives you like an opportunity score, a problem score.
    0:04:13 And this uses all AI agents.
    0:04:16 And you can go in depth and stuff like that.
    0:04:22 Like it tells you exactly what business model you should use, what your pricing should be,
    0:04:24 what are, you know, competing customers.
    0:04:27 It really does all the work for you.
    0:04:30 You know, the go-to-market strategies, what is the target audience?
    0:04:36 It actually scrapes and goes through Facebook groups, YouTube channels like this, Reddit.
    0:04:42 And it basically, it’s almost like your AI co-founder in that sense.
    0:04:48 One of the cool features is, let’s just say, you know, there’s a lot of ideas that are really good.
    0:04:52 But Sam, for example, you might not be the best person to go after this idea.
    0:04:57 So you can basically go through a founder fit score and say, I’m Sam.
    0:04:59 I’m the founder of Hampton.
    0:05:03 I specialize in community.
    0:05:08 Is this a good idea for me?
    0:05:15 And then it uses AI to basically generate an assessment to see if we should actually go and do this idea.
    0:05:16 Okay.
    0:05:17 This is awesome.
    0:05:18 And do you have a bunch of people?
    0:05:19 And this is a product too.
    0:05:20 I didn’t, I just signed up for it.
    0:05:22 Do you have a lot of customers for this?
    0:05:24 I haven’t publicly posted about it.
    0:05:25 Wow.
    0:05:25 All right.
    0:05:26 So this is awesome.
    0:05:27 All right.
    0:05:28 So it gave me a six and a half out of 10.
    0:05:29 Yeah.
    0:05:32 So it says your skill alignment is kind of, it’s actually kind of savage.
    0:05:36 It’s because your skill alignment is four on 10, which I don’t disagree with.
    0:05:37 I agree with.
    0:05:38 Yeah.
    0:05:42 So it just goes through this and it gives you some immediate actions to do what you should do.
    0:05:43 Okay.
    0:05:45 Maybe we should partner with an AI and SEO expert.
    0:05:49 You know, maybe you should launch a community driven platform for client engagement.
    0:05:52 Anyways, the point of this is.
    0:05:53 Dude, this is awesome.
    0:05:53 Yeah.
    0:05:55 And there’s way, there’s way more you can do.
    0:05:58 You can also, you know, it tells you exactly what your offer should be.
    0:06:00 It gives you different frameworks.
    0:06:04 Like Alex Hermosi has the value equation, which I really like.
    0:06:06 Dude, this is going to be a huge product that you made.
    0:06:07 This is really cool.
    0:06:11 And it, and it, and it’s all, yeah, it’s special to this.
    0:06:12 And it also has this AI assistant.
    0:06:16 Like we can ask it like, you know, what are the key risks of the business?
    0:06:19 And you can have a full on, it’s like chat GPT for ideas.
    0:06:24 There is a feature and we can go to it maybe at the end if we have time.
    0:06:24 Okay.
    0:06:31 Where you upload your own idea and it generates a report based on all our, all the data of like
    0:06:34 YouTube and Reddit and all of AI basically.
    0:06:38 But step one is to use this website to get an idea.
    0:06:39 That’s pretty awesome.
    0:06:43 Step one is you want it, you want to, and you know this, you want to build an idea based on
    0:06:44 a trend because it’s easier.
    0:06:45 Yeah.
    0:06:53 So look, find, you know, use something like idea browser.com to get an idea based on a trend
    0:06:56 and then go.
    0:06:59 Hey, really quick.
    0:07:03 If you’re enjoying this episode, the team at HubSpot, they actually went and summarized
    0:07:05 the entire thing.
    0:07:07 And so it’s in a PDF that’s really easy to read.
    0:07:08 So you can refer back to it.
    0:07:11 All you have to do is click the link below, but this thing is awesome.
    0:07:16 I just proofread it and it walks you through Greg’s entire five-step system from idea to
    0:07:20 paying customers using nothing but free tools and AI prompts.
    0:07:23 So you should go and check it out.
    0:07:26 It’s a very easy summarization of this entire episode.
    0:07:27 Again, the link is below.
    0:07:28 All right, now back to the show.
    0:07:31 Okay, so I think ideas are important.
    0:07:35 I think that for a lot of people just starting out, ideas are unimportant because it’s just
    0:07:37 like, just get into something and you’ll figure it out.
    0:07:44 But I think that if you have a proven track record of like, I execute, so execution or going
    0:07:46 forward is not a problem for me.
    0:07:50 And then if you have that personality, ideas are actually incredibly important.
    0:07:55 I talked to Kevin Ryan, who’s a, I believe he’s a billionaire, but he’s founded a MongoDB,
    0:08:00 which is a 35 or $50 billion company, business insider, guilt group, Zola.
    0:08:03 But he started all these amazing companies and he started it via his incubator.
    0:08:06 And he told me that ideas are incredibly important.
    0:08:10 And he was like, I get one good idea a year and I want to make sure it’s important and great
    0:08:12 because I go hard on that idea.
    0:08:14 And so I have to make sure that I’m going in the right direction.
    0:08:19 And so I actually have grown to become a believer that ideas are actually really important.
    0:08:20 It’s not just execution.
    0:08:24 If you have a past of you move forward.
    0:08:26 I think you’re right.
    0:08:29 So that’s step one.
    0:08:34 Step two is, okay, I kind of cheated in the sense that you do need a human being involved
    0:08:34 in this process.
    0:08:36 It’s not a hundred percent with AI.
    0:08:39 So step two is you got to sketch out the idea.
    0:08:44 So I use a tool, I’m not affiliated, by the way, with TLDraw.
    0:08:47 Have you, TLDraw or TLD, have you seen this?
    0:08:48 No, what is this?
    0:08:51 Basically, I’m going to everything as you’re talking, I’m going to it.
    0:08:52 Yeah.
    0:08:54 Well, I wanted to give away like the stack.
    0:08:55 I’m going to give away the stack that I use.
    0:08:57 So basically, it’s kind of like a FigJam competitor.
    0:08:58 I think it’s free to sign up.
    0:09:04 And I just wanted to sketch out what this quiz would look like.
    0:09:08 So because, you know, if you remember, the idea is we need to do two things.
    0:09:11 We need to, people are going to land on this website.
    0:09:14 It gave, Idea Browser gave us the name, LM Boost.
    0:09:15 We need to learn about the business.
    0:09:20 So for example, Hampton, you know, what’s the URL, what type of customers you want.
    0:09:23 Then we need to do research with agents.
    0:09:29 And then we need to check that, you know, is Hampton coming up in ChatGPT?
    0:09:31 Is Hampton coming up in Claude?
    0:09:32 Is Hampton coming up in Grok?
    0:09:34 And then we need to give it a score.
    0:09:35 So I just drew this out.
    0:09:40 And the reason I drew this out is because I’ve noticed, and this is a tip for everyone listening.
    0:09:47 I noticed that when you go to an LLM, I use, I’m using Manus, and I can talk about that.
    0:09:51 And you give it an image like that, you’re going to get better results.
    0:09:53 That’s crazy.
    0:09:55 And how long did it take you to draw that out?
    0:09:57 Like seven minutes.
    0:09:59 I hate drawing on computers.
    0:10:00 Yeah.
    0:10:07 The beauty about TL Draw, though, I will say is like, it makes it for like bad drawers like you and I to just like make these boxes.
    0:10:10 So it’s for us.
    0:10:11 It’s for us.
    0:10:12 Dig Jam is also really good.
    0:10:14 Okay.
    0:10:16 It’s tldraw.com.
    0:10:16 Yep.
    0:10:18 T-L-D-R-A-W dot com.
    0:10:19 Exactly.
    0:10:23 The next step is to scope out our minimal viable product, right?
    0:10:27 So we need to figure out how we actually get to build this thing, right?
    0:10:28 There’s so many question marks.
    0:10:35 And instead of going to a product manager or instead of trying to figuring out the self, you and I are lazy, right?
    0:10:38 We’re just going to go and get AI to do this whole thing for us.
    0:10:41 So, Sam, have you ever heard of Manus?
    0:10:41 No.
    0:10:43 I’m on their website right now.
    0:10:47 It says, Manus is a general AI agent that bridges minds and actions.
    0:10:48 It doesn’t think.
    0:10:49 It delivers results.
    0:10:54 It excels at various tasks and work and life and getting everything done while you rest.
    0:10:55 All right.
    0:10:56 That sounds great to me.
    0:10:57 Yeah.
    0:11:04 So it’s very, you know, people might ask, like, how is this different than ChatGPT or Cloud or some of those?
    0:11:08 And it’s almost like a ChatGPT supercharge.
    0:11:10 So I’ll go through my prompts.
    0:11:15 But basically, it’s almost like we’re watching, you know, if people are seeing.
    0:11:18 It literally goes and searches the internet for you.
    0:11:22 And based on that, like, learns stuff and then executes on the task.
    0:11:25 So it’s like having 100 agents working for you.
    0:11:29 But doesn’t OpenAI Research do this, too?
    0:11:29 Yeah.
    0:11:34 But not, like, first of all, I can watch it happen in real time and give it feedback, which is kind of cool.
    0:11:37 Well, sorry, OpenAI has Operator, too, though.
    0:11:37 Operator.
    0:11:38 Yeah.
    0:11:40 This is like a supercharged version of Operator.
    0:11:42 So, wow, you think this is better than Operator?
    0:11:46 I mean, I have to give a disclosure, which is it’s Chinese.
    0:11:49 So, like, be careful.
    0:11:54 I mean, I’m not, like, putting, you know, my financial data and uploading it.
    0:11:54 Right.
    0:12:02 So do they, like, put, like, P.S., like, capitalism is horrible and, like, you know, we’re going to come and dominate you eventually.
    0:12:03 Totally.
    0:12:10 It’s, you know, there’s a subtle nuance to that, for sure, in the vibe.
    0:12:14 So, but I will say it’s extremely good at, for this use case.
    0:12:25 So I’m going to go through the prompts and we’re going to, and by the end of this section, we’re going to have a good idea of, like, what we’re building and all the specs.
    0:12:27 And I just signed up for it as we were talking.
    0:12:35 Is it, it has all these, like, cool, like, research, data analysis, all these other, like, toggles that I could use.
    0:12:37 These, does this cost money or is this free?
    0:12:39 Free to use.
    0:12:43 Initially, they give you, like, a lot of these, they give you, like, they get you hooked.
    0:12:44 They’re, like, drug dealers.
    0:12:45 They get you hooked.
    0:12:50 And then you have to buy, you know, then you just have to buy credits.
    0:12:51 It’s a credit system.
    0:12:51 All right.
    0:12:52 Okay.
    0:12:53 I have an account now.
    0:12:54 Yeah.
    0:12:56 And by the way, this was invite only up until recently.
    0:13:03 So your unfair advantage, like, people listening to this, like, get on this now before everyone finds out.
    0:13:04 Well, I looked at their traffic.
    0:13:07 It looked like they went live in March because they had, like, zero traffic.
    0:13:10 And then in March, they had 23 million site visits.
    0:13:11 It’s insane.
    0:13:12 Yeah.
    0:13:13 Okay.
    0:13:13 It’s insane.
    0:13:17 So have you heard of Whisperflow?
    0:13:18 I feel like I do.
    0:13:19 I love Whisperflow.
    0:13:22 Whisperflow is my favorite AI tool.
    0:13:23 Okay.
    0:13:25 So I love Whisperflow, too.
    0:13:28 You can use it on a phone and or desktop.
    0:13:30 So I literally just.
    0:13:35 So Whisperflow, by the way, it’s a, it’s a, I think it might be free, too.
    0:13:35 Maybe I paid $100.
    0:13:37 But basically, I click a button on my computer.
    0:13:42 And anywhere where I would normally be typing, it transcribes what I’m saying.
    0:13:45 So I’m just talking all day instead of typing.
    0:13:47 Exactly.
    0:13:49 So that’s what I did here.
    0:13:54 It’s like, I basically did a prompt where it’s like, I’m starting, you took the idea from Idea Browser.
    0:13:59 I uploaded the image, and I’m like, I’m starting an agency for LMSEO.
    0:14:01 I just basically explained what I’m doing.
    0:14:03 I’m not going to go through the full prompt.
    0:14:11 But the key here is when you’re doing the initial prompt, don’t forget to say, ask me any questions before you get started.
    0:14:13 So we have the right strategy for this.
    0:14:20 I’ve noticed that by putting that in there, that small one, you know, one sentence, you’re going to get better output.
    0:14:25 So you were talking to it and got the text, and also you attached the image.
    0:14:25 Yeah.
    0:14:33 You should attach any images or documents that you think are relevant to whatever it is you’re trying to do.
    0:14:34 Understood.
    0:14:39 And then, so the reply was, this is interesting.
    0:14:41 Here’s a bunch of questions that I have to ask before we get started.
    0:14:42 Okay.
    0:14:43 Yeah.
    0:14:46 So, I mean, it asked the right questions, I would say.
    0:14:48 Like, who is the target audience for the quiz?
    0:14:51 What is the main goal for the person?
    0:14:56 What is the key differentiators between traditional SEO and LMSEO?
    0:15:02 So, it asks these questions, and then, you know, I use Whisperflow, as you can see.
    0:15:03 Like, it’s so casual.
    0:15:06 I’m using Whisperflow just to respond.
    0:15:08 Okay.
    0:15:10 Wow.
    0:15:13 So, wow is coming up.
    0:15:14 It gets even crazier.
    0:15:18 All right, here’s the deal.
    0:15:21 If HubSpot tripled the price, I’d be screwed.
    0:15:25 The reason I would be screwed is because my entire company is run on HubSpot.com.
    0:15:31 My website, my email marketing, my dashboards, how I track my customers, literally everything.
    0:15:34 And if they tripled the price, I would pay them more money.
    0:15:37 And that’s because the product is so freaking powerful.
    0:15:39 My entire company is built on it.
    0:15:42 And so, if you’re running a business and you want to grow faster, you want to grow better,
    0:15:44 you want to be more organized, check it out, HubSpot.com.
    0:15:45 All right, back to the pod.
    0:15:52 So, you know, I say things like the ultimate business goal to give them a benchmark for where
    0:15:53 they’re ranking in LLMs now.
    0:15:58 And then we provide a service for helping them level up their LLM SEO with tools and services.
    0:16:00 So, I’m basically giving some more information.
    0:16:01 Wait, would you?
    0:16:03 And would you ask it to critique the idea?
    0:16:04 Oh, yeah.
    0:16:06 I do that all the time.
    0:16:08 So, you’ll be like, does this make sense?
    0:16:09 Or do you think it should be different?
    0:16:10 Like, could I just say it?
    0:16:14 Like, my goal is to scale to 100 million in revenue in 10 years.
    0:16:20 Dude, sometimes I’ll take an idea from Idea Browser, I’ll put it in, and then, you know,
    0:16:21 ask it to critique it.
    0:16:25 And then, through the conversation with Madness, I’m like, you know what?
    0:16:26 I don’t want to do this anymore.
    0:16:28 And this is better, you think, than you.
    0:16:30 Because I do the same thing with OpenAI, but with my own company.
    0:16:35 So, with OpenAI, or ChatGPT, I’ll upload, like, my financials.
    0:16:38 I’ll upload, like, a book that I, like, like, for example.
    0:16:39 It could be, like, a Warren Buffett book.
    0:16:43 And I’ll be like, ask Warren, what would Warren say about this?
    0:16:45 How would Warren solve these problems that I’m facing?
    0:16:53 Yeah, that’s a really good, actually, hack for using any of these LLMs, is, like, pretend
    0:16:55 you’re XYZ person you look up to.
    0:16:59 How would, how would, um, would Warren Buffett start this business?
    0:17:00 Why or why not?
    0:17:03 Would Sean Poorey start this business?
    0:17:04 Why or why not?
    0:17:09 Yeah, or sometimes I’ll be like, pretend that you’re a BCG or McKinsey consultant.
    0:17:14 And you’re, like, cold-hearted and all about operations.
    0:17:19 Explain to me how that personality type would execute on this problem or whatever.
    0:17:21 Yeah, that’s a good hack.
    0:17:23 People should definitely do that.
    0:17:25 Okay, so, uh, Madness is awesome.
    0:17:29 But you’re saying that, Madness, for what you’re doing right now, this is better than
    0:17:30 ChatGPT.
    0:17:31 Oh, yeah.
    0:17:32 It’s, it’s night and day.
    0:17:33 It’s actually night and day.
    0:17:34 Wow, okay.
    0:17:37 So, ChatGPT is not going to do this, for example.
    0:17:40 Like, it’s, you know, we’re clarifying some stuff.
    0:17:43 It literally creates a to-do list for the project.
    0:17:47 This is, like, literally, like, what a project manager, product manager would do.
    0:17:49 Uh, okay.
    0:17:50 This is insane.
    0:17:52 Right?
    0:17:54 So, phase one, research and planning.
    0:17:55 Clarify quiz objectives.
    0:17:58 You know, phase two, question and prompt development.
    0:18:00 Create detailed quiz questions.
    0:18:03 Draft specific, clear, and actionable questions for each category.
    0:18:06 Phase three, validation and finalization.
    0:18:08 Validate questions and prompt with users.
    0:18:10 And then the delivery.
    0:18:13 Report and send quiz materials to user.
    0:18:15 Provide the finalized quiz materials to the user.
    0:18:20 It’s basically putting an entire project plan for what I’m doing with Manus right now.
    0:18:21 Wow.
    0:18:24 I feel like all of my employees need to know how to do all this.
    0:18:25 Yeah.
    0:18:26 Send this to everyone.
    0:18:27 Send this to everyone.
    0:18:29 It’s just going to make you a lot more productive.
    0:18:31 So, what was the second question?
    0:18:33 So, the first thing that you did was you explained the business.
    0:18:34 And then what was it?
    0:18:35 And then it asked you a bunch of questions.
    0:18:37 You answered the questions.
    0:18:37 And then what?
    0:18:40 So, we got the project plan.
    0:18:43 And then it goes and gets to work.
    0:18:44 It’s your product manager.
    0:18:45 It’s your AI product manager.
    0:18:49 And it actually goes and creates the two things that we actually need.
    0:18:51 Because, remember, we’re trying to productize.
    0:18:58 We’re trying to create, like, essentially a SaaS software to basically score how a company like Hampton
    0:19:04 is going to, you know, come out in a LLM, in a chat GPT.
    0:19:06 So, we need two things.
    0:19:09 We need to, what are the questions that we need to ask the business?
    0:19:15 And how do we test on the different LLMs?
    0:19:18 And I don’t know how to do that.
    0:19:20 So, that’s why we’re going to, we asked Mattis to do it.
    0:19:22 And Mattis figured it out for us.
    0:19:23 Holy shit.
    0:19:32 So, what you’re looking at, Sam, is the quiz detailed questions that we can make as, like,
    0:19:34 almost like a type form on our product.
    0:19:36 What’s the name of our product?
    0:19:38 It’s called LLM Boost.
    0:19:38 All right.
    0:19:40 So, you go to LLM Boost.com.
    0:19:43 And right on the first page, you see, like, a quiz.
    0:19:44 And you’re going to start taking that quiz.
    0:19:45 Yeah.
    0:19:54 We’re going to, and Sam, we’re going to, like, I’m going to actually show you how I vibe-coded it in, like, four minutes.
    0:19:56 And we’re going to actually go through that product after.
    0:19:56 Okay.
    0:19:58 How’s your heart rate right now?
    0:20:02 I feel like I’m taking notes.
    0:20:07 And I’m like, I need everyone at my company to know exactly how to do this.
    0:20:09 And I’m like, do I hire a Greg?
    0:20:14 Like, how do I teach all of my, or am I like, do I just have to get good at this and I have to teach everyone?
    0:20:19 Like, is my job as the boss just to be, like, teaching people how to use AI?
    0:20:20 Is that it?
    0:20:22 I don’t think this is something that you can outsource.
    0:20:24 Yeah.
    0:20:26 So, then you’re saying that I need to get good at this and then I need to teach people.
    0:20:28 I mean, unfortunately.
    0:20:29 Wow.
    0:20:29 Okay.
    0:20:30 Yeah.
    0:20:35 The unfair advantage and the returns that you’re going to get by understanding these tools is just worth it.
    0:20:37 Like, why would you want to outsource it?
    0:20:40 Well, because I’m not an expert in it, but I guess I have to become an expert.
    0:20:42 But how do you stay on top of all of this?
    0:20:44 It’s my job, you know?
    0:20:45 It’s my job to stay on top of this stuff.
    0:20:46 I know.
    0:20:48 But tell me, like, how did you know Manus is awesome?
    0:20:49 Because I’m a nerd.
    0:20:51 Dude, I’m a nerd.
    0:20:53 Dude, that’s such a cop-out.
    0:20:55 Like, are you playing on Twitter all day?
    0:20:55 Are you in?
    0:20:56 Like, what are you doing?
    0:21:07 I do have tweet notifications for, like, some creators that I like and that I’m, you know, following everything that’s new that’s coming out.
    0:21:11 And I’m also, when I say I’m a nerd, I love playing with the tools, not just, like, reading them.
    0:21:13 But you’re just hearing this through word of mouth.
    0:21:16 Word of mouth being just, like, just the trades.
    0:21:17 You’re reading the trades.
    0:21:18 Yeah.
    0:21:19 You’re reading the trades.
    0:21:20 You know, it’s just the trades.
    0:21:23 Is that some, it’s not PC Weekly anymore?
    0:21:24 It’s a guy on Twitter.
    0:21:33 And then I would say, like, what I like about the podcast, and you probably like this too, is that it’s an opportunity to actually learn in public.
    0:21:35 So, I’m just learning in public on the podcast.
    0:21:36 All right.
    0:21:38 Well, this is cool.
    0:21:39 Now what?
    0:21:53 So, we got these two quizzes, and exactly, you know, how we can, yeah, we have that, basically, the quiz for the business, and then we have the prompt testing for the LLMs.
    0:21:57 But when I went through it, I actually felt that this was too long.
    0:21:59 Like, no one’s going to answer a thousand questions.
    0:22:03 So, I basically said, is there any way to make the quiz shorter?
    0:22:04 It’s a huge quiz.
    0:22:11 And then I also, I downloaded a LLM SEO mini course from the vibe marketer.com.
    0:22:14 It’s another, you know, whatever, it’s a course.
    0:22:17 And I just uploaded the content to make it even better.
    0:22:21 Because I was reading, I’m a nerd, and I was reading this stuff.
    0:22:28 And I was like, I want to make sure that we have this course and all this content in here.
    0:22:34 So, I just, basically, the point here is you can paste anything into here for context, PDFs, documents, and stuff like that.
    0:22:35 This was a free course?
    0:22:40 This was a paid, I paid, well, it’s a co-founder of mine started this course.
    0:22:43 Okay, so you got it for free, but it’s a paid course.
    0:22:47 And, is this the thing on school?
    0:22:49 It’s the thing on school, yeah.
    0:22:50 Okay, got it.
    0:22:53 So, it’s 150 bucks, and you got some course, and you put it in there.
    0:22:53 Understood.
    0:22:56 So, it’s like, thank you.
    0:23:02 And then it goes, I’m going to review the transcripts and refine the prompts and the quiz questions.
    0:23:06 So, then it goes, my plan, and doesn’t it sound like a human?
    0:23:11 My plan is to analyze the transcript you provided to extract key insights relevant to LLM SEO
    0:23:16 and how businesses are found in LLMs, and then it’s going to work on the strategies to shorten
    0:23:20 and consolidate the quiz, and then it’s going to revise both the quiz questions and the prompt
    0:23:21 template.
    0:23:27 It’s like such a, it’s so pleasant dealing with an employee like this.
    0:23:30 Yeah, it’s going to be like, hey, my grandma died.
    0:23:32 I got to go to the funeral in Tampa.
    0:23:34 I’ll be back in two weeks.
    0:23:36 And then it’s like going to take a 10-day vacation.
    0:23:38 Manus takes no vacations.
    0:23:39 Oh, okay, cool.
    0:23:40 So, it is a great employee.
    0:23:44 So, it goes and does it for us.
    0:23:47 We’ve got the files to review.
    0:23:51 And I want to give away one more tip on Manus.
    0:23:53 So, or actually, it works on any LLMs.
    0:23:56 So, we talked about this in the beginning.
    0:23:58 You know, we’re lazy, right?
    0:24:01 So, how do we, I know what I want to do next.
    0:24:03 Now that I have the quiz, it’s like, I want to go vibe code.
    0:24:04 I want to build this product.
    0:24:10 But I need to know what is the best prompt to prompt.
    0:24:13 In this case, I’m using Bolt.new.
    0:24:20 And so, the best thing you can do is actually ask Manus or ChatGPT, what is the best prompt?
    0:24:34 So, I say, can you create a prompt that I can give my AI developer that I would use to generate this landing page with a multi-step funnel that asks the LLM questions, include all the necessary fields that I need to have and have a clean, modern design?
    0:24:40 By the way, this is another huge hack, is to ask it the prompt that you should ask it.
    0:24:49 It might be the biggest hack of using LLMs, like, well, is ask for the prompt.
    0:24:56 You will never be able to out-prompt the person, the guy, you know, the software that sees all the prompts.
    0:24:59 I also use Kubera.
    0:24:59 Do you know Kubera?
    0:25:00 K-U-B.
    0:25:01 I use the product.
    0:25:02 I love Kubera.
    0:25:04 Kubera, I’m not affiliated with it at all.
    0:25:10 But I know the founder and it’s like a net worth tracker.
    0:25:12 So, it doesn’t, it’s just like mint or whatever.
    0:25:13 You can just track all your finances.
    0:25:16 And they have an AI ChatGPT integration.
    0:25:22 And then I was like, all right, what questions do you think I should ask you on happiness, on life strategy, whatever?
    0:25:24 Like, tell me some questions you think I should ask you.
    0:25:27 And it gave me a list of all the questions that I should ask it that I never even thought of.
    0:25:29 And I started having a conversation with it.
    0:25:30 It was really amazing.
    0:25:34 And so, asking the LLM what you should ask it is shockingly useful.
    0:25:36 Man, brother.
    0:25:41 So, we asked it and it does it beautifully.
    0:25:46 I’m going to go open it up just to show you what that prompt looks like.
    0:25:48 It’s a super long prompt.
    0:25:50 So, it goes through the project goal.
    0:25:54 It’s like develop a high converting landing page and integrate a multi-step quiz funnel.
    0:25:59 And this is the prompt that you’re going to give to Bolt.new, which is the thing that’s going to make the website.
    0:26:00 Correct.
    0:26:01 Yeah.
    0:26:01 Wow.
    0:26:02 So, it’s a really long prompt.
    0:26:03 Yeah.
    0:26:05 Like, really long.
    0:26:08 Like, obviously, you and I would have never done this.
    0:26:09 Yeah, that would have taken a week.
    0:26:12 It’s like writing a term paper.
    0:26:13 Look at this, dude.
    0:26:15 Yeah.
    0:26:16 Wow.
    0:26:17 Okay.
    0:26:21 All right, folks.
    0:26:24 This is a quick plug for a podcast called I Digress.
    0:26:30 If you’re trying to grow your business but feel like you’re drowning in buzzwords and BS, then check out the I Digress podcast.
    0:26:33 It’s hosted by this guy named Troy Sandage.
    0:26:37 He’s helped launch over 35 brands that drive $175 million in revenue.
    0:26:41 So, if you want to get smarter about scaling your business, listen to I Digress wherever you get your podcasts.
    0:26:42 All right.
    0:26:43 Back to the pod.
    0:26:50 So, thank you, Mattis and the People’s Republic of China.
    0:26:56 And we then move on to a Silicon Valley startup called Bolt.new.
    0:27:02 And I will show you how I, one, prompted the website.
    0:27:08 And is Bolt.new the same thing as Cursor, Lovable, and all this other stuff?
    0:27:14 There’s Bolt.new, Lovable, Cursor, and I mean, there’s a lot of them now.
    0:27:18 Winsurf is another one that just, I think, got acquired for $3 billion.
    0:27:19 I don’t know if you saw that.
    0:27:20 Yeah, I did.
    0:27:21 That was the same thing?
    0:27:23 Yeah, it’s like a similar thing.
    0:27:29 So, Cursor and Winsurf are for more technical people, I would say.
    0:27:34 Lovable and Bolt are for non-technical people who want to ship software.
    0:27:36 And why do you prefer this one over Lovable?
    0:27:39 You know, I started using this first.
    0:27:44 I find it, I find the output to be really good, but use whatever works for you.
    0:27:44 Understood.
    0:27:45 Okay.
    0:27:48 So, you typed in or you copied that huge thing in there.
    0:27:53 And then I get this web page, okay?
    0:27:59 And it says, by the way, I’m not like creating copy here, right?
    0:28:02 You know, I’m not doing anything.
    0:28:07 I literally one-shotted it and says, your customers are searching for you on LLMs, but you’re not there.
    0:28:08 Sad face.
    0:28:16 Our free quiz helps you understand your visibility in chat, TPT, perplexity, and other AI models and what to do about it.
    0:28:18 Take the free LLM SEO quiz now.
    0:28:20 Oh, my God.
    0:28:21 Okay.
    0:28:22 So, click it.
    0:28:24 Sam, your words guy.
    0:28:25 Not bad.
    0:28:28 This is more than not bad.
    0:28:31 Your customers, yeah, I mean, it’s the best.
    0:28:35 Sam, humans are the best, but, you know, it’s a close second.
    0:28:42 But I like how it says there’s even a testimonial from a CEO of a major internet company.
    0:28:43 You want to know something?
    0:28:45 I would leave that in there.
    0:28:47 Why?
    0:28:53 I would just leave it as we’re seeing, here’s the testimonial.
    0:29:03 We’re seeing a much higher conversion rate from prospective users coming from organic LLM and traffic versus organic search from the CEO of a major internet company.
    0:29:07 I think the CEO of a major internet company has probably said that before.
    0:29:11 So, it’s not wrong to keep that in there.
    0:29:12 It’s like define major.
    0:29:13 Yeah.
    0:29:16 A person has said that.
    0:29:16 Totally.
    0:29:22 I don’t know if they’ve said it about LLMboost.com, but, like, a person has said that for sure.
    0:29:24 So, let’s get into the quiz.
    0:29:26 So, it creates the quiz.
    0:29:28 Wait, so, did you do any work before this?
    0:29:30 Because I’m on Bolt.new right now.
    0:29:34 It takes, like, a few minutes to make the website if you’re using a free account like I am, right?
    0:29:36 I’m pretty sure I have a free account.
    0:29:37 Maybe I have a paid account.
    0:29:37 Okay.
    0:29:41 So, while we were talking, I just said, make a personality quiz website.
    0:29:47 And I got a webpage that, like, I just clicked start now.
    0:29:48 Right.
    0:29:49 And it works.
    0:29:50 The website works.
    0:29:51 Yeah.
    0:29:52 It’s crazy.
    0:29:53 It’s absolutely crazy.
    0:29:54 Okay.
    0:29:55 Awesome.
    0:30:02 So, there’s this thing that you can literally just say English to and software comes out of it, which is bonkers.
    0:30:06 And so, it says, what type of business do you want to operate?
    0:30:08 Let’s just say, like, a service business.
    0:30:12 Do you have a website for your – or we can just do, like, you, actually.
    0:30:16 We can do – Hampton would be a service business, actually.
    0:30:16 Yeah.
    0:30:16 Yeah.
    0:30:18 Do you have a website?
    0:30:19 Yes.
    0:30:19 I do.
    0:30:21 How often do you publish new content?
    0:30:22 Weekly.
    0:30:23 Yeah.
    0:30:24 Weekly or more often.
    0:30:27 What topics does your content typically cover?
    0:30:28 How-to guides.
    0:30:30 Like, this is relevant.
    0:30:31 Let’s go to case studies.
    0:30:32 Go to case studies.
    0:30:33 Click case studies.
    0:30:34 You can click both.
    0:30:35 Oh, wow.
    0:30:35 Okay.
    0:30:39 But before today, how familiar were you with LLM SEO?
    0:30:41 Somewhat familiar.
    0:30:42 Okay.
    0:30:47 Do you use – do you or your team use AI tools like ChatGPT for business?
    0:30:47 All the time.
    0:30:48 Yeah.
    0:30:53 Are your competitors visible in AI search to your knowledge?
    0:30:54 I am not sure.
    0:30:59 How important is SEO for your business currently?
    0:31:00 Somewhat important.
    0:31:03 joinhampton.com.
    0:31:17 People don’t search CEO communities, but in LLMs, they’ll ask it CEO questions, and it would
    0:31:20 be amazing if we were recommended.
    0:31:31 Put your name, Sam, car, okay.
    0:31:32 Company name Hampton.
    0:31:34 Look at this.
    0:31:34 Look at this.
    0:31:36 Because I want the report.
    0:31:36 Oh, look.
    0:31:37 They put a little privacy thing.
    0:31:41 That’s a small detail that I – that – so –
    0:31:45 They should put, like, the Chinese emoji flag at the end, and that’s, like, the symbol for
    0:31:45 gotcha.
    0:31:47 Totally.
    0:31:48 Made in China.
    0:31:49 Privacy note.
    0:31:50 We respect your privacy.
    0:31:55 We’ll only use information – use your information to send you your quiz results and related LLM SEO
    0:31:55 information.
    0:31:58 We will never share your information with third parties.
    0:32:04 This is the little details that if you don’t use Madness or an LLM like that and ask it to
    0:32:06 do the prompt for you, you will miss.
    0:32:08 Boom.
    0:32:12 So, in 24 hours, Sam, you’re going to get a personalized LLM SEO score.
    0:32:14 You’re going to get an analysis of your current AI search visibility.
    0:32:19 You’re going to get specific recommendations for improvement and additional resources to help
    0:32:23 you – to help optimize your business for LLM visibility.
    0:32:28 We just built a SaaS in, like, 30 minutes or something.
    0:32:30 Well, but it’s not doing – is it going to do the work for me?
    0:32:37 It’s not – you have to then hire the person to, like, the consultant.
    0:32:41 Like, so who’s going to do a personalized LLM SEO score?
    0:32:42 This software.
    0:32:43 Wait, what?
    0:32:51 Manus created the – all I have to do to get it to – for this to work, all I have to do – so
    0:32:53 Bolt has these, like, integrations.
    0:32:55 So, let me see my analysis.
    0:32:57 Analyze me, baby.
    0:33:05 I have to just put in – all I have to do is get a ChatGPT API key and hook it up, and
    0:33:07 I’ll give – I can get you your score.
    0:33:08 How hard will that be?
    0:33:17 In under an hour, you can have ChatGPT analyze the data, and, you know, you would probably want
    0:33:20 to have an integration with Supabase.
    0:33:22 So, do you know Supabase?
    0:33:23 No, dude.
    0:33:25 Okay.
    0:33:29 So, Supabase is – it’s just – it’s a database.
    0:33:32 So, this is just the front end, right?
    0:33:37 In simpler English words, I would say it’s just the thing that is showing it.
    0:33:42 But you need to hook it up to a database, a place where you can store the data.
    0:33:47 And you can also – and if you want to take payments, you’re going to want to add Stripe as well.
    0:33:47 What?
    0:33:48 Okay.
    0:33:53 So, and the way that you would create this report for me is by doing what?
    0:34:01 So, in the Manus details, it tells you exactly what we should prompt ChatGPT, perplexity, all that stuff.
    0:34:10 And we just need an API key because it will cost money to actually use the intelligence of those LLMs.
    0:34:12 But what would we ask ChatGPT?
    0:34:20 So, we can actually go back to Manus and see that.
    0:34:23 So, here’s the testing.
    0:34:33 So, section one, you know, brand and company info prompts to check if an LLM can accurately retrieve basic information about the company and its offerings.
    0:34:42 So, if you actually filled – so, if Hampton just – so, it would take your information, your quiz information, and then in company name, it would say Hampton.
    0:34:42 Yeah, yeah, yeah.
    0:34:43 Right?
    0:34:44 Yeah.
    0:34:50 So, it’s going to take all that quiz information, and it’s going to just put it in all these questions.
    0:34:57 And then we’re going to have agents basically figure this out for us, and it’s going to output a score.
    0:35:00 And the agents would be ChatGPT?
    0:35:01 Yeah.
    0:35:08 And they would be – I would be asking ChatGPT itself, how does JoinHampton rank?
    0:35:08 Yeah.
    0:35:12 Well, you’d actually – you would probably – the prompt would be – yeah.
    0:35:15 The prompt would be, like, what can you tell me about Hampton?
    0:35:20 Then it would – then the output would go to Supabase.
    0:35:21 This is getting a bit technical.
    0:35:25 But then the output would go to Supabase, and it would say, this is what we learned about Hampton.
    0:35:31 And then ChatGPT or OpenAI would say, okay, based on that, it performed well, not well.
    0:35:34 You know, we’re going to give it a score of 70 on 100.
    0:35:37 And then now you have that score.
    0:35:39 So, Supabase is the one that’s giving the score?
    0:35:41 Supabase is what stores the data.
    0:35:45 OpenAI, ChatGPT is what crunches the numbers.
    0:35:49 Manus is what’s given us the questions that we should ask.
    0:35:53 And ChatGPT is the one that is analyzing if it ranks well.
    0:35:55 And then what would I have to do better to rank well?
    0:35:57 That’s a great question.
    0:36:04 So, that’s where it’s – you basically send people the report.
    0:36:06 And you say, like, you scored really well here.
    0:36:07 You didn’t score well here.
    0:36:08 We can help you.
    0:36:09 Like, that’s the business model.
    0:36:14 We can help you, you know, get better LLM SEO.
    0:36:16 For $2,000 a month, here’s a package.
    0:36:18 For $5,000 a month, here’s a package.
    0:36:19 Well, I know.
    0:36:21 But if I bought the $2,000 package, what would it be doing?
    0:36:25 Oh, it would be 80% – here’s the thing that no one says.
    0:36:31 80% of – or 90% of good LLM SEO is just good regular SEO.
    0:36:33 So, getting backlinks.
    0:36:35 Backlinks.
    0:36:44 Another thing that’s really worth doing is in a world where you have tools like Replit – I think you had them on the show – Bolt.
    0:36:52 You know, creating calculators and software, that’s also a high-quality signal for a lot of these LLMs.
    0:36:53 All right.
    0:36:55 This is blowing my mind.
    0:37:00 I think the next piece is going to blow your mind even more.
    0:37:01 Okay.
    0:37:02 Do it.
    0:37:06 So, you might be thinking, okay, cool, Greg.
    0:37:09 You built something, and it’s a prototype.
    0:37:18 But the hardest part about getting a business to $1 million a year in revenue or $2 million a year is getting customers.
    0:37:20 How the hell do you get customers?
    0:37:25 Well, let’s do what I call vibe marketing.
    0:37:30 So, I’m using a tool called Lindy.
    0:37:31 Lindy.ai.
    0:37:40 Today, we’re going to go through two to three Lindy workflows that you can copy that can help you get you customers on autopilot.
    0:37:41 Okay.
    0:37:46 So, and I’m showing this – by the way, it’s not even so that you can copy it.
    0:37:53 It’s just so that people listening to this in their own businesses and own ideas could be thinking about, okay, how can I use a tool like this?
    0:37:55 That’s what I’m doing with all these tools.
    0:37:57 You don’t need to use Mattis.
    0:37:59 You don’t need to use Bolt.
    0:38:00 You don’t need to use Ideabrads.
    0:38:01 You don’t need to use Lindy.
    0:38:03 But just think like this.
    0:38:20 So, this is a flow that I use for our design agency, LCA, that does design for AI interfaces or an AI age that has literally made us millions of dollars.
    0:38:23 And it could be used for LLM boost, too.
    0:38:25 The way it works is this.
    0:38:28 I take my tweets.
    0:38:29 I create content on Twitter.
    0:38:33 I post it to LinkedIn, okay?
    0:38:35 I literally just copy and paste it.
    0:38:40 Then, if I have a post on LinkedIn, it looks at who comments and likes it.
    0:38:42 Then it puts all that data.
    0:38:47 So, Sam Parr might like and comment and say, like, cool, cool post.
    0:38:54 It goes into that database, and it gives me data enrichment.
    0:39:02 So, I basically, it says Sam Parr, oh, he lives in New York, Hampton, he’s got 5,000 followers, whatever it is.
    0:39:05 So, it decides if a lead is qualified or not.
    0:39:09 It says, LLM scores the prospect based on zero to five, based on our secret sauce.
    0:39:10 It’s a criteria.
    0:39:18 If the lead is qualified, we actually get their email and phone number on prospect.
    0:39:23 Do you have to have a prospect account?
    0:39:26 We have to have a prospect account, yes.
    0:39:29 So, it’ll give me your email.
    0:39:31 Then, it updates it.
    0:39:38 And then, we have a Slack channel that says, Sam Parr, potential customer, just commented.
    0:39:45 And for us, like for our business, our average deal size is a million dollars.
    0:39:51 So, we’re only trying to find like CEO, look at these, like our list of customers.
    0:39:53 Like, it’s the GM of Nike.
    0:39:56 It’s the president of Dropbox, right?
    0:39:59 And you made content that the GM or whoever liked.
    0:39:59 Yes.
    0:40:02 And, oh my God, dude.
    0:40:04 I am all about it.
    0:40:06 I almost didn’t want to share this.
    0:40:13 What videos, what video titles do you have that are all about marketing things like this?
    0:40:14 All my vibe marketing stuff.
    0:40:17 I just did like a presentation on vibe marketing.
    0:40:19 I go through like a bunch of workflows.
    0:40:20 Watch that.
    0:40:20 That’s a good primer.
    0:40:21 Start with that.
    0:40:22 Oh my God.
    0:40:23 Sorry to give you homework.
    0:40:25 You’re making me weak at the knees, Greg.
    0:40:27 We are nerds, dude.
    0:40:29 If this is making us weak at the knees, yeah.
    0:40:31 It is.
    0:40:34 By the way, the next thing is going to make you like super weak.
    0:40:39 Just because I know how much money I have to spend doing this normally and how much work and how tedious it is.
    0:40:43 Like, people who have, like, dude, before I literally had a person combing through this.
    0:40:45 Like, going through my likes.
    0:40:50 I talk to hundreds of founders a week.
    0:40:53 And when I talk to founders, everyone says the same thing.
    0:40:56 That the one thing they need the most is not funding.
    0:40:57 It’s not more resources.
    0:40:59 It’s just having more time.
    0:41:00 The goal here is to win.
    0:41:05 And the way you win is you get yourself free time to do stuff that’s high impact.
    0:41:05 How do you do that?
    0:41:07 You need to get yourself an assistant.
    0:41:09 The best place to go is somewhere.com.
    0:41:13 Somewhere sources the best assistance from low-cost areas for you.
    0:41:20 So you can get an amazing executive assistant who’s got, you know, business experience and has supported other CEOs for $7, $8, $9, $10 an hour.
    0:41:21 And so go ahead.
    0:41:22 Go to somewhere.com.
    0:41:24 Tell them I sent you.
    0:41:25 They’ll hook you up with a good deal.
    0:41:26 And get yourself an assistant.
    0:41:27 And you can thank me later.
    0:41:27 All right.
    0:41:28 Back to this episode.
    0:41:31 Okay.
    0:41:32 So check this out.
    0:41:36 So we notify the potential prospects.
    0:41:40 And then what happens is we have a salesperson.
    0:41:48 If the salesperson hearts the message, it automatically sends them a text message or email.
    0:41:49 Wait, hearts?
    0:41:49 What does heart mean?
    0:41:50 Like heart.
    0:41:51 Like a heart.
    0:41:53 If they press the X.
    0:41:55 I’m asking you how to define something.
    0:41:57 And you’re just saying the words over and over again.
    0:42:01 So you know the symbol of love?
    0:42:02 Yeah.
    0:42:03 But where is there a symbol of love?
    0:42:04 On LinkedIn?
    0:42:05 On Slack.
    0:42:06 Wait.
    0:42:07 Okay.
    0:42:08 So that’s where you’re…
    0:42:08 Okay.
    0:42:10 So I post something on LinkedIn.
    0:42:14 The GM of Salesforce who I want to sell to clicks it and says, you go, Sam.
    0:42:15 Or whatever.
    0:42:17 You rock, Sam.
    0:42:21 I get notified in Slack that he said, you go, girl.
    0:42:24 And then someone on my team clicked heart.
    0:42:25 And then what?
    0:42:29 Then that person gets a personalized email or text message.
    0:42:30 Oh, my God.
    0:42:31 Yeah.
    0:42:32 Insane, right?
    0:42:36 What’s the email say?
    0:42:38 It’s personalized.
    0:42:40 You know, you might get one.
    0:42:40 But what’s it say?
    0:42:41 I don’t know.
    0:42:41 Like, how does the…
    0:42:45 Well, it’s like, hey, like, saw that, you know, imagine this, right?
    0:42:49 Let’s just use the example of, yeah, we’ll use LCA, like, design agency.
    0:42:50 So let’s just say, check out this.
    0:42:52 You know, we just designed Dropbox Dash.
    0:42:54 It’s an AI version of Dropbox.
    0:42:56 And then I noticed that the…
    0:43:01 Or it notices that the VP of product of Shopify likes it.
    0:43:07 So personalized email goes out and says, hey, Shopify, like, how can we transition Shopify
    0:43:09 from a cloud company to an AI company?
    0:43:11 I’d love to jam with you on it.
    0:43:13 I saw that you liked my post.
    0:43:14 That’s crazy.
    0:43:15 It’s crazy.
    0:43:17 But what’s even crazier is the next thing I’m going to show you.
    0:43:20 And I know I keep saying that, but this is going to blow your mind.
    0:43:21 It’s a bit more complicated.
    0:43:23 So bear with me for a second.
    0:43:27 And then I’m going to show you, by the way, I don’t want to forget, I’m going to show you
    0:43:29 how you can find some of these workflows.
    0:43:31 So what if…
    0:43:33 And by the way, both these things we can use for LLM boost.
    0:43:39 What if you can have an email negotiator as a AI agent?
    0:43:46 So basically, what if you can have someone negotiate on behalf of you automatically using AI?
    0:43:48 So hear me out.
    0:43:55 Like, for example, if I’m apartment shopping right now, and it could email apartments that I like.
    0:43:57 Well, no.
    0:44:01 So let’s just say, let’s use the example of LLM boost, just because we were talking about it.
    0:44:07 So let’s just say on LLM boost, we created a pricing page.
    0:44:13 And it was like, there’s three packages for SEO, $3,000 a month, $5,000 a month, and then contact us.
    0:44:16 You know, someone clicks contact us.
    0:44:19 They’re like, hey, I’ll pay up front, but I want a discount.
    0:44:21 But I want a discount.
    0:44:22 No problem.
    0:44:27 So we get the email, and then it checks a knowledge base.
    0:44:33 So a knowledge base could be anything from, like, Notion, Google Drive, Dropbox, a website even.
    0:44:48 And so you do have to do some upfront human work of, like, saying, okay, if someone, you know, contacts us and wants a discount, you know, we won’t go lower than 10% or 15%.
    0:44:54 If it finds a response, it automatically responds to the inbound lead.
    0:44:57 Now, it gives it an objective.
    0:45:08 So the prompt here, you can see on the right-hand side, Sam, the prompt is, your job is to negotiate with the emailer and respond to their questions until a decision is made in regards to the partnership opportunity.
    0:45:09 Did you write this prompt?
    0:45:12 So Lindy has a template section.
    0:45:14 I recommend people go and check them out.
    0:45:17 You could actually just copy some of these workflows and prompts.
    0:45:20 So it goes, hey, first name, appreciate the interest.
    0:45:23 We only discount 10% for fall deals.
    0:45:25 And it is our busiest time for collabs.
    0:45:26 Let me know what you decide.
    0:45:31 You know, keep responses to one to two sentences.
    0:45:33 Never make offerings.
    0:45:34 So this is insane.
    0:45:37 Do all of your employees know how to do all this stuff incredibly well?
    0:45:43 I mean, dude, we’re like incubating AI products and have agencies for this stuff.
    0:45:43 So yes.
    0:45:46 How many employees do you have?
    0:45:49 We’re probably like 55, 60.
    0:45:55 And if you didn’t have this stuff, how much bigger would it?
    0:45:58 Like, I want to know how much you’re saving doing this.
    0:46:00 Oh, we’re probably saving.
    0:46:09 Well, first of all, we’re doing things at a speed and scale we wouldn’t be able to do with human beings, realistically.
    0:46:15 So there’s money that we had left on the table, like millions of dollars a year per year, especially on the LCA side.
    0:46:18 Like these big partnerships yield.
    0:46:27 Like, it’s so important that you reach out to someone like five minutes, 10 minutes, 25 minutes after they are engaged or else they might even forget about you.
    0:46:27 You know what I mean?
    0:46:28 Like in that LinkedIn example.
    0:46:35 So I would say we’re probably saving $5 million a year plus.
    0:46:37 God damn.
    0:46:47 Could I just hire, like, are there agencies that I, or I wish that like I had a full-time staff member who just did this stuff, who just audited everything that we do and was like, let’s automate it.
    0:46:54 You know, I don’t mean to plug all my stuff, but you can, you can, you can go to boringmarketing.com.
    0:46:55 That’s what you guys do?
    0:47:00 Like very small, like, I don’t know how many clients, couple, couple dozen clients.
    0:47:01 Yeah.
    0:47:06 We spend more of our time building software and technology that automates this, but.
    0:47:12 I just want you to come on every week and just show me how to do everything like this.
    0:47:13 Professor Greg.
    0:47:16 So this is kind of cool.
    0:47:24 So you can, I don’t know if you know this, Sam, but you can, you can actually use, I call it clode.
    0:47:26 People, Americans call it clode.
    0:47:27 Actually, everyone makes fun of me.
    0:47:29 I call it clode, but you can use clode, clode, clode.
    0:47:31 Is that, is that Canadian?
    0:47:33 In French, you call it, you just call it clode.
    0:47:35 Not, not, not clode.
    0:47:36 Not clode.
    0:47:36 Okay.
    0:47:45 You can use clode to basically call a phone number and have a full on community, you know,
    0:47:46 voice conversation.
    0:47:48 I’ve been the recipient of those.
    0:47:48 I think those are horrible.
    0:47:57 They’re 85% there, but it’s worth playing with it because Lindy was like, not it 66 months ago.
    0:48:00 It was like 20% there and now it’s closed.
    0:48:08 So I, I don’t know if I would use it to, to, you know, reach out to customers, but Sam, this is what you should do.
    0:48:10 You create a 1-800 number.
    0:48:12 It’s like 1-800 join Hampton.
    0:48:16 People call it and you ask for feedback.
    0:48:22 So we, you call it, you know, you get feedback and someone says, I had an amazing experience with Hampton.
    0:48:23 It was awesome.
    0:48:24 And it’s anonymous feedback.
    0:48:27 Then it gets stored in a database.
    0:48:31 So we store it in Airtable and then we let our team know and summarize.
    0:48:37 We summarize the call and this is using Twilio, Airtable, and then we post it to Slack.
    0:48:43 So we know every single day we’re getting feedback around what people are saying about some of our products and services.
    0:48:44 We should do that for MFM.
    0:48:46 You should, 100%.
    0:48:47 You should totally do it.
    0:48:48 I can build it for you too.
    0:48:49 Let’s do it.
    0:48:51 I want to build that one sometime.
    0:48:56 I want an MFM hotline that people call and can say whatever and we make a segments out of it.
    0:48:58 Yeah, easy, easy peasy.
    0:49:03 So those are three workflows worth considering.
    0:49:08 Now, I have to make mention, there are other tools that you could use besides Lindy.
    0:49:12 There’s Gumloop and there’s N8N.
    0:49:14 Dude, these names are funky.
    0:49:15 Gumloop, Supabase.
    0:49:18 These are some like interesting names.
    0:49:22 I like things that are really easy to do.
    0:49:25 Like I like that there’s templates on Lindy.
    0:49:29 I find N8N, N8N is almost like the cursor in Windsurf for Vibe Marketing.
    0:49:33 It’s like a bit more, you know, it’s a bit more technical.
    0:49:40 So I like Lindy and Gumloop because they’re a bit more simple for guys like us.
    0:49:50 You can actually go through and look at all the different templates and workflows that you can go and cut and duplicate if you don’t want to create the flows yourself.
    0:49:52 Oh, my gosh.
    0:49:53 Okay.
    0:49:55 Newsletters into Twitter content.
    0:50:00 If you’re, you know, a medical scribe, your custom AI medical scribe.
    0:50:16 And by the way, there’s like, I don’t know why people don’t do this, but more people don’t do this, but there’s thousands of $1 million a year plus business ideas just taking Lindy’s and Gumloop’s workflows and just selling it into the real world, right?
    0:50:21 Sell a medical scribe to like $299 a month.
    0:50:24 Dude, I invested in a startup that’s doing that.
    0:50:24 Okay.
    0:50:28 I hope the customers don’t see that you can just use Lindy.
    0:50:31 Dude, this is a good one.
    0:50:32 I haven’t seen this.
    0:50:36 Elon Lindy calls your team to ask them what they got done this week.
    0:50:38 Oh, my God.
    0:50:39 That’s insane.
    0:50:40 That’s insane.
    0:50:41 This is wild.
    0:50:44 Last thing because I know we have to head in a couple.
    0:50:52 And I know this is a comment I always get on my podcast where people are like, okay, Greg, but, you know, that’s just a service business.
    0:50:54 That’s just a service business.
    0:50:57 You just showed us how to like build a service business.
    0:51:00 Well, number one, it’s an AI-powered service business.
    0:51:02 Like we created SaaS.
    0:51:04 But okay, I hear you, commenter.
    0:51:06 I hear you.
    0:51:16 If we were actually building this business, how can we take it from being a service business to more of a tech business, software business?
    0:51:26 So one thing I always do is, you know, if you’re, if you get to step five, you have a business, it’s probably doing hundreds of thousands of dollars a year, if not millions.
    0:51:28 And you probably have ideas on where you can take it.
    0:51:40 So what I usually do, Sam, is I’ll go back to idea browser and use idea agent and upload an idea I have and just see if it’s good or not.
    0:51:43 So, so before this, you know, Ahrefs, right?
    0:51:45 I love Ahrefs.
    0:51:47 I always call it Ahrefs.
    0:51:48 But yeah, I like it.
    0:51:50 I don’t actually know how to pronounce it.
    0:52:01 So while going through Manus and building this, I was like, it got me thinking that Ahrefs, I think it, do you know how much revenue they’re doing?
    0:52:01 Like they’re big.
    0:52:06 Yeah, like 80 or 90, like they’re in the $100 million range and it’s bootstrapped.
    0:52:08 So incredible business.
    0:52:09 Awesome.
    0:52:14 But there’s probably an opportunity to create like an AI, like an Ahrefs for LLM SEO.
    0:52:15 Yeah.
    0:52:17 And there’s probably that niche.
    0:52:19 And I think SEMrush, they’re publicly traded too.
    0:52:22 SEMrush also has like a, is a competing product.
    0:52:30 So I just went on idea browser, posted my, I was like, well, you know, give me a breakdown.
    0:52:34 SEMrush is like a $450 million a year business.
    0:52:34 Oh, wow.
    0:52:35 Yeah.
    0:52:38 So it’s like, if you can get 1% of that, 5% of that, 10% of that.
    0:52:45 So I just went and I looked at some, you know, some of the data here and it tells me exactly what I should do.
    0:52:48 So it tells me exactly what my offer should be.
    0:52:49 It tells me my pricing.
    0:52:52 I like looking at like the value equation.
    0:52:58 So like I mentioned the perceived, you know, the Alex Hermosi stuff, the value ladder.
    0:53:00 This is Russell Brunson.
    0:53:07 Like if we were going to create an AI version of Ahrefs, what would this look like?
    0:53:10 Well, we’d want to create an interactive SEO audit tool.
    0:53:10 Great.
    0:53:11 We’ve already created that.
    0:53:13 We would want to create a starter plan.
    0:53:14 Okay.
    0:53:15 $99 a month.
    0:53:18 And it literally just tells you exactly what to do.
    0:53:22 Well, but you’re skipping a big thing, which is you have to build the software.
    0:53:26 Like you’re telling me to create the monthly plan.
    0:53:27 It’s like, yeah, okay.
    0:53:29 I could accept that money.
    0:53:35 But how do I create the thing that crawls the web and tells me how many backlinks I have?
    0:53:37 That’s the old way of thinking, Sam.
    0:53:39 You used to have to create.
    0:53:40 What’s the new way?
    0:53:42 You used to have to go and create it.
    0:53:49 If you think that AI Ahrefs is a good idea, you literally go back and you repeat all the steps.
    0:53:52 But are you overselling this?
    0:53:58 Like, can I actually have Bolt.new, whatever it’s called, make all of the code that creates?
    0:54:06 Like, there must be a reason why Ahrefs has 300 developers on staff, or they did up until this was all invented, at least.
    0:54:10 But like, you know, there is like proprietary things there, right?
    0:54:14 I mean, the short answer to your question, actually, is Bolt, lovable.
    0:54:17 That’s a good place to get your front end.
    0:54:19 Build something simple.
    0:54:32 Once you’re ready to scale it, using tools like Cursor, Replit, Windsurf, which are more technical, you know, developers today are using those products, and they’re 10x developers.
    0:54:34 It’s just so much faster.
    0:54:38 So, listen, I’m not saying it’s as easy as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
    0:54:38 It’s hard.
    0:54:40 Building a startup is hard.
    0:54:41 It’s a roller coaster.
    0:54:43 There’s going to be things that you learn.
    0:54:48 But the reality is, this is the framework for how to build it.
    0:54:50 And you can build it using tools like this.
    0:54:52 I’m hyped.
    0:54:52 I’m hyped.
    0:54:56 I was telling Ahre, I messaged her in the middle of this episode.
    0:55:01 I said, schedule, Greg, another time to come on right now, because my mind is blown.
    0:55:03 This is absolutely insane.
    0:55:05 Did you message her?
    0:55:09 Or did you do some, like, Neuralink agent to message her?
    0:55:11 Like, was it a workflow that you had created in the past?
    0:55:15 Brother, I am a Neanderthal.
    0:55:16 I’m not there yet.
    0:55:19 Like, I literally messaged my team.
    0:55:23 I said, I have some mind-blowing stuff to show you.
    0:55:24 I’m calling you in 20 minutes.
    0:55:25 Mind-blowing.
    0:55:28 And I took screenshots of that, Lindy.
    0:55:31 And I’m just going to say, we must do this immediately.
    0:55:32 This was amazing.
    0:55:33 Amazing.
    0:55:34 Well, I’m happy.
    0:55:35 That was the goal.
    0:55:42 My goal was to share some sauce, get you thinking, hopefully not piss off your team
    0:55:42 too much.
    0:55:46 But I think they’re going to come out of the other side of this way more productive.
    0:55:48 You’re the man.
    0:55:52 Greg, I call your YouTube channel just the Greg Eisenberg YouTube channel, but it’s the Startup
    0:55:53 Ideas channel, right?
    0:55:56 Or Startup Ideas show on the Greg Eisenberg YouTube channel.
    0:55:57 Exactly.
    0:55:59 Thank you.
    0:56:00 You’re the best.
    0:56:00 Thank you for having me.
    0:56:01 This was awesome.
    0:56:01 That’s it.
    0:56:02 That’s the pod.
    0:56:05 I feel like I can rule the world.
    0:56:07 I know I could be what I want to.
    0:56:10 I put my all in it like no days off.
    0:56:11 On the road, let’s travel.
    0:56:12 Never looking back.
    0:56:17 All right.
    0:56:21 So when my employees join Hampton, we have them do a whole bunch of onboarding stuff.
    0:56:25 But the most important thing that they do is they go through this thing I made called
    0:56:25 Copy That.
    0:56:28 Copy That is a thing that I made that teaches people how to write better.
    0:56:32 And the reason this is important is because at work or even just in life,
    0:56:37 we communicate mostly via text right now, whether we’re emailing, slacking, blogging,
    0:56:39 texting, whatever.
    0:56:41 Most of the ways that we’re communicating is by the written word.
    0:56:46 And so I made this thing called Copy That that’s guaranteed to make you write better.
    0:56:46 You can check it out.
    0:56:48 Copy That dot com.
    0:56:51 I post every single person who leaves a review, whether it’s good or bad.
    0:56:54 I post it on the website and you’re going to see a trend, which is that this is a very,
    0:56:56 very, very simple exercise.
    0:56:57 Something that’s so simple that they laugh at.
    0:57:00 They think, how is this going to actually impact us and make us write better?
    0:57:02 But I promise you, it does.
    0:57:04 You got to try it at Copy That dot com.
    0:57:06 I guarantee it’s going to change the way you write.
    0:57:07 Again, Copy That dot com.

    For the full experience, watch this episode on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d0j_n3OOM7c

    Episode 712: Sam Parr ( https://x.com/theSamParr ) talks to Greg Isenberg ( https://x.com/gregisenberg ) talk about how to find a startup idea and build it in a couple hours using AI. 

    Show Notes:

    (0:00) Step 1: Find an idea

    (7:57) Step 2: Sketch out the idea

    (9:48) Step 3: Scope out the MVP

    (18:25) Step 4: Vibe code a prototype

    (36:06) Step 5: Vibe marketing the business

    (49:14) Step 6: AI agent product manager

    Links:

    Want Greg’s guide to Build an AI Startup in 3 Hours with <$500? Get it here: https://clickhubspot.com/wrc

    • Idea Browser – ideabrowser.com 

    • TLDraw –  https://www.tldraw.com/ 

    • Wispr Flow – https://wisprflow.ai/ 

    • Manus – https://manus.im/ 

    • Bolt – https://bolt.new/ 

    • The Vibe Marketer – https://www.thevibemarketer.com/ 

    • Kubera – https://www.kubera.com/ 

    • Lindy – https://www.lindy.ai/ 

    • Lovable – https://lovable.dev/ 

    • Windsurf –  https://windsurf.com/ 

    • Cursor – https://www.cursor.com/ 

    • Supabase – https://supabase.com/ 

    • Prospect AI – https://www.prospectai.co/ 

    • Boring Marketing – https://www.boringmarketing.com/ 

    • Gumloop – https://www.gumloop.com/ 

    • N8N – https://n8n.io/ 

    • Ahrefs – https://ahrefs.com/ 

    • Semrush – https://www.semrush.com/ 

    Check Out Shaan’s Stuff:

    • Shaan’s weekly email – https://www.shaanpuri.com 

    • Visit https://www.somewhere.com/mfm to hire worldwide talent like Shaan and get $500 off for being an MFM listener. Hire developers, assistants, marketing pros, sales teams and more for 80% less than US equivalents.

    • Mercury – Need a bank for your company? Go check out Mercury (mercury.com). Shaan uses it for all of his companies!

    Mercury is a financial technology company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided by Choice Financial Group, Column, N.A., and Evolve Bank & Trust, Members FDIC

    Check Out Sam’s Stuff:

    • Hampton – https://www.joinhampton.com/

    • Ideation Bootcamp – https://www.ideationbootcamp.co/

    • Copy That – https://copythat.com

    • Hampton Wealth Survey – https://joinhampton.com/wealth

    • Sam’s List – http://samslist.co/

    My First Million is a HubSpot Original Podcast // Brought to you by HubSpot Media // Production by Arie Desormeaux // Editing by Ezra Bakker Trupiano

  • 634. “Fault-Finder Is a Minimum-Wage Job”

    AI transcript
    0:00:08 I first met the economist Austin Goolsbee around 20 years ago.
    0:00:14 I was out at the University of Chicago spending time with another Chicago economist, Steve
    0:00:17 Levitt, who had become my Freakonomics friend and co-author.
    0:00:20 Levitt could be shy and soft-spoken.
    0:00:22 Goolsbee was neither.
    0:00:24 He was a former debate champion.
    0:00:26 He had done improvisational comedy.
    0:00:30 In fact, Goolsbee did a lot of things that most economics professors didn’t do.
    0:00:35 So I guess I didn’t see him as a heavyweight exactly.
    0:00:41 If you had told me back then that Goolsbee would go on to run the Council of Economic Advisors
    0:00:46 in the Obama White House, which he did, and that he would become president of the Federal
    0:00:52 Reserve Bank of Chicago, which is his current job, I would have thought you had the wrong
    0:00:52 guy.
    0:00:55 But plainly, I’m the one who was wrong.
    0:01:00 Goolsbee has always been considered a top-tier academic researcher and professor.
    0:01:05 Temperamentally, he’s a hardcore empiricist, but he also has strong opinions.
    0:01:13 And so, as the Trump White House embarks on an aggressive overhaul of economic policy, I
    0:01:17 thought it might be a good idea to speak with someone from the Federal Reserve, and I suspected
    0:01:19 that Goolsbee might be very good.
    0:01:23 This time, I wasn’t wrong, as you’ll hear on today’s show.
    0:01:31 Goolsbee has been on Freakonomics Radio before, in 2018, talking about the 2017 Trump tax cuts,
    0:01:37 in 2020, talking about federal COVID stimulus, which was the biggest aid package in modern
    0:01:43 history, and also back in 2014 in an episode we called Should the U.S.
    0:01:45 Merge with Mexico.
    0:01:48 Goolsbee wasn’t a huge fan of that idea.
    0:01:55 It’s worth contemplating as a counterfactual, but if you start thinking beyond the first
    0:01:58 stage, there are a whole bunch of costs associated with it.
    0:02:05 As for his current job running the Chicago Fed, Goolsbee is part of a Federal Reserve system
    0:02:07 that dates back to 1913.
    0:02:13 It has a board of governors in D.C., currently chaired by Jerome Powell, and 12 regional banks
    0:02:14 across the country.
    0:02:20 Many people, including Austin Goolsbee, consider the Fed the most important economic institution
    0:02:21 in the United States.
    0:02:24 So, what exactly does the Fed do?
    0:02:31 It does monetary policy, and that is a big part of the job, but underneath the monetary
    0:02:37 policy part, there’s monitoring financial stability, and we’re the lender of last resort.
    0:02:45 There’s supervision of financial institutions and banks, and there’s providing financial services
    0:02:48 through massive payments.
    0:02:50 We’re the biggest payments operator.
    0:02:53 We distribute all the cash in the economy.
    0:02:57 If you look at the U.S. economy today by the numbers, it looks pretty good.
    0:03:01 Inflation has been trending downward since June of 2022.
    0:03:05 Most recent reading in April came in at 2.3 percent.
    0:03:09 Unemployment is also low at 4.2 percent.
    0:03:14 But the Trump White House has introduced a high level of economic uncertainty, especially
    0:03:15 around tariffs.
    0:03:20 And as a result, the U.S. stock markets and treasury bonds and the dollar have all taken
    0:03:21 wild swings lately.
    0:03:24 This puts the Fed on alert.
    0:03:29 When Goolsby joined the bank two years ago, his senior colleagues wanted to know where he
    0:03:30 stood.
    0:03:34 From the beginning, they started asking, are you a dove?
    0:03:34 Are you a hawk?
    0:03:36 I don’t even know if I like birds.
    0:03:39 I just want to be a data dog.
    0:03:41 And what does it mean to be a data dog?
    0:03:43 There’s two main rules.
    0:03:46 There’s a time for walking and there’s a time for sniffing.
    0:03:49 And the first rule is know the difference.
    0:03:52 The second rule is you never throw anything away.
    0:03:56 The diet of the data dog is eat anything that hits the floor.
    0:04:04 You might think of Austin Goolsby as an unusual man who, in an unusual time, holds an unusual
    0:04:05 job.
    0:04:09 My wife once found a hundred dollar bill in the street.
    0:04:14 She came to me and said, is there anybody at the Fed who can tell if this is real?
    0:04:20 Today on Freakonomics Radio, what’s real, what’s not, and how to tell the difference.
    0:04:40 This is Freakonomics Radio, the podcast that explores the hidden side of everything, with
    0:04:42 your host, Stephen Dubner.
    0:04:57 Every time I say your name, like when I tell people I’m interviewing you, they all respond
    0:04:59 in the same way, like, Goolsby.
    0:05:01 It just sounds creepy.
    0:05:03 Yeah, Halloween’s our holiday.
    0:05:05 Tell me about your name, the origin.
    0:05:06 You know much about it?
    0:05:13 Many, many moons ago, they lived in the town of Goolsby, Scotland.
    0:05:17 And that’s how they got the name and came to the U.S.
    0:05:18 Now, there’s some dispute.
    0:05:25 There’s also some town in Northern England called Goolsby with a C, but I prefer to think
    0:05:27 of it as the Scotland one being the origin.
    0:05:34 They came to Virginia way, way long time ago, 1600s.
    0:05:41 You know how people will look back and they’ll be like, oh, in ancient Athens, the population
    0:05:43 of great philosophers was unbelievable.
    0:05:49 There are these periods in history where it’s like everyone was amazing and revolutionary
    0:05:51 America seems like that.
    0:05:54 Our people are proof that’s totally not true.
    0:05:55 They were there.
    0:05:57 They were standing around, but they didn’t do anything.
    0:05:59 They kept on moving.
    0:06:02 They moved to Georgia, Mississippi, Alabama.
    0:06:07 By the time they got to Texas, they were clearly illiterate.
    0:06:11 Your first name, Austin, sounds normal, but you don’t spell it normally.
    0:06:13 You spell it A-U-S-T-A-N.
    0:06:14 What’s the story there?
    0:06:16 Yeah, it was my dad’s fault.
    0:06:18 I had just been born.
    0:06:22 My dad came in and said, he’s going to be a unique person.
    0:06:24 He needs to have a unique name.
    0:06:26 My mom said, that’s crazy.
    0:06:29 He’s going to misspell his name his whole life.
    0:06:33 My dad said, I won’t sign the birth certificate unless we do that.
    0:06:35 She said, I apologize to you.
    0:06:37 I was just too tired.
    0:06:38 It was 20 hours of labor.
    0:06:40 And so I just went along with it.
    0:06:42 Can I just say they were both right?
    0:06:45 To his dying day, my dad would say, I was right.
    0:06:48 And then my mom would always add, and I was right too.
    0:06:54 Now, I see that a woman named Linda Goolsby recently ran for Congress in Texas as a Democrat
    0:06:55 and got walloped.
    0:06:56 Is that your mom?
    0:06:58 It was for state representative.
    0:06:59 It was my mom.
    0:07:05 At age 80, my father passed away and my mom decided to run for office.
    0:07:11 In Abilene, Texas, that’s the first or second reddest city in America.
    0:07:15 She got 19% of the vote, it looks like.
    0:07:15 Yeah.
    0:07:20 I think Trump’s support was in the 80s, so she probably started behind the eight ball.
    0:07:21 But I was proud of her.
    0:07:22 Okay.
    0:07:25 So, Austin, where are you physically today?
    0:07:28 I’m in the Chicago Fed Bank, the classic building.
    0:07:34 We got a vault with many tens of billions of dollars of cash down in there.
    0:07:38 Do you use stacks of money as a sound muffler there?
    0:07:40 Is that what the recording studio is walled with?
    0:07:45 I wanted it to be just piles of money, just open the door.
    0:07:46 But I was disappointed.
    0:07:47 It’s very organized.
    0:07:51 We have a lot of security and a lot of cameras.
    0:07:56 All the cash in America, people don’t realize it’s printed by the Bureau of Engraving and Printing.
    0:07:59 But all the cash is distributed through the reserve banks.
    0:08:04 The reserve banks are like banks for banks.
    0:08:09 So, the bank has an account and they’ll say, we have too much cash.
    0:08:12 We want to send some back or we need some for our ATM machine.
    0:08:15 So, we’re going to send a brink structure over there and place an order.
    0:08:25 When things go wrong in the world, COVID, crises, Silicon Valley Bank, things like that, the demand for cash suddenly surges.
    0:08:29 So, we keep a lot on hand and we’re ready to satisfy that.
    0:08:33 Now, the Chicago Fed is one of 12 regional feds.
    0:08:36 How does Chicago compare to the others in terms of cash on hand?
    0:08:38 Oh, I thought you were going to say, how do we compare?
    0:08:42 And I was going to say, by wide acknowledgement, we’re the best of the 12.
    0:08:50 But in cash on hand, we pay out about $140 million a day and we take in about $120 million.
    0:08:57 If you have $1 bills in your pocket, on the left side, there’ll be a little circle with a letter in it.
    0:09:03 And that tells you which bank it’s going on the balance sheet of.
    0:09:08 And we’re the 7th district, which is the G, the 7th letter.
    0:09:09 So, we’re the G money.
    0:09:10 Couldn’t be better.
    0:09:17 As president of a regional fed, if you were not speaking with us right now, what would you be doing instead?
    0:09:22 The thing about the presidents of the reserve banks is they’re also the CEO.
    0:09:27 There’s kind of a highbrow thinking about monetary policy.
    0:09:43 And then there’s a more operational role that the bank plays in payments, in bank supervision, in community engagement, community development, and forcing consumer protection laws.
    0:09:49 And then financial services of being a bank to the banks.
    0:09:51 In other words, you’re really a banker.
    0:09:58 I guess I kind of became a banker, a scholar warrior, economist, something in all of those.
    0:10:07 Every six weeks or so, Goolsby goes to Washington to participate in the meetings of the FOMC, or Federal Open Market Committee.
    0:10:11 That’s where interest rates are debated and determined.
    0:10:14 So, what’s it like to be in this meeting?
    0:10:20 If you’re an econ nerd, it’s just about the coolest thing in the world.
    0:10:26 It really is exactly what you dreamed it would be as an econ grad student.
    0:10:28 There’s a huge table.
    0:10:33 There’s 12 reserve banks and seven governors, including the chair.
    0:10:37 The shades come down so no one can spy on what’s happening.
    0:10:38 And then they go around the room.
    0:10:40 What do you think about the economy?
    0:10:41 What do you think?
    0:10:42 What do you think?
    0:10:43 And people say they’re peace.
    0:10:46 Give me a sense of what people are looking to you for.
    0:10:50 I mean, you’re in a relatively manufacturing-heavy region.
    0:10:52 You’re in the center of the country.
    0:10:53 Chicago is also a big city.
    0:10:58 You’re also a regional president who happened to have worked in a White House.
    0:11:06 So, I’m guessing that you have a perspective that would seem pretty valuable, maybe a little bit unusual.
    0:11:08 Look, I’m unapologetic about saying it.
    0:11:15 I believe that the FOMC is, in the 21st century, the world’s greatest deliberative body.
    0:11:20 No offense to the Senate, but you can turn on C-SPAN and judge for yourself.
    0:11:34 The thing about the FOMC is you have people coming from different backgrounds and different perspectives, both regional and what was their professional background.
    0:11:37 So, I came as an economic researcher.
    0:11:42 I had done time in the government and was interested in public service.
    0:11:49 But I try to come to the meeting very much with that economic research background.
    0:11:57 The Chicago Fed’s research department has always been at the forefront of economic research.
    0:12:01 They publish in top economic journals.
    0:12:03 So, that was a good fit for me.
    0:12:23 When you’re in that FOMC meeting with your colleagues, you coming from an academic economics background, so if you call it the world’s greatest deliberative body, I’ve been in the University of Chicago seminar rooms where economists are giving papers and really tearing each other apart.
    0:12:25 It can be brutal.
    0:12:27 I’m guessing it’s not like that at the Fed.
    0:12:29 No, no, it’s nothing like that.
    0:12:37 I love and will love to my last day, the University of Chicago and the economists there are brilliant.
    0:12:41 It’s a smash mouth football kind of a culture.
    0:12:43 And the Fed is not like that at all.
    0:12:45 Do you have to tone yourself down or no?
    0:12:49 I’ve always been on a nicer side of the continuum.
    0:12:53 The brutality part of that, I’ve never been a fan of.
    0:12:58 When I go to the meeting, I come from an academic background.
    0:13:02 You’ve got markets, people, bankers.
    0:13:04 You’ve got some academics.
    0:13:07 You’ve got people that were private sector economists.
    0:13:14 And it’s really fun to hear their take on the economy and their take on rates.
    0:13:16 It takes place over two days.
    0:13:18 Day one is about the state of the economy.
    0:13:20 Day two is about what we do with rates.
    0:13:24 Each district has some differences regionally.
    0:13:30 We should say the district presidents like yourself, you are not appointed federally.
    0:13:33 You are essentially chosen and elected and vetted regionally.
    0:13:33 Is that right?
    0:13:35 Yeah, that’s exactly right.
    0:13:38 So let’s take a side trip down the structure of the Fed.
    0:13:40 There are 19 people around the table.
    0:13:44 There are seven members of the Board of Governors.
    0:13:50 They are political appointees chosen by the president, confirmed by the Senate.
    0:13:51 How long a term?
    0:13:53 14-year terms.
    0:14:02 The system is set up to be independent from political interference in the setting of monetary policy.
    0:14:07 As much as you possibly can in a democratic system.
    0:14:14 So first, seven people are political appointees, but they’re on 14-year terms that are staggered.
    0:14:18 Those governor terms run regardless of who’s in it.
    0:14:25 So sometimes you’ll be nominated and it’ll be just to finish out the last two years of a 14-year term.
    0:14:34 And the chair and the vice chairs, separate from their governor term, serve a four-year term as chair.
    0:14:38 It’s not time to be on the presidential cycle.
    0:14:41 It’s two years later you change the Fed chair.
    0:14:49 Then there are 12 Reserve Bank presidents sitting around the table who are not political appointees at all.
    0:14:53 Those aren’t even government agencies.
    0:15:03 They each have their own board of directors composed of business leaders, civic leaders, bank leaders from the region.
    0:15:06 The seven governors vote every year.
    0:15:12 And among the regional presidents, the New York Fed votes every year.
    0:15:16 Chicago and Cleveland trade off voting every other year.
    0:15:19 And the other banks every third year.
    0:15:19 Okay.
    0:15:24 This sounds like a system made up by somebody who’s inventing rotisserie baseball or something, right?
    0:15:30 It’s kind of kludgy, rotisserie, baseball system, but why does it exist?
    0:15:33 Why is there a Fed in Chicago?
    0:15:49 It is because in 1913, as today, people were deeply uncomfortable with the idea that Washington, D.C. plus Wall Street would be in complete control of the financial system with no input from the rest of the country.
    0:15:54 So, even though it’s a kludgy voting system, it actually works.
    0:16:00 We come from Chicago and I’m out talking to business leaders, civic leaders.
    0:16:09 Our region is basically 90% of the economy of Iowa, Illinois, Wisconsin, Michigan, Indiana.
    0:16:12 It’s more heavily manufacturing than any other district.
    0:16:16 It’s by far the most autos of any other district.
    0:16:30 So, at times like this one, where issues of supply chain, tariffs, things like that, come to the fore, I do feel like in the 7th District, we have more to say about that.
    0:16:42 If you want to know how will rare earth metals embargoes affect fabrication of engines and motors, the Chicago Fed has a Detroit branch and that branch has a board.
    0:16:46 And we have on our board, people from the auto industry.
    0:16:53 We do our contact calls before every FOMC meeting where we talk to a lot of different folks.
    0:16:55 We come with good regional information.
    0:17:07 I like to come to the meeting with aggrandizing tales of the 7th District, ways that we are singular, things that are amazing about the district.
    0:17:12 I’m sure that makes me unpopular with all the other presidents, but I don’t care.
    0:17:18 So, you described the voting system where the seven governors always have a vote on the FOMC.
    0:17:22 And then there’s these rotating regional votes.
    0:17:23 What is the total then?
    0:17:31 If, let’s say, the seven are unanimous and most of the regionals are against, do they inevitably lose out the regionals?
    0:17:41 There are 12 voters, and that makes up the FOMC, but there are still 19 people around the table, and everybody speaks their piece, whether they’re a voter or not a voter.
    0:17:43 And are the votes made in that same session?
    0:17:45 The votes are made at the very end.
    0:17:52 Now, the thing about the voting is it tends to be overwhelmingly based on consensus.
    0:17:56 So, if you just look at the votes, there are very few dissents.
    0:17:58 It’s almost always unanimous.
    0:18:12 But I’m guessing there are instances where either a regional Fed president like you or someone on the Board of Governors or maybe the chair himself, Powell in this case, might change minds or at least rally consensus.
    0:18:14 Can you give me an example of that?
    0:18:21 I’m not allowed to give you examples of that because we’re not out of the period that the transcripts come out.
    0:18:25 But historically, yes, you’re correct.
    0:18:34 There are times when there are multiple dissents or there can be arguments and people can’t change their mind.
    0:18:43 There was one episode in the 1980s where new governors had been appointed.
    0:18:44 Paul Volcker was the chair.
    0:18:49 There was a vote where the chair was going to be outvoted.
    0:18:54 They were going to do the opposite of what the chair was advocating.
    0:18:56 That’s extremely unusual.
    0:19:00 And Volcker said, look, if this happens, I’m going to resign.
    0:19:01 And they went back in and they revoted.
    0:19:13 In the 2000s coming out of the Great Recession, some of the regional presidents disagreed with Chair Bernanke and they dissented repeatedly.
    0:19:22 Not enough of them were dissenting to change the policy, but there were fundamental and lasting differences of opinion.
    0:19:25 And does that dissent filter back to the White House?
    0:19:27 Filter back how?
    0:19:27 What do you mean?
    0:19:32 I guess what I’m thinking about is there’s so much news going on right now.
    0:19:35 There are congressional budget debates, tax debates, tariff threats.
    0:19:40 How much does current policymaking intersect with the Fed?
    0:19:42 Let’s say you personally.
    0:19:59 You’re looking at these policy proposals and as an economist, you’re envisioning, probably like a lot of the nonpartisan analysts are talking about right now, that this economic agenda might be incendiary down the line, in which case the Fed may end up being the fire department.
    0:20:01 That’s my outside view.
    0:20:02 I’m guessing it’s wrong.
    0:20:04 But tell me what the inside view is.
    0:20:09 Okay, let’s back up to the founding of the Fed and what is the Fed’s job.
    0:20:16 The Federal Reserve Act gives the Fed two jobs when setting monetary policy.
    0:20:18 This is your famous dual mandate.
    0:20:20 The famous dual mandate.
    0:20:26 It says right in the law, we are to maximize employment and stabilize prices.
    0:20:33 That’s the job in its totality, nothing more, nothing less in the setting of monetary policy.
    0:20:40 So anything that affects prices or employment, we are required by law to think about it.
    0:20:47 I can imagine some people hearing that as a fairly narrow prescription and some people hearing that as, well, that’s everything.
    0:20:49 And they’re both right.
    0:20:52 As we say in Chicago, there’s no bad weather.
    0:20:54 There’s only bad clothing.
    0:20:59 You tell us the conditions and we’ll figure out what’s the correct jacket to put on.
    0:21:01 And that’s true at the Fed too.
    0:21:05 Conditions change all the time.
    0:21:06 Sometimes it’s policy.
    0:21:09 Sometimes it can be geopolitics.
    0:21:11 The productivity growth rate can change.
    0:21:14 We can have excess demand, animal spirits.
    0:21:16 You think we have a bubble.
    0:21:18 There are things happening all the time.
    0:21:26 That’s why we meet every six weeks at the FOMC to be the tip of the spear of economic stabilization.
    0:21:33 Now graft onto it policy changes, periods of major policy uncertainty.
    0:21:43 We have to think about it because if those policies are going to affect employment or prices, the law says that’s what we’re supposed to look at.
    0:21:51 We’re not in the elections business and it’s not the role of the Fed to express opinion about fiscal policy.
    0:21:54 There was a time in my life when I was in that business.
    0:21:59 And once you’re a sworn member of the Federal Reserve, it’s like the Night’s Watch or something.
    0:22:00 You’re out of that business.
    0:22:04 We have to think through if it’s tariffs.
    0:22:11 I go out and I talk to the auto executives well before April 2nd.
    0:22:36 The people in the district who are, granted, more manufacturing intensive, more supply chain intensive than other districts, they were expressing, if these tariffs of this magnitude come in, we are afraid that it is going to take us back to the period of a few years ago where costs are out of control.
    0:22:38 From COVID, supply chain issues from COVID.
    0:22:46 So there was an inflationary period in 21-22 and there was a COVID disruption period of 2020.
    0:22:55 They said this might take us back to the 21-22 where inflation from costs is raging.
    0:23:05 Or if they’re as big as what some of them are advocating, it might take us back to 2020 where we just couldn’t make the product because we couldn’t get the parts.
    0:23:15 So as you gathered this information in your role as the Chicago Fed president, you’re talking to people who have experience, they have stature, and they have skin in the game.
    0:23:18 What purpose does that information ultimately serve?
    0:23:21 You bring it to the FOMC and then what?
    0:23:25 Hopefully, whatever I get, people will listen to.
    0:23:27 And collectively, we got to decide.
    0:23:34 At the end of the day, the Fed, in a grand way, has only one tool, and that’s the interest rate.
    0:23:35 We have a balance sheet.
    0:23:36 We have different things.
    0:23:42 But they’re fundamentally about credit conditions and financial conditions in the economy.
    0:23:44 I think of it as a screwdriver.
    0:23:48 Hey, if things start getting too loose, then you tighten it.
    0:23:50 And if things are too tight, then you loosen it.
    0:23:54 But if it’s, you know, can you make us breakfast?
    0:23:55 No.
    0:23:56 We basically can’t.
    0:23:58 We don’t have a tool to do that.
    0:24:03 We try to think through not just backward looking but also forward looking for the economic outlook.
    0:24:09 What are these changes going to do to employment or to inflation?
    0:24:13 But it’s a waiting game then because you’re not a policymaking arm.
    0:24:22 But I would imagine it’s frustrating, especially because you as an economist who has done a lot of policy analysis, a lot of research over the years.
    0:24:30 Part of the challenge of doing that research and part of the fun is trying to estimate effects of different causes.
    0:24:36 As we’re talking today, you know, Moody’s recently downgraded U.S. debt, and it set off some alarms.
    0:24:45 A lot of the budget and tax proposals being discussed on the Hill right now are expected to contribute substantially to federal debt.
    0:24:55 So these all seem like upstream events that are theoretically, especially in the mind of an economist like you, going to have potentially major downstream consequences.
    0:25:02 I would see the Fed at the end of that in two or three or five years needing to respond to those events.
    0:25:03 Is that what you do?
    0:25:04 You kind of wait?
    0:25:08 The thing about the data, the official data come out with a lag.
    0:25:20 So there one month, one quarter, one week later, if you committed to never think about the outlook, only to look backward, you would miss a lot of things.
    0:25:23 You would be behind the curve multiple times.
    0:25:29 Policy is just one of an infinite number of shocks that you have to think through.
    0:25:32 It’s not special in that way.
    0:25:41 If there’s a war in the Middle East and the price of oil goes up $30 a barrel, we got to think about that too and not just wait to see what it does.
    0:25:56 In my view, there’s a great success story of the last couple of years that’s worth thinking about, which also makes me somewhat comfortable that Chad GPT is not going to replace the central bank and the FOMC anytime soon.
    0:26:02 I was going to ask you whether AI would be at least a useful tool in monetary policy.
    0:26:04 I would assume so.
    0:26:05 It might be a useful tool.
    0:26:13 You’re never going to hear me say we should throw away tools, but AI is only as good as the training sample.
    0:26:16 Take the beginning of 2023.
    0:26:19 That’s when I joined the Fed.
    0:26:26 Inflation is still well above the 2% target that the Fed has laid out.
    0:26:37 There are a number of smart people saying you cannot get the inflation rate down without pain, serious pain.
    0:26:45 You had Larry Summers saying unemployment would have to go above 6% for five consecutive years before you would see inflation come down.
    0:26:53 Chad GPT would have looked at the historical record and said, what should we do?
    0:27:00 It would have said, jack the interest rate up to 15% and have a recession because that’s how you get rid of it.
    0:27:06 But the economic analysis said, this is a very weird business cycle.
    0:27:10 So those previous business cycles might not apply.
    0:27:17 And if you could heal the supply chain, you might be able to bring down inflation without a recession.
    0:27:30 So in 2023, I said it was a Hall of Fame year because inflation fell by close to as much as it has ever fallen in a single year.
    0:27:36 And not only was there not a recession, the unemployment rate never even got above 4%.
    0:27:42 That’s a triumph for economic analysis, not just historical patterns.
    0:27:47 Now, to be fair, most economists were predicting recession.
    0:27:54 In fact, there’s the old joke about economists have correctly predicted 19 of the last three recessions, right?
    0:27:55 Yes.
    0:28:04 And look, the Bloomberg economists predicted in December of 22, there was a 100% chance of recession in 2023.
    0:28:07 But it’s because they were thinking historically.
    0:28:08 They’re not wrong.
    0:28:10 In the past, that wasn’t wrong.
    0:28:19 Coming up after the break, will Donald Trump’s so-called maximalist embrace of tariffs cause a recession?
    0:28:24 And will the Fed be able to maintain its political independence?
    0:28:34 There’s close to unanimity on the importance of Fed independence, mostly rooted in just go look at countries where they don’t have it.
    0:28:35 I’m Stephen Dubner.
    0:28:37 This is Freakonomics Radio.
    0:28:38 We’ll be right back.
    0:28:58 I’m speaking today with Austin Goolsbee, president and CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.
    0:29:06 The second Trump administration, even more than the first, has upended all sorts of political norms, right?
    0:29:10 A place like the Fed is built on political norms.
    0:29:13 So I’m curious how you and your colleagues are approaching that.
    0:29:20 I mean, the president of the United States, Donald Trump, has called your boss, Jerome Powell, a man he appointed, he’s called him a fool, a major loser.
    0:29:31 I can’t imagine that as much as one might intellectually try to insulate oneself from the noise, that it’s possible to do so entirely.
    0:29:33 So how does that affect the function of the Fed?
    0:29:40 The rules of the Fed, the rules of the FOMC say, I’m not allowed to speak for anyone else.
    0:29:41 I’m not allowed to speak for the Fed.
    0:29:42 I can only speak for myself.
    0:29:48 I would just say that before I was ever at the Fed, just go ask economists.
    0:29:59 They’re unanimous that it’s critically important that the central bank be independent of political interference when setting the interest rate.
    0:30:01 That’s the notion of Fed independence.
    0:30:07 If you want inflation to come back, go take away Fed independence and you’ll get inflation back.
    0:30:14 It makes me uncomfortable if people are truly advocating not having central bank independence.
    0:30:17 You know what happens when there’s political interference.
    0:30:23 Their incentives are different than long-term price stability and maximizing employment.
    0:30:27 Independence is never one for all times.
    0:30:30 It has to be re-earned in every generation, it seems.
    0:30:38 But let’s acknowledge, or I’ll acknowledge at least, that Fed independence has come under attack from the current administration.
    0:30:51 So what role do regional Fed presidents like you, as opposed to the D.C.-based governors, have when it comes to ensuring and continuing Fed independence from the executive branch?
    0:31:00 The role of reserve banks is critically important to be independent monetary policy voices on the committee.
    0:31:07 They have played that role over the 112 years that the Fed has been around.
    0:31:18 There are many examples where important ideas about monetary policy or about the state of the economy came up through the reserve banks.
    0:31:24 I don’t agree with all of my colleagues all of the time, and they don’t agree with me.
    0:31:37 A key part of what makes this as important a deliberative body as it is, is exactly this, that we’re coming from 12 different regions plus Washington, D.C. to express independent views.
    0:31:42 If you take it away, you should fully well expect inflation to be coming back.
    0:31:51 I’ve heard you cite a mentor of yours, the economist Jim Tobin, as saying that economics is most useful in a crisis.
    0:31:56 You talked about 2023 as being a weird business cycle.
    0:32:00 When you look at the U.S. economy today, do you see a crisis?
    0:32:09 And if not, what would you say are the characteristics about this economy that make it significantly different or confusing from the past?
    0:32:29 The thing that fundamentally made this period, let’s call it from 2020 to today, extremely unusual is that normally the business cycle is driven by the most cyclically sensitive sectors, and those are the most interest rate sensitive sectors as well.
    0:32:38 Durable goods manufacturing, durable goods manufacturing, business fixed investment, large consumer durables purchases, autos, stuff like that.
    0:32:42 Those are very cyclical industries, and they’re ones where the interest makes a big difference.
    0:32:56 As we go into 2020, it’s the first and only recession ever where demand for housing, durable goods, cars, all of that went up in the downturn.
    0:33:04 And a bunch of stuff that is normally recession-proof has nothing to do with the business cycle, like going to the dentist.
    0:33:07 All of those services dried up.
    0:33:14 So we had a business cycle that looked nothing like a normal business cycle, and it was a business cycle where if you say,
    0:33:20 what is the interest rate sensitivity of having elective surgery?
    0:33:22 Nobody ever asked that question before.
    0:33:28 Then it was like, well, you stupid Fed, why aren’t you predicting what’s going to be happening?
    0:33:38 In large measure, it’s that this business cycle is really weird, and people’s spending shifted heavily to physical goods and away from services,
    0:33:41 which was fighting against the 80-year trend.
    0:33:48 And now as it comes back, we’re still living with that, to say nothing about the supply chain disruptions.
    0:33:51 Where are we in relation to normal now in that regard?
    0:33:54 We’re mostly back for the consumer share.
    0:33:58 We’re mostly back to the heavily dominated services.
    0:34:09 So this question is maybe too reductive or maybe unanswerable, but how do you as a Fed president see the Trump tariff policy?
    0:34:12 And I realize that there are, you know, 1,800 different components of that.
    0:34:20 How do you think about that, especially compared to supply chain disruptions that were created by COVID?
    0:34:22 Do you see this as potentially a second wave?
    0:34:24 There’s kind of two parts about it.
    0:34:30 The first, the president and Congress, in their wisdom, can pass any tariff policy they want.
    0:34:32 That’s a straight fiscal policy.
    0:34:37 That becomes a condition that affects prices and affects employment.
    0:34:41 And if it does that, then the Fed has to think about it.
    0:34:43 The law says we have to think about it.
    0:34:56 I went out and talked to business people and consumers throughout the 7th District that made me, even before April 2nd, nervous.
    0:35:05 The Econ 101 version of what tariffs would do might not be subtle enough to capture what was happening.
    0:35:14 The Econ 101 version says tariffs that are permanent, there’s no retaliation, there’s no escalation.
    0:35:17 They’re just a one-time increase in the cost.
    0:35:21 That should be a transitory shock to inflation.
    0:35:24 Transitory just meaning it’ll come and then it’ll get absorbed and fade away.
    0:35:25 Yep.
    0:35:34 So if you put in a 10% tariff, inflation should be 10% in the first year, and then there would be no further inflation from the tariff.
    0:35:47 If you have a transitory shock, the Fed, in many ways, should see through it or should not be counting on that as a lasting, persistent inflation shock.
    0:35:57 And you would more be looking at, well, what is it going to do to output, employment, and what might it do to productivity or the economic potential?
    0:36:14 The thing that got me nervous is no retaliation, no escalation, no escalation, and no spillovers on the supply chain.
    0:36:16 They thought that was hopelessly naive.
    0:36:26 They said, we just went through a period with supply chain disruption that they said, as it was happening, this would probably be transitory because the supply chain will just fix itself.
    0:36:36 And it took years before that worked its way through, at the end of the day, imported goods are only 11% of GDP in the United States.
    0:36:44 So even sizable tariffs would be noticeable but might not have a material aggregate impact.
    0:36:54 But if they were too big, then they threatened to relearn the lessons of COVID and the inflation period.
    0:37:03 If they truly disrupt the supply chain, it could be a mess and it could last a lot longer than the textbook says.
    0:37:17 That was going to be even more problematic if there was retaliation, if the tariffs were going to apply to parts, components, and supplies, and if there were escalations.
    0:37:20 So far, there have been all three of those.
    0:37:23 That kind of just threw dust in the air.
    0:37:33 Now, before April 2nd, I was saying many times that we’re basically at stable, full employment.
    0:37:37 Unemployment rate around 4%, strong job growth.
    0:37:41 Inflation looked to me to be heading back to 2%.
    0:37:48 And if you just looked at the so-called dot plot where they ask all the members of the FOMC,
    0:37:50 where do you see rates?
    0:37:54 What do you think will be the appropriate rates next year, the year after?
    0:38:04 If you look at the long run, the vast majority of the committee believes that rates could be well below where they are right now.
    0:38:09 And I thought rates over the next 12 to 18 months could come down a fair bit more.
    0:38:14 This threw a lot of dirt in the air.
    0:38:18 And so it’s hard to know exactly what it is.
    0:38:25 But I still think underneath there, if we could get the dirt out of the air, I still think we’re basically in that spot.
    0:38:29 It’s kind of like at one point I went to the trainer and they said, well, what are your goals?
    0:38:32 And I said, well, do you think I could get a six-pack?
    0:38:38 And the trainer said, we all have a six-pack of muscle underneath.
    0:38:43 And that’s the problem is what’s on top of it.
    0:38:52 We’ve layered this thing on top of what I still think underneath there is a healthy six-pack economy.
    0:38:57 We had a big Fed Listens event where we brought in a bunch of folks a couple weeks ago.
    0:39:00 One of them, he was running a construction company.
    0:39:03 He said, for us, this is a put-your-pencils-down moment.
    0:39:06 We just have to wait to get some resolution.
    0:39:15 Because even when you announce, okay, we’re not going to do the tariffs, we’re going to revisit this decision in 60 days.
    0:39:16 And we might do them then.
    0:39:18 Everybody’s just going to wait.
    0:39:19 That’s the fear.
    0:39:26 So, Austin, I understand the Fed has been losing a lot of money, or at least returning much less to the Treasury than it used to.
    0:39:35 And, of course, the Fed spent a lot of money after the Great Recession on what’s called quantitative easing, buying up bonds and mortgage-backed securities to pump cash into the system.
    0:39:39 And then that strategy was used again during COVID.
    0:39:43 Why hasn’t the Fed fully wound down that portfolio by now?
    0:39:46 There’s two things at work with this.
    0:39:59 The people saying the Fed is not turning over as much money as it did before and is losing money are not counting all of the money that the Fed made over the years in the financial crisis and then again in COVID.
    0:40:02 The Fed expanded the balance sheet.
    0:40:10 Now, because the interest rate, the short-run Fed funds rate, which the Fed normally sets, was zero.
    0:40:15 And there’s a big problem when the rate is zero because what do you do?
    0:40:20 I would have said negative rates are impossible, but you actually saw some countries have negative rates.
    0:40:28 And so they expanded the balance sheet in a big way to prevent something worse happening in the economy.
    0:40:34 But if you do that, you know that it’s going to lose money.
    0:40:49 The reason that you’re buying at a point where the bonds are really valuable is when you’re trying to cut the rates, everyone understood that they’re not going to make money on those investments because they were done as emergency measures.
    0:41:04 Then there’s a whole second thing, which is the Fed, since 2008, has changed the way that it conducts monetary policy to instead of being the so-called scarce reserves regime,
    0:41:18 In which the Fed has a small balance sheet and they engage in monetary policy through open market operations, what the Fed does now is banks have an account and they pay interest on the reserves.
    0:41:22 And so banks are no longer in a scarce reserves regime.
    0:41:34 The interest on reserves rate that we set allows us to influence the interest rate, even in weird environments where the normal open market operations were problematic.
    0:41:49 And as a result, if you’re going to be in an ample reserves regime, people just need to know the Fed will always have a larger balance sheet than it had in the old days, because that’s the way we do monetary policy now.
    0:41:57 So, look, I’m sympathetic to evaluating all of the Fed’s actions and hold it accountable.
    0:42:02 But I don’t want to hold it for accountability on things that aren’t bad.
    0:42:03 They are not conspiracies.
    0:42:05 The Fed is not the bad guy.
    0:42:07 We’re the guardians of the galaxy.
    0:42:20 Five trillion dollars per day of payments, for example, go over Fed rails, wire transfers, ACH direct deposit, Fed now instant payments.
    0:42:22 Five trillion dollars a day.
    0:42:25 If you abolish the Fed, what would happen?
    0:42:26 People haven’t thought it through.
    0:42:32 One question along those lines, Trump has proposed lowering reserve requirements at banks.
    0:42:34 Does that intersect heavily with the Fed?
    0:42:36 It intersects with the Fed.
    0:42:47 But the thing to know about the reserve banks is that the 12 banks, we do the actual bank supervision to check that they have the capital, but we do not set the policy.
    0:42:50 This is delegated from the Board of Governors.
    0:42:55 They enact the policy and tell us what we’re supposed to enforce, and we do it well.
    0:43:02 But assuming lower capital requirements, are you expecting, for instance, a rise in bank M&A or something like that?
    0:43:10 If they change the capital requirements, we make sure that the banks in this district are safe and sound.
    0:43:19 We’re not going to be apologetic if somebody’s engaged in behavior that looks like it’s threatening financial stability or to the safety and soundness of that one bank.
    0:43:37 Coming up after the break, why a Fed banker like Goolsby doesn’t think that consumer vibes are all that meaningful.
    0:43:52 Also, if you want to hear some other conversations we have had with Fed people, check out episode 229 called Ben Bernanke Gives Himself a Grade or episode 390 called Fed Up with San Francisco Fed President Mary Daly.
    0:43:57 The entire archive of Freakonomics Radio is available on your podcast app.
    0:43:58 I’m Stephen Dubner.
    0:43:59 We will be right back.
    0:44:31 So, Steve Levitt, our mutual friend, told me that while the two of you were PhD students together at MIT, that you were one of just a handful of economists who saw the relatively new internet and thought that it would radically reshape at least parts of the economy.
    0:44:33 I know you wrote a well-regarded paper.
    0:44:41 I guess this came out in 2002, showed how price comparison sites reduced life insurance costs by quite a bit.
    0:44:50 I’m curious how you feel that research of yours has aged, especially as we’ve moved into an era of algorithmic pricing.
    0:44:58 Do you see that technology is continuing to make markets more competitive for consumers especially or not so much?
    0:45:01 That’s a fascinating area of question.
    0:45:14 In the late 90s and early 2000s, the first boom of the internet, the argument was basically, who does the internet give power to?
    0:45:21 Is it going to change the balance of power between customers and merchants slash manufacturers?
    0:45:38 In the early period, I was associated with the, this is going to make it more competitive and give more power to the consumers, that it might shrink the margins for business by giving more information to consumers.
    0:45:50 It does feel like in the decades that have passed, and especially in the last four or five years, the empire strikes back.
    0:46:01 They’re getting better at gathering information about the consumers and using that to tailor bespoke offers and products.
    0:46:03 Price discrimination, you guys call it.
    0:46:13 Yeah, price discrimination in our economist language, and if you take a casual look at business margins, they’ve gone up in the last decade or so.
    0:46:15 They’ve gone up quite a lot.
    0:46:24 I don’t know that that’s precisely or majority caused by algorithmic pricing in the internet, but it’s worth thinking about.
    0:46:37 Let me jump to another topic that economists historically were pretty united around, which was that globalized trade and labor, admitting China to the WTO,
    0:46:43 offshoring a lot of our manufacturing, was going to be a net win, certainly for China, but also for the U.S.
    0:46:59 And there’s been a lot of revisionism in the economic literature in the last maybe eight or 10 years to notice that there were consequences of offshoring all that labor that really changed the economic and social and labor fabric of this country.
    0:47:12 I bring this example up to show that even when really smart and well-educated economists reach a similar conclusion, that we shouldn’t necessarily accept it as truth, especially if it’s a prediction about the future.
    0:47:30 And I bring that up because I’ve been picking up lately a vibe in Washington, especially in elsewhere, that the kind of research that economists like you have been doing for decades is not to be relied on, at least as a foundational input in making policy decisions.
    0:47:34 I read a position paper by an incoming FTC commissioner, Mark Medor.
    0:47:48 It was called Antitrust Policy for the Conservative, and he said that we need to reinvigorate how we think about concepts such as competition, consumer welfare, economics, efficiency and innovation.
    0:47:50 I’m going to read a little bit more.
    0:48:00 The fundamental tension, he writes, within the Antitrust Project is that the law is and must be oriented toward consumer welfare, but human beings are not just consumers.
    0:48:05 They are embodied souls seeking communion with their fellow man and their creator.
    0:48:11 Human welfare cannot be accounted in dollars and cents or purely materialist renderings of the good.
    0:48:17 So to me, that sounds like an indictment, to some degree, of what you’ve built your career on.
    0:48:26 I’m not asking you to respond to Medor directly, but I’m curious to know how you feel that economic research is valued these days, in Washington especially.
    0:48:32 I don’t know that I have insight into the communion of minds or whatever they call for there.
    0:48:35 I’m interpreting the spirit of the question somewhat broadly.
    0:48:40 This brings us to the distinction between the hard data and the vibes.
    0:48:46 So you say, look, what if the hard data were good, but people say they just don’t feel it.
    0:48:48 They don’t feel like it’s good.
    0:48:50 Sounds like you’re describing 2023.
    0:48:58 Yeah, 2023, 2024, if you look at consumer confidence measures, they were quite poor.
    0:49:06 The first thing, and I recognize it’s a little bit of a dodge, the Fed’s job, we have to think about the hard data.
    0:49:07 That’s what the law says.
    0:49:16 So we’ve always been interested in sentiment, primarily as an indicator for what’s going to happen in the hard data.
    0:49:27 For a long time, it was the case that if consumer sentiment went way down, then people were about to stop spending and recession was on the way.
    0:49:35 Some things happened in a lot of the measures of vibes that have broken down that relationship.
    0:49:44 Just in the last few months, you’ve been getting immense plunges in the University of Michigan’s Consumer Confidence Survey.
    0:49:49 Some of the others, the drop is not as big, but they’ve all been falling.
    0:50:04 I just wanted to know how much of a signal is that, if you’re making a forecast, how much better is the forecast if you include, along with the hard data, you include this sentiment data.
    0:50:12 In the last 15 years or so, the sentiment data has added very little beyond the hard data.
    0:50:16 And that in the last couple of years, it actually makes a forecast worse.
    0:50:27 So I do seek out information from consumers and from businesses, but I don’t want to overstate what the vibes say.
    0:50:35 If you look, for example, at the University of Michigan survey, which is in our district, so I’m prone to like it.
    0:50:39 They have moved recently to an all-online survey.
    0:50:46 My characterization, maybe this is unsophisticated, people online look like they’re grumpy.
    0:50:49 And just the overall level is lower.
    0:50:54 Are you positing a causal relationship there that being online makes you grumpy?
    0:51:05 I don’t know if it just attracts the worst in us or if it was already there, but the data on sentiment and the communion of minds is harder to put into practice.
    0:51:18 I think economic research on both theory and data has proved really important for understanding the world and understanding conditions where we’re in moments of transition.
    0:51:30 Like in 2023 or like now or like COVID, they’re weird moments of transition, business cycles that look nothing like previous business cycles.
    0:51:38 You’ve got to at least have the discipline to go back and do some real economics and actually look at what happens.
    0:51:42 You’ll see people say things like, we should abolish the Fed.
    0:51:47 The thing is, there have been times when we got rid of the central bank.
    0:51:50 The second bank of the United States, the charter elapsed in 1836.
    0:51:54 There’s a reason there was a panic of 1837.
    0:51:57 The economic research imposes a discipline.
    0:51:59 It’s not always right.
    0:52:03 A lot of academics, including Nobel laureates, they don’t agree with each other.
    0:52:07 We go to a seminar where they’re arguing vehemently.
    0:52:17 But that process of disciplining your thoughts with either economic theory or with the data, I think is super important.
    0:52:24 I’m open to critiques of economic research, but the field is open to critiques too.
    0:52:30 And the rise of behavioral economics, there were a lot of insights that were not accepted.
    0:52:37 Many economists did not like or agree with the behavioral bent, but that debate was really helpful.
    0:52:40 Including you to some degree, if I remember correctly.
    0:52:47 Like in your textbook that you wrote with Steve Levitt, you didn’t want to give a whole lot of credence to the behavioral revolution.
    0:52:50 We have a chapter in there, and I think it’s a good chapter.
    0:52:53 It goes through, here’s what’s strong about it.
    0:53:02 There’s one sentence that goes something like, well, now we just taught you all of this, and it seems to contradict the first 16 chapters.
    0:53:05 So, do you regret having got the book?
    0:53:11 And then it goes through, ultimately, economics is meant to be about understanding human behavior.
    0:53:18 If the behavioral insights help you understand human behavior, help you understand the data, then they’re great.
    0:53:19 We should look at that.
    0:53:29 But I personally have less patience for people who, in the words of my dad, he used to always say, fault finder is a minimum wage job.
    0:53:34 For the people who just want to say, well, economics is horrible, and we should look to something else.
    0:53:36 You’ve got to have something else.
    0:53:41 It’s not enough to just say, I’m not going to look at the data, or I’m not going to look at the economics.
    0:53:43 Let me ask you another inflation question.
    0:53:48 We’ve been told forever that inflation is bad above a certain level.
    0:53:54 We’ve also been told that deflation is bad, but that stagflation may be the worst of all.
    0:53:58 So, can you describe the golden mean?
    0:54:04 Where is the place that a well-functioning economy wants to sit?
    0:54:10 And considering the Fed’s dual mandate, how do you think about getting to that place?
    0:54:20 What is the greatest of all the inflations if too much inflation is bad and too much deflation is bad and stagflation is even worse?
    0:54:30 The answer is exactly 2.0% personal consumption expenditure inflation because that’s what we said the target is.
    0:54:39 Alan Greenspan famously said way back when, when they were debating should there be an inflation target, they debated what is the meaning of price stability.
    0:54:44 Is that literally 0% inflation, which is hard to hit?
    0:54:51 And his statement was price stability is when people don’t have to think about inflation.
    0:54:54 It’s not factoring into their business decisions.
    0:54:58 It’s not factoring into people’s consumer spending decisions.
    0:55:00 And that implies that wages are keeping up.
    0:55:04 It implies wages are keeping up and that people are not thinking about it.
    0:55:13 The Fed decided that that should be, like several other central banks have, an explicit target for one measure of inflation.
    0:55:18 Not CPI, but personal consumption expenditure inflation would be 2.0%.
    0:55:20 So, that’s the target.
    0:55:28 Then the art of central bank management of monetary policy is, well, how do you keep us around that target?
    0:55:38 You remember the Apollo 13 image where they’re like, okay, you just need to keep the moon right in there and fire the thrusters.
    0:55:41 Then it’s wildly spinning around and they’re trying to control it.
    0:55:45 Sometimes it can feel like that around the inflation target.
    0:55:50 If there’s war in Ukraine and COVID and tariffs and this, how are you going to keep it at 2%?
    0:55:55 There are market measures of inflation expectations.
    0:56:05 What do people think the inflation rate is going to be five years from now or 10 years from now as opposed to just a measure of what is inflation today?
    0:56:18 In a world where the central bank is credible and people believe it when it says we will get inflation back to 2% no matter what, there’s an important threshold.
    0:56:28 In the case of the United States in the 70s, inflation expectations became unanchored in the economist language.
    0:56:34 If you asked people, the actual inflation rate was 10%, 12%.
    0:56:41 And if you asked them, what do you think inflation will be five years from now, they would say, I think it will still be 10%.
    0:56:58 Why that matters is because then when they’re going down and negotiating the wage for next year, everybody wants to say, look, if inflation is going to be 10% a year for the next five years, you’re going to have to pay us to compensate us for that.
    0:57:03 And you can get in a spiral that’s very, very difficult to get out of this time.
    0:57:09 It made it easier that the expectations never got unanchored.
    0:57:12 Actual inflation was almost double digits.
    0:57:16 But people looked at the window and could see inflation is raging.
    0:57:36 How during your career as an economist do you see, let’s call it public sentiment, especially through media, whether mainstream media or social media, how do you see that having changed the way elected officials and policymakers approach economic policies in ways that are, let’s say, detrimental to the economic reality?
    0:57:41 Do people get blown too hard off course by sentiment, in other words?
    0:57:43 Frequently, it feels like it.
    0:57:49 I think your observation that the media is involved, we have known about for a long time.
    0:57:52 This isn’t new with the Trump era.
    0:57:54 It wasn’t new in the Obama era.
    0:57:55 It wasn’t new in 1890.
    0:57:57 Yeah, it wasn’t new in 1890.
    0:58:07 If you’re old enough to remember the 1992 presidential election, you will recall that the entire thing was about the economy, stupid.
    0:58:10 It was all about the mismanagement of the recession.
    0:58:12 Go back and look at the data.
    0:58:15 There was no recession in 1992.
    0:58:17 The recession ended in 1991.
    0:58:20 1992 was actually a perfectly fine growth year.
    0:58:22 But Jim Carville had a good idea.
    0:58:23 It was in the media.
    0:58:25 It was all anyone was talking about.
    0:58:35 That’s just one example that we’ve seen many times that what people read about in the media does influence their opinion about the economy.
    0:58:50 Fast forward into a world of social media and many different channels, and it feels like everybody set up a news feed to give them the news they’re both interested in and that agrees with them.
    0:59:02 Maybe that very feature of the media environment is what has scrambled and made the consumer sentiments less indicative of economic behavior than they were before.
    0:59:02 But I’m not sure.
    0:59:09 Hey, listen, next time I’m in Chicago, will you show me around your vault?
    0:59:11 I would love to take you around.
    0:59:20 We got machines and they count the money and they pull out the counterfeit and everybody’s got to be certified every six months to detect counterfeit.
    0:59:22 I can show you what the markers are.
    0:59:26 So should I bring some counterfeit money and see if you can sniff it out?
    0:59:30 Well, do you want to be arrested by our LEU officers?
    0:59:32 That’s the law enforcement unit.
    0:59:38 The Fed, each of the Feds has a police force and they protect the assets, both physical and human.
    0:59:41 I assume the answer is no, I don’t want to be arrested by them, right?
    0:59:43 No, you don’t want to be arrested.
    0:59:46 What share of bills in your machines turn out to be counterfeit?
    0:59:49 Very, very small, very small.
    0:59:53 If I had to guess, I’d say it’s 10 to 20 bills a day.
    1:00:03 Now, the banks are supposed to catch it before it gets to us because if we get counterfeit, then we call the bank and we’re like, we’re giving you no credit for that money you sent because that was fake money.
    1:00:10 It does suggest that it might be a fun hustle for the bank to try to be the counterfeiter to pass it off against you guys.
    1:00:16 If you are a banker listening to this program, I strongly advise you not to do that because you’re going to get in big trouble.
    1:00:28 That, again, was Austin Goolsbee, longtime University of Chicago economist and now president and CEO of the Chicago Federal Reserve.
    1:00:31 I would love to know what you thought of this conversation.
    1:00:34 Our email is radio at freakonomics.com.
    1:00:41 Coming up next time on the show, a conversation with another leader of a historic and influential institution.
    1:00:47 This looks like a basement, but wow, this is like Raiders of the Lost Ark.
    1:00:55 The British Museum has a new director, Nicholas Cullinan, and he’s thinking about the museum’s mission in a new way.
    1:01:01 Yes, some of the things that are in the collection were looted because we were at war with each other.
    1:01:03 That’s next time on the show.
    1:01:05 Until then, take care of yourself.
    1:01:07 And if you can, someone else, too.
    1:01:11 Freakonomics Radio is produced by Stitcher and Renbud Radio.
    1:01:16 This episode was produced by Tao Jacobs with help from Dalvin Abawaji.
    1:01:19 It was mixed by Jasmine Klinger with help from Jeremy Johnston.
    1:01:23 And we had nice assists from Pete Clino and Matt Grossman.
    1:01:34 The Freakonomics Radio network staff also includes Alina Cullman, Augusta Chapman, Eleanor Osborne, Ellen Frankman, Elsa Hernandez, Gabriel Roth, Greg Rippon, Morgan Levy, Sarah Lilly, and Zach Lipinski.
    1:01:40 Our theme song is Mr. Fortune by the Hitchhikers, and our composer is Luis Guerra.
    1:01:42 As always, thank you for listening.
    1:01:50 You have maybe six hours set aside for us today.
    1:01:53 Do you have an astronaut diaper you can throw on?
    1:01:56 I can just hold it really strongly.
    1:01:57 Because you’re a Goolsby, damn it.

    Austan Goolsbee, president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, is less reserved than the average banker. He explains why vibes are overrated, why the Fed’s independence is non-negotiable, and why tariffs could bring the economy back to the Covid era.

     

    • SOURCES:
      • Austan Goolsbee, president and chief executive officer of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.

     

     

  • Most Replayed Moment: The Science Of Building Muscle Faster With Smarter Training – Dr. Mike Israetel

    中文
    Tiếng Việt
    AI transcript
    0:00:03 You said there’s two types of effective training.
    0:00:07 One of them is hypertrophy.
    0:00:08 Very good.
    0:00:10 And the other one is periodization.
    0:00:18 So periodization is the scientifically based organization of any kind of training that you want.
    0:00:21 Hypertrophy training is a type of training.
    0:00:22 It’s just muscle growth training.
    0:00:27 It’s like a fancy science word for just getting more jacked, putting on muscle.
    0:00:30 That’s the technical definition of hypertrophy.
    0:00:35 And when you train for hypertrophy, you can do it kind of like by feel and more or less at random.
    0:00:37 And you’ll get pretty good results in most cases.
    0:00:40 But to get your best results, you want that training to be periodized.
    0:00:47 Periodization is the scientific approach to how to organize your training to get sort of roughly three things.
    0:00:50 Some of these are a bit more for athletes and not regular people.
    0:00:52 Get the best results that you can.
    0:00:55 Peak at an appropriate time, abs for summer.
    0:00:58 And minimize injury risk.
    0:01:07 And taking all the science that we know, that plan that you’ve made because you did it in an evidence-based fashion, that is now what is considered a periodized plan.
    0:01:10 So that’s how those two concepts relate to each other.
    0:01:14 What do I need to know about hypertrophy in order to be able to achieve it?
    0:01:15 Is there anything really foundational?
    0:01:18 Because I think everyone wants a bit of muscle growth.
    0:01:21 I think I spend too long in the gym.
    0:01:23 I think I could be much more efficient when I’m training.
    0:01:31 What would you recommend that I start thinking about as foundational principles when it comes to hypertrophy muscle growth?
    0:01:33 One is specificity.
    0:01:41 It’s the most important principle in all of sport training and exercise science is, what am I here for?
    0:01:41 What do I want?
    0:01:47 Because you can do a bunch of exercises in the gym and you’re like, that was great.
    0:01:48 And someone’s like, are you getting the results you like?
    0:01:50 And you’re like, well, what I want is a bigger bicep.
    0:01:52 Like how many bicep exercises do you do?
    0:01:54 Like, I think upright rows, maybe.
    0:01:56 So I want a bigger bicep.
    0:01:59 If we just focus on me getting Stephen Bartlett a bigger left bicep.
    0:02:05 So specificity is telling yourself, okay, I want bigger biceps and whatever X, Y, Z other muscles.
    0:02:13 Then we move in to the principle of overload, which means you have to challenge yourself.
    0:02:23 If most of your sets, someone else watching them can’t tell if you’re warming up or doing what’s called a working set, like a real set, you have a problem.
    0:02:33 So towards the end of all of your sets, either the weights are slowing down or even if it’s the same speed, to you, they feel perceptively harder.
    0:02:39 You know, you do this, this, this, and in a couple of reps, you’re like, that’s what you want.
    0:02:42 Every real working set should be challenging.
    0:02:47 You should be approaching every real set with just a teeny, teeny dose of trepidation.
    0:02:49 Like, oh boy, here we go.
    0:02:51 I’m going to have to try.
    0:02:53 Once you have that.
    0:02:56 And a set is a group of repetitions.
    0:02:56 Correct.
    0:02:59 So if I do 10 repetitions, that’s one set.
    0:02:59 One set.
    0:02:59 Yeah.
    0:03:03 And so your sets have to be sufficiently heavy.
    0:03:13 Anything between roughly five reps per set and 30 reps per set where the last few reps are getting close to you not being able to use good technique and lift the weights.
    0:03:14 Check plus.
    0:03:18 So there’s not a set, a perfect amount of repetitions to do.
    0:03:19 There is.
    0:03:21 It’s a trade secret, and I’d have to say it off camera to you.
    0:03:22 Okay.
    0:03:22 NDA to sign.
    0:03:23 Okay, we’re off camera.
    0:03:24 All right, great.
    0:03:25 So it’s 17.
    0:03:31 So there’s just tons of tons of contextual nuance kind of stuff.
    0:03:35 Some people, some of their muscles will seem to respond better to sets of five to 10.
    0:03:42 Other folks, even the same person could have muscles in their body that really respond better to sets of 20 to 30 and everything in between.
    0:03:52 But generally, you get in the exercise science data, you’ll have a group of people training for sets of roughly five reps and another group training for sets of roughly 30 reps.
    0:04:02 And their change in muscle growth over 8, 12, 16 weeks is statistically undifferentiable, which means if I delabel the groups and you don’t know which one’s which, you can’t actually tell me who trained with higher reps or lower reps.
    0:04:04 For muscle growth, it’s roughly the same.
    0:04:06 And that’s so crazy.
    0:04:07 We’re using the same weight.
    0:04:08 I’m guessing.
    0:04:09 No, different weights.
    0:04:13 A weight that is challenging for five reps is much heavier than a weight that is challenging for 30.
    0:04:13 Okay.
    0:04:15 So I do wonder this all the time when I go to the gym.
    0:04:22 I wonder if I should be doing, I don’t know, 30 reps of 10 kg on my bicep or I should be doing 10 reps of 20 kg.
    0:04:23 They’re both right answers.
    0:04:24 No wrong answers there.
    0:04:34 And they both have the same chance of growing my muscles as long as the strain that I experience subjectively is difficult at the end of those sets.
    0:04:34 Okay.
    0:04:35 Interesting.
    0:04:38 Which is really good news because that’s like another thing you don’t have to worry about.
    0:04:43 Which means at home I can get any range of weights versus having to get really, really big ones to grow my muscles.
    0:04:47 As long as they’re not so tiny that you’re on rep number 45 and you’re like, I could just do this for forever.
    0:04:51 Or they’re not so enormous that you’re like, I can’t really even do two reps of this.
    0:04:55 Anything between roughly five and roughly 30 reps challenging is really, really good.
    0:05:02 How many sets and how often do I have to visit the gym to get this bicep to grow?
    0:05:05 That answer depends on how much you’ve been doing before.
    0:05:05 Okay.
    0:05:18 But if you’re new to the gym, two sessions a week with two to three sets per session for your biceps is something that’s going to cause months and months and months of consistent progress.
    0:05:19 Really?
    0:05:20 Can you do more?
    0:05:21 Yes.
    0:05:23 Do you have to do as a beginner?
    0:05:23 No.
    0:05:29 Eventually, as a more advanced person, do you need to do more sets and perhaps more sessions to get consistently better results?
    0:05:30 Yes.
    0:05:37 But for beginners who haven’t been to the gym very much or at all, the minimal effective dose is profoundly small.
    0:05:41 Which is why I can say things like if you work out for 20 minutes twice a week, you’re going to get great gains.
    0:05:47 What if I go to the gym and I do six sets on my biceps and I just go to the gym once a week?
    0:05:52 Does the distance between the workouts in a muscle group have an impact?
    0:05:52 Yes.
    0:05:56 Once a week training gives you good results.
    0:06:01 But twice a week training for the same muscle gives you notably better results.
    0:06:05 Training three times a week versus twice.
    0:06:08 Training four times a week versus three times.
    0:06:15 Training five times a week versus four times is an exponentially de-escalating amount of impressive differences.
    0:06:18 So one time a week works.
    0:06:19 It’ll get you results.
    0:06:23 Two times a week gets you like one and a half times the results.
    0:06:24 Like way better, better.
    0:06:29 Three times a week is like another little bit more results.
    0:06:29 Still notable.
    0:06:34 Four times a week is like you got to be training for a while to notice the difference between three and four.
    0:06:40 Four and five is contextual and nuanced and I can’t actually tell you that categorically five days a week is better than four.
    0:06:44 There are some things I would have to know about your plan and everything else to make that conclusion.
    0:06:46 So really I want to be aiming at twice a week per muscle group.
    0:06:47 Twice is our minimum.
    0:06:51 Two to four times a week is what I say is kind of the best overall recommendation per muscle group.
    0:06:59 And if you train all of your muscles together at the same time, a whole body workout, which most people in the realm of just, I’m busy and I can’t train a lot.
    0:07:06 It would be all of the major muscles of your body in the same session twice or three times or four times a week.
    0:07:09 And that is an awesome beginner fitness plan.
    0:07:14 What’s going on in my muscles that’s encouraging them and making them grow?
    0:07:15 And when are they growing?
    0:07:16 Is it when I go to bed at night?
    0:07:19 Is it when I, do they grow the minute that I curl the dumbbell?
    0:07:21 What’s actually going on?
    0:07:26 Because sometimes understanding what’s actually going on inside helps me to think through and change my behavior.
    0:07:27 Yeah.
    0:07:41 So the primary stimulus for muscle growth is there are molecular machines in your muscles, in your muscle cells, and they are designed to detect the presence of tension.
    0:07:46 And when your muscles generate tension, the molecular detector machines go, ooh, we got tension here.
    0:07:52 And they start saying to other parts of the cells, like, hey, let’s get this muscle growth thing started.
    0:07:52 Start it.
    0:07:53 Not happening.
    0:07:54 Start it.
    0:07:55 It’s a stimulus of muscle growth.
    0:08:00 There are a couple of other mechanisms which might slash probably have an effect.
    0:08:06 And that a couple of them are metabolite sequestration, which is a very fancy way of saying the burn.
    0:08:22 You know, at the end of a set, you’re like, ah, the metabolites, the byproducts of training, if they accumulate to high levels, it’s been shown in tons of animal studies and a few human studies that, like, mechanistically, they might also tell the molecular machinery that grows muscle for you.
    0:08:26 Again, later, to, hey, get the muscle growth process.
    0:08:27 Another one is the pump.
    0:08:28 So, you know, you do a couple sets of biceps.
    0:08:30 You’re like, oh, my God, what’s going on here, baby?
    0:08:31 Flash it at some girl.
    0:08:33 She runs away, as usual.
    0:08:40 And the actual cell swelling itself might play a causal mechanistic role in generating more muscle growth.
    0:08:48 But we know it’s probably at least 80% of the muscle growth anyone will see is because of those receptors for tension.
    0:08:55 Muscle growth, as soon as you leave the gym, is a negative because the gym is catabolic.
    0:08:57 It breaks down your muscle.
    0:09:00 Actually, training breaks down more muscle than it builds.
    0:09:18 However, as you go home and you start eating food, protein, carbs, fats, and you have several meals per day and you’re resting, when the food’s coming in, several hours after training begins, if you measure muscle growth consistently, which is real difficult to do, they don’t do it super often.
    0:09:22 You have to keep people in the laboratory, you have to do radioactive tracers and measure all this weird stuff.
    0:09:29 Every couple of hours they measure, the amount of muscle growth that’s going on in the biceps goes up and up and up and up.
    0:09:35 And it usually peaks about half a day to a day and a half after you lift, depending on how hard you went.
    0:09:41 If it’s a pretty easy workout, it peaks a little sooner and drops off about a day or two later.
    0:09:48 If you train really crazy hard, it’ll peak like a day, day and a half later, and then half a week later, it’ll drop off back to baseline levels.
    0:09:55 But it’s this really smooth curve and you’re growing muscle at every single point under that curve.
    0:09:57 So when you say, is it while I’m sleeping?
    0:09:57 Is it while I’m eating?
    0:09:58 Is it while I’m resting?
    0:10:02 The answer is all of those, except it’s not at the gym.
    0:10:03 You don’t grow muscle at the gym.
    0:10:05 You give yourself a signal to grow muscle at the gym.
    0:10:07 And then what you do outside of the gym matters.
    0:10:08 So some people train really hard.
    0:10:10 They don’t eat right.
    0:10:11 They don’t eat enough protein.
    0:10:16 Their sleep is total, insert bad word here, and their stress levels are just totally psychotic.
    0:10:22 They train hard, and then week after week after week, they’re like, I’m not seeing any results.
    0:10:27 Well, the results are actually created when you’re resting, when you’re sleeping, when you’re eating nutritious food.
    0:10:31 They’re stimulated in the workout, but that’s just phase one.
    0:10:38 Phase two, the actual growth occurs outside of the gym, and it occurs not at any specific time point, like a magic window of two hours after the gym.
    0:10:39 Like, that’s when all the growth occurs.
    0:10:41 That’s actually when it just starts to go up.
    0:10:43 It’s four days afterwards.
    0:10:49 So if you train twice a week, you train on Monday, you’re growing a lot of muscle on Monday night, Tuesday, and Wednesday.
    0:10:52 Back towards the end of Wednesday, you’re just not really growing much more muscle.
    0:10:54 You go back to the gym Thursday.
    0:10:55 You hit it hard again.
    0:10:56 You hit that curve up.
    0:10:58 By Sunday, you’re totally relaxed.
    0:11:01 During Sunday, you’re not growing any muscle.
    0:11:03 Your body’s really recovering a lot of that fatigue.
    0:11:07 And then by Monday, you’re fresh as a pickle, and you’re ready to go at it again.
    0:11:11 How long will it take me to lose the muscles that I’ve gained if I don’t go back to the gym?
    0:11:13 So again, focusing on this bicep.
    0:11:14 I train it.
    0:11:15 I do two times a week.
    0:11:16 I get it nice and big.
    0:11:19 How long before it vanishes?
    0:11:21 Great question.
    0:11:22 Two-part answer.
    0:11:29 Part one is within about two weeks of not training it,
    0:11:36 the first reduction in muscle that is detectable by modern machinery occurs.
    0:11:42 So if you don’t lift for two weeks and we put you in an MRI scanner or a DEXA scanner,
    0:11:45 let’s say a week and a half you don’t lift, I can’t tell.
    0:11:48 You’re not really losing any muscle yet.
    0:11:49 You’re just going insane.
    0:11:51 And so me personally, I’m like addicted to lifting.
    0:11:54 So if I don’t lift for a week, I’m like, oh my God, oh my God, all my muscles gone.
    0:11:59 There is some kind of intuitive truth to that because when you don’t stress your muscles,
    0:12:04 when you do stress your muscles, they get a little bit inflamed and they bulge up a little
    0:12:04 bit.
    0:12:10 So when you’re not training for half a week to a week, your muscles look smaller, like
    0:12:12 they’ve lost weight, but it’s really just all water that they lost.
    0:12:16 You do one gym session thinking like, oh my God, my biceps are gone.
    0:12:20 A week and a half later, you do one session at the end of that, you flex and you’re like,
    0:12:22 oh my God, I’m the biggest I’ve ever been.
    0:12:25 I was just delusional that whole time because that stuff comes back super quick.
    0:12:29 After about two weeks of not lifting, we start to lose muscle.
    0:12:33 But it happens really, really slowly and takes weeks and weeks and weeks and weeks.
    0:12:39 After several months of not lifting, you’re going to look considerably smaller on your biceps,
    0:12:44 but probably not as small as when you started lifting because your muscles have a certain
    0:12:46 memory, if we can call it that.
    0:12:46 Is that true?
    0:12:47 Very true.
    0:12:53 And so a lot of times when you gain an initial amount of muscle, especially if you’ve been at it for
    0:12:56 years, it just never goes back to the same size as when you started.
    0:13:00 It’s just always going to be bigger until you reach your 80s or something like that.
    0:13:05 That being said, yes, you will notice reductions in size.
    0:13:07 So two weeks is the direct answer there.
    0:13:10 And it’s going to take weeks and weeks and months and months to recede.
    0:13:12 However, here’s part two, and this is awesome news.
    0:13:19 Because of that muscle memory situation, however long it took you to gain the muscles initially,
    0:13:27 it’s going to take you an order of magnitude, a factor of 10-ish or so less time to get it back.
    0:13:34 If you’ve been more jacked before, if you’ve had bigger muscles, they come back to their old size.
    0:13:41 If you lifted for eight months, you got a bigger bicep, and you stopped lifting for three months.
    0:13:43 And it looks about the same as when you started.
    0:13:46 If you’re really careful, like, okay, it’s a little bit bigger, but really it’s just back to square one.
    0:13:51 Most people think, oh, my God, another eight months just to get back to where I started?
    0:13:52 Like, forget the gym.
    0:14:00 The truth is after roughly about a month, maybe as little as three weeks, you’re going to have the same size biceps that you did in your peak.
    0:14:09 Because the degree to which your tissue grows, if it’s been a certain size before, especially if it was notably bigger than normal,
    0:14:15 and you held that around for a few months and a few years, it comes back in a way that is so fast.
    0:14:22 If you experience it yourself, it’s like you don’t believe that it’s happening to you.
    0:14:24 Have they been able to, like, scientifically test this?
    0:14:25 Oh, yeah, all the time.
    0:14:27 Yeah, retraining studies, detraining, retraining.
    0:14:32 Oh, yeah, they’ve done studies where they purposefully, like, lift for a while, and they stop lifting for a long time,
    0:14:34 and they see how long it takes to get back.
    0:14:42 And there’s one study I’m familiar with offhand that there’s a group of people that trained consistently for multiple weeks,
    0:14:46 and there’s another group of people that trained consistently for a few weeks,
    0:14:51 and then took two weeks completely off in the middle, and then just started retraining again for a few weeks later.
    0:14:57 Both groups had identically sized differences in muscle at the end of the study.
    0:15:01 And so you’re like, okay, so that group that trained consistently never took two weeks off.
    0:15:06 Could we say that they purposefully, like, dunked two weeks of their time away for nothing?
    0:15:07 Uh-huh.
    0:15:20 Yeah, your body goes right back into regaining old, lost muscle so rapidly that this is such great news because, look, let’s say you lifted consistently most of the year.
    0:15:21 Holiday season comes up.
    0:15:22 Winter holidays.
    0:15:25 You’re not going to the gym as much.
    0:15:26 Maybe not at all.
    0:15:28 Three weeks later of no gym, you look at yourself.
    0:15:34 You look a little small or kind of deflated, and you’re like, oh, my God, I’m going to have to restart all this from scratch.
    0:15:35 Nope.
    0:15:38 Two weeks later, you’re in the best shape of your life again.
    0:15:44 If you left the gym for six months, one or two months later, you’re in the best shape of your life again.
    0:15:45 That’s how rapidly it comes back.
    0:15:48 So it’s really good news for anyone who hasn’t been in the gym and is feeling guilty about it.
    0:15:49 Go back.
    0:15:50 Get consistent again.
    0:15:52 You’re just going to skyrocket.
    Bạn đã nói rằng có hai loại tập luyện hiệu quả. Một trong số đó là phát triển cơ bắp (hypertrophy). Rất tốt. Còn loại kia là chu kỳ hóa (periodization). Chu kỳ hóa là cách tổ chức tập luyện dựa trên khoa học cho bất kỳ loại hình tập luyện nào mà bạn muốn. Tập luyện phát triển cơ bắp là một loại hình tập luyện. Nó chỉ đơn giản là tập để tăng trưởng cơ bắp. Đó giống như một thuật ngữ khoa học hoa mỹ để chỉ việc trở nên cơ bắp hơn, tăng cơ. Đó là định nghĩa kỹ thuật về phát triển cơ bắp. Và khi bạn tập để phát triển cơ bắp, bạn có thể làm điều đó dựa trên cảm giác và đến mức độ nào đó một cách ngẫu nhiên. Và bạn sẽ có kết quả khá tốt trong hầu hết các trường hợp. Nhưng để có được kết quả tốt nhất, bạn muốn rằng chương trình tập luyện của bạn phải được chu kỳ hóa. Chu kỳ hóa là cách tiếp cận khoa học về cách tổ chức tập luyện của bạn để đạt được ba điều lý tưởng. Một số điều này có thể dành cho các vận động viên hơn là cho người bình thường. Đạt được kết quả tốt nhất mà bạn có thể. Đạt đỉnh vào thời điểm phù hợp, ví dụ như có cơ bụng vào mùa hè. Và giảm thiểu rủi ro chấn thương. Và lấy tất cả những kiến thức khoa học mà chúng ta biết, chương trình mà bạn đã làm vì bạn đã thực hiện theo cách dựa trên bằng chứng, thì đó bây giờ được coi là một kế hoạch chu kỳ hóa. Đó là cách hai khái niệm này liên quan với nhau.
    Tôi cần biết điều gì về phát triển cơ bắp để có thể đạt được nó? Có điều gì thực sự căn bản không? Bởi vì tôi nghĩ mọi người đều muốn một chút tăng trưởng cơ bắp. Tôi nghĩ tôi dành quá nhiều thời gian ở phòng gym. Tôi nghĩ tôi có thể hiệu quả hơn nhiều khi tập luyện. Bạn sẽ khuyên tôi nên bắt đầu suy nghĩ về những nguyên tắc cơ bản nào khi nói đến việc tăng trưởng cơ bắp? Một trong những nguyên tắc đó là tính đặc hiệu (specificity). Đây là nguyên tắc quan trọng nhất trong tất cả các môn thể thao và khoa học thể dục là, tôi ở đây để làm gì? Tôi muốn gì? Bởi vì bạn có thể làm nhiều bài tập ở phòng gym và bạn nói, điều đó thật tuyệt. Nhưng ai đó hỏi, bạn có đang nhận được kết quả mình thích không? Và bạn trả lời, thì cái tôi muốn là to lớn hơn bắp tay. Bạn đã làm bao nhiêu bài tập cho bắp tay? Có lẽ là một chút bài nâng tạ thẳng (upright rows). Vì vậy, tôi muốn to hơn bắp tay. Nếu chúng ta chỉ tập trung vào việc tôi làm cho Stephen Bartlett có bắp tay trái to hơn. Vì vậy, tính đặc hiệu là tự nói với bản thân, được rồi, tôi muốn bắp tay lớn hơn và bất kỳ cơ nào khác mà tôi muốn. Sau đó, chúng ta chuyển sang nguyên tắc quá tải (overload), có nghĩa là bạn phải thử thách bản thân. Nếu hầu hết các set của bạn khiến người khác quan sát không thể phân biệt được bạn đang khởi động hay đang thực hiện một set thật sự, bạn có một vấn đề. Vì vậy, vào cuối mỗi set, hoặc tạ đang chậm lại hoặc ngay cả khi tốc độ không thay đổi, đối với bạn, chúng sẽ cảm thấy khó hơn một chút. Bạn biết đấy, bạn làm cái này, cái này, cái này, và sau vài rep, bạn sẽ nhận ra, đó là điều bạn muốn. Mỗi set thật sự đều nên có thử thách. Bạn nên tiếp cận mỗi set thật sự với một chút lo lắng nhỏ. Giống như, ôi, đây là lúc đây rồi. Tôi sẽ phải cố gắng. Khi bạn có điều đó rồi. Và một set là một nhóm các lần lặp lại. Đúng. Vì vậy, nếu tôi làm 10 lần lặp lại, đó là một set. Một set. Vâng. Và các set của bạn phải đủ nặng. Bất kỳ điều gì giữa khoảng 5 lần lặp lại mỗi set và 30 lần lặp lại mỗi set, trong đó vài lần lặp lại cuối đang tiến gần đến việc bạn không thể duy trì kỹ thuật tốt và nâng tạ. Kiểm tra cộng. Vì vậy, không có một số lần lặp lại hoàn hảo nào để thực hiện. Có đấy. Đó là một bí mật thương mại, và tôi phải nói với bạn ngoài máy quay. Được rồi. Cần ký NDA. Được rồi, chúng ta hết máy quay. Tốt quá. Vậy là 17. Có rất nhiều sắc thái ngữ cảnh khác nhau. Một số người, một số cơ của họ có vẻ phản ứng tốt hơn với các set từ 5 đến 10. Những người khác, thậm chí cùng một người có thể có cơ trong cơ thể họ thực sự phản ứng tốt hơn với các set từ 20 đến 30 và mọi thứ ở giữa. Nhưng nói chung, bạn sẽ tìm thấy dữ liệu khoa học thể dục, bạn sẽ có một nhóm người tập cho các set khoảng 5 lần lặp lại và một nhóm khác tập cho các set khoảng 30 lần lặp lại. Và sự thay đổi trong sự phát triển cơ bắp của họ qua 8, 12, 16 tuần là không thể phân biệt về mặt thống kê, có nghĩa là nếu tôi không nhãn cho các nhóm và bạn không biết nhóm nào là nhóm nào, bạn thực sự không thể nói cho tôi biết ai đã tập với số lần lặp lại cao hơn hay thấp hơn. Đối với sự phát triển cơ bắp, kết quả khá tương tự. Và điều đó thật điên rồ. Chúng tôi đang sử dụng cùng một trọng lượng. Tôi đoán. Không, trọng lượng khác nhau. Một trọng lượng đủ thử thách cho 5 lần lặp lại thì nặng hơn nhiều so với một trọng lượng đủ thử thách cho 30 lần. Được rồi. Vì vậy, tôi thật sự thường tự hỏi điều này mỗi khi tôi đến phòng gym. Tôi tự hỏi liệu tôi có nên làm, tôi không biết, 30 lần lặp lại với 10 kg cho bắp tay của mình hoặc tôi nên làm 10 lần lặp lại với 20 kg. Cả hai đều là câu trả lời đúng. Không có câu trả lời sai ở đó. Và cả hai đều có cùng cơ hội phát triển cơ bắp miễn là cảm giác áp lực mà tôi trải nghiệm chủ quan là khó khăn vào cuối những set đó. Được rồi. Thú vị. Điều đó thật tốt vì đó là một điều khác bạn không phải lo lắng. Điều đó có nghĩa là ở nhà tôi có thể sử dụng bất kỳ trọng lượng nào so với việc phải lấy những trọng lượng thực sự lớn để phát triển cơ bắp của mình. Chỉ cần chúng không quá nhỏ đến mức bạn ở lần lặp thứ 45 và bạn nghĩ, tôi có thể làm điều này mãi mãi. Hoặc không quá lớn đến mức bạn nghĩ, tôi thực sự không thể làm hai lần lặp với điều này. Bất kỳ điều gì giữa khoảng 5 và 30 lần lặp thử thách đều thực sự tuyệt vời. Tôi cần bao nhiêu set và tôi phải đến phòng gym bao nhiêu lần để làm cho bắp tay này phát triển? Câu trả lời đó phụ thuộc vào việc bạn đã làm bao nhiêu trước đó. Được rồi. Nhưng nếu bạn mới đến phòng gym, hai buổi tập mỗi tuần với hai đến ba set mỗi buổi tập cho bắp tay của bạn sẽ là điều khiến bạn có được sự tiến bộ nhất quán trong nhiều tháng trời. Thật sao? Bạn có thể làm nhiều hơn không? Có. Bạn có phải làm như thế với tư cách là một người mới không? Không. Cuối cùng, khi bạn trở nên tiến bộ hơn, bạn có cần thực hiện nhiều set hơn và có thể nhiều buổi tập hơn để có kết quả tốt hơn một cách nhất quán không? Có. Nhưng đối với những người mới chưa đến phòng gym nhiều hoặc hoàn toàn, liều lượng tối thiểu hiệu quả là rất nhỏ.
    Dưới đây là bản dịch sang tiếng Việt:
    Đó là lý do tại sao tôi có thể nói những điều như nếu bạn tập thể dục 20 phút hai lần một tuần, bạn sẽ có được những tiến bộ tuyệt vời.
    Thế nếu tôi đi tập gym và tôi thực hiện sáu hiệp cho bắp tay, nhưng chỉ đi tập một lần mỗi tuần thì sao?
    Khoảng cách giữa các buổi tập cho một nhóm cơ có ảnh hưởng không?
    Có chứ.
    Tập luyện một lần mỗi tuần mang lại kết quả tốt.
    Nhưng tập luyện hai lần mỗi tuần cho cùng một nhóm cơ cho bạn kết quả tốt hơn đáng kể.
    Tập ba lần mỗi tuần so với hai lần.
    Tập bốn lần mỗi tuần so với ba lần.
    Tập năm lần mỗi tuần so với bốn lần tạo ra sự khác biệt đáng kể nhưng giảm dần.
    Vì vậy, tập một lần mỗi tuần thì hiệu quả.
    Nó sẽ mang lại cho bạn kết quả.
    Tập hai lần mỗi tuần sẽ cho bạn kết quả gấp một rưỡi.
    Nó tốt hơn rất nhiều.
    Tập ba lần mỗi tuần thì như là thêm một chút kết quả nữa.
    Vẫn đáng chú ý.
    Tập bốn lần mỗi tuần thì bạn cần tập luyện một thời gian để nhận thấy sự khác biệt giữa ba và bốn.
    Bốn và năm là trong bối cảnh và tinh tế, tôi không thể nói chắc chắn rằng tập năm ngày một tuần tốt hơn bốn.
    Có những điều tôi cần phải biết về kế hoạch của bạn và mọi thứ khác để đưa ra kết luận đó.
    Vì vậy, thực sự tôi muốn hướng tới việc tập hai lần mỗi tuần cho mỗi nhóm cơ.
    Hai lần là số tối thiểu của chúng tôi.
    Hai đến bốn lần một tuần là điều tôi cho rằng là khuyến nghị tốt nhất tổng thể cho mỗi nhóm cơ.
    Và nếu bạn tập tất cả các cơ của mình cùng một lúc, một buổi tập toàn thân, mà hầu hết mọi người chỉ là, tôi bận rộn và không thể tập nhiều.
    Nó sẽ là tất cả các cơ chính của cơ thể bạn trong cùng một buổi tập hai, ba hoặc bốn lần mỗi tuần.
    Và đó là một kế hoạch tập thể dục tuyệt vời cho người mới bắt đầu.
    Có điều gì đang xảy ra trong các cơ của tôi khiến chúng phát triển và lớn lên?
    Và khi nào thì chúng phát triển?
    Có phải khi tôi đi ngủ vào ban đêm không?
    Có phải khi tôi, chúng có phát triển ngay khi tôi cuộn tạ không?
    Thực sự đang xảy ra điều gì?
    Bởi vì đôi khi hiểu những gì thực sự diễn ra bên trong giúp tôi suy nghĩ và thay đổi hành vi của mình.
    Vâng.
    Vì vậy, kích thích chính cho sự phát triển cơ bắp là có những cỗ máy phân tử trong các cơ của bạn, trong các tế bào cơ của bạn, và chúng được thiết kế để phát hiện sự hiện diện của áp lực.
    Khi các cơ của bạn tạo ra áp lực, các cỗ máy nhận diện phân tử sẽ nói, ồ, chúng ta có áp lực ở đây.
    Và chúng bắt đầu nói với các phần khác của tế bào, như, này, hãy bắt đầu quá trình phát triển cơ bắp này.
    Bắt đầu đi.
    Chưa xảy ra.
    Bắt đầu đi.
    Đó là kích thích cho sự phát triển cơ bắp.
    Có một số cơ chế khác mà có thể ảnh hưởng, và một số trong số đó là sự tách biệt các chất chuyển hóa, đó là một cách rất tinh vi để nói về sự mệt mỏi.
    Bạn biết đấy, vào cuối một hiệp, bạn cảm thấy, ồ, các chất chuyển hóa, các sản phẩm phụ của việc tập luyện, nếu chúng tích tụ đến mức cao, đã được chứng minh trong rất nhiều nghiên cứu trên động vật và một vài nghiên cứu ở người rằng, về mặt cơ chế, chúng có thể cũng nói với các cỗ máy phân tử rằng phát triển cơ cho bạn.
    Một lần nữa, sau, hãy, ồ, bắt đầu quá trình phát triển cơ bắp.
    Một cơ chế khác là sự bơm.
    Vì vậy, bạn biết đấy, bạn thực hiện một vài hiệp bắp tay.
    Bạn cảm thấy, ôi Chúa ơi, có chuyện gì xảy ra ở đây vậy?
    Nháy mắt với một cô gái nào đó.
    Cô ấy chạy đi, như thường lệ.
    Và sự sưng tế bào thực tế có thể đóng vai trò nguyên nhân trong việc tạo ra nhiều sự phát triển cơ bắp hơn.
    Nhưng chúng tôi biết rằng ít nhất 80% sự phát triển cơ bắp mà bất kỳ ai sẽ thấy là nhờ vào những thụ thể cho áp lực.
    Sự phát triển cơ bắp, ngay khi bạn rời khỏi gym, là tiêu cực vì gym mang tính phân hủy.
    Nó phá vỡ cơ bắp của bạn.
    Thực sự, việc tập luyện phá hủy nhiều cơ bắp hơn là xây dựng.
    Tuy nhiên, khi bạn về nhà và bạn bắt đầu ăn thực phẩm, protein, carb, chất béo, và bạn có nhiều bữa ăn mỗi ngày và bạn đang nghỉ ngơi, khi thực phẩm được đưa vào, một vài giờ sau khi tập luyện bắt đầu, nếu bạn đo sự phát triển cơ bắp một cách nhất quán, điều này thực sự rất khó thực hiện, bởi vì họ không làm việc này quá thường xuyên.
    Bạn phải giữ mọi người trong phòng thí nghiệm, bạn phải làm nhiều loại xét nghiệm và đo tất cả những thứ kỳ lạ này.
    Mỗi vài giờ, họ đo lường, lượng phát triển cơ bắp đang diễn ra trong bắp tay tăng lên và lên và lên.
    Và nó thường đạt đỉnh khoảng nửa ngày đến một ngày rưỡi sau khi bạn tập, tùy thuộc vào mức độ khó khăn của bài tập.
    Nếu bài tập khá dễ, nó sẽ đạt đỉnh sớm hơn một chút và giảm dần khoảng một hoặc hai ngày sau.
    Nếu bạn tập thật sự căng thẳng, nó sẽ đạt đỉnh khoảng một ngày, một ngày rưỡi sau, và sau đó nửa tuần sau, nó sẽ lại trở về mức cơ bản.
    Nhưng đó là một đường cong rất mượt mà và bạn đang phát triển cơ bắp ở mỗi điểm dưới đường cong đó.
    Vì vậy, khi bạn hỏi, có phải trong khi tôi ngủ không?
    Có phải khi tôi ăn không?
    Có phải khi tôi nghỉ ngơi không?
    Câu trả lời là tất cả những điều đó, ngoại trừ không phải ở gym.
    Bạn không phát triển cơ bắp ở gym.
    Bạn chỉ gửi cho mình một tín hiệu để phát triển cơ bắp ở gym.
    Và những gì bạn làm bên ngoài gym cũng quan trọng.
    Vì vậy, một số người tập luyện rất chăm chỉ.
    Họ không ăn đúng cách.
    Họ không ăn đủ protein.
    Giấc ngủ của họ hoàn toàn, chèn một từ xấu ở đây, và mức độ căng thẳng của họ rất điên rồ.
    Họ tập luyện chăm chỉ, và sau đó tuần này qua tuần khác, họ nói, tôi không thấy bất kỳ kết quả nào cả.
    Đúng vậy, nhưng thực ra, kết quả được tạo ra khi bạn nghỉ ngơi, khi bạn ngủ, khi bạn ăn thực phẩm dinh dưỡng.
    Chúng được kích thích trong buổi tập, nhưng đó chỉ là giai đoạn một.
    Giai đoạn hai, sự phát triển thực sự diễn ra bên ngoài gym, và nó không xảy ra vào bất kỳ thời điểm cụ thể nào, như một “cửa sổ ma thuật” hai giờ sau gym.
    Như, đó là lúc tất cả sự phát triển xảy ra.
    Thực tế là lúc đó chỉ là khi nó bắt đầu tăng lên.
    Nó diễn ra bốn ngày sau.
    Vì vậy, nếu bạn tập hai lần một tuần, bạn tập vào thứ Hai, bạn đang phát triển nhiều cơ bắp vào tối thứ Hai, thứ Ba và thứ Tư.
    Về cuối thứ Tư, bạn thực sự không phát triển nhiều cơ bắp hơn.
    Bạn trở lại gym vào thứ Năm.
    Bạn lại tập luyện chăm chỉ.
    Bạn đột phá lên.
    Đến Chủ nhật, bạn đã hoàn toàn thư giãn.
    Vào Chủ Nhật, bạn sẽ không phát triển được cơ bắp nào. Cơ thể bạn thực sự đang hồi phục rất nhiều từ sự mệt mỏi. Và đến thứ Hai, bạn sẽ tươi mới như dưa chua và sẵn sàng bắt đầu lại.
    Mất bao lâu để tôi mất đi các cơ bắp mà tôi đã tích lũy nếu tôi không quay lại phòng gym?
    Vậy thì, lại trở về với cơ bắp tay trước. Tôi tập luyện cho nó. Tôi tập 2 lần một tuần. Tôi làm cho nó to và đẹp. Bao lâu trước khi nó biến mất?
    Câu hỏi hay. Câu trả lời có hai phần. Phần đầu tiên là trong khoảng hai tuần không tập luyện, sự giảm cơ bắp đầu tiên mà máy móc hiện đại phát hiện được sẽ xảy ra. Vì vậy, nếu bạn không tập trong hai tuần và chúng tôi đưa bạn vào máy quét MRI hoặc máy quét DEXA, giả sử bạn không tập trong một tuần rưỡi, tôi không thể nói được. Bạn thực sự chưa mất bất kỳ cơ bắp nào cả. Bạn chỉ đang mất kiểm soát mà thôi.
    Và cá nhân tôi, tôi cảm thấy như bị nghiện tập nặng. Nếu tôi không tập trong một tuần, tôi sẽ cảm thấy, ôi trời ơi, ôi trời ơi, tất cả cơ bắp của tôi đã biến mất. Có một sự thật nào đó trực giác về điều đó bởi vì khi bạn không gây áp lực cho cơ bắp của mình, khi bạn gây áp lực cho cơ bắp, chúng sưng lên một chút và phình ra một chút.
    Vì vậy, khi bạn không tập trong nửa tuần đến một tuần, cơ bắp của bạn trông nhỏ hơn, như thể chúng đã mất trọng lượng, nhưng thực sự là chỉ mất nước mà thôi. Bạn chỉ cần một buổi tập ở phòng gym và nghĩ rằng, ôi trời ơi, cơ bắp tay của tôi đã biến mất. Một tuần rưỡi sau, bạn tập một buổi cuối cùng và bạn co cơ lên và nói, ôi trời ơi, tôi to nhất từ trước đến nay. Tôi chỉ bị ảo giác trong suốt thời gian đó vì các cơ bắp đó trở lại rất nhanh.
    Sau khoảng hai tuần không tập, chúng ta bắt đầu mất cơ. Nhưng điều đó xảy ra rất chậm và mất vài tuần, vài tuần, vài tuần. Sau vài tháng không tập, bạn sẽ thấy bắp tay mình nhỏ hơn đáng kể, nhưng có lẽ không nhỏ bằng khi bạn bắt đầu tập luyện vì các cơ bắp của bạn có một loại trí nhớ nhất định, nếu chúng ta có thể gọi như vậy.
    Điều đó có đúng không? Rất đúng.
    Và thường thì khi bạn có được một lượng cơ bắp ban đầu, đặc biệt là nếu bạn đã tập nhiều năm, chúng sẽ không bao giờ trở lại kích thước như khi bạn bắt đầu nữa. Chúng sẽ luôn lớn hơn cho đến khi bạn đạt đến độ tuổi 80 hoặc khoảng đó. Nói như vậy, vâng, bạn sẽ thấy sự giảm kích thước. Vì vậy, hai tuần là câu trả lời trực tiếp ở đó. Và sẽ mất vài tuần, vài tuần và vài tháng để rút lui.
    Tuy nhiên, đây là phần hai và đây là tin tuyệt vời. Bởi vì tình huống trí nhớ cơ bắp đó, dù mất bao nhiêu thời gian để bạn có được các cơ bắp ban đầu, bạn sẽ mất ít thời gian hơn một bậc, khoảng một hệ số 10 để có được chúng trở lại. Nếu bạn đã từng cơ bắp hơn trước, nếu bạn đã có cơ bắp lớn hơn, chúng trở lại kích thước cũ của chúng.
    Nếu bạn đã tập luyện trong tám tháng, bạn có một bắp tay lớn hơn, và bạn dừng tập trong ba tháng. Và nó trông hầu như giống như khi bạn bắt đầu. Nếu bạn rất cẩn thận, như, được rồi, có một chút lớn hơn, nhưng thực sự là chỉ trở lại điểm bắt đầu.
    Hầu hết mọi người nghĩ, ôi trời ơi, thêm tám tháng chỉ để quay lại nơi mà tôi đã bắt đầu? Như, quên phòng gym đi. Sự thật là sau khoảng một tháng, có thể chỉ cần ba tuần, bạn sẽ có kích thước bắp tay giống như trong thời kỳ cao nhất của mình. Bởi vì mức độ mà mô của bạn phát triển, nếu trước đó nó đã ở một kích thước nhất định, đặc biệt là nếu nó lớn hơn bình thường một cách đáng kể và bạn giữ nó trong một vài tháng và một vài năm, nó sẽ trở lại một cách rất nhanh chóng.
    Nếu bạn trải nghiệm điều này, cảm giác như bạn không thể tin được rằng nó đang xảy ra với bạn. Họ có thể kiểm tra điều này một cách khoa học không? Ô, có, mọi lúc.
    Vâng, những nghiên cứu về tái huấn luyện, giảm huấn luyện, tái huấn luyện. Ô, họ đã thực hiện những nghiên cứu ở đó mà họ cố tình, như, tập luyện một thời gian, và họ dừng tập một thời gian dài, và họ xem mất bao lâu để quay trở lại. Và có một nghiên cứu mà tôi biết vài chi tiết, có một nhóm người đã tập luyện liên tục trong nhiều tuần, và một nhóm khác đã tập luyện liên tục trong vài tuần, rồi nghỉ hoàn toàn hai tuần ở giữa, và sau đó họ bắt đầu tập lại vài tuần sau.
    Cả hai nhóm đều có sự khác biệt về kích thước cơ bắp giống hệt nhau vào cuối nghiên cứu. Và vì vậy bạn sẽ thấy, được rồi, nhóm đó đã tập luyện liên tục không bao giờ nghỉ hai tuần. Chúng ta có thể nói rằng họ đã cố tình, như là, lãng phí hai tuần thời gian của họ mà không có lý do gì không? Uh-huh.
    Vâng, cơ thể bạn sẽ quay trở lại nhanh chóng việc lấy lại cơ bắp đã mất đến nỗi đây thực sự là một tin tuyệt vời, bởi vì, xem nào, giả sử bạn đã tập luyện liên tục suốt cả năm. Mùa lễ đến. Mùa đông đến. Bạn sẽ không đến phòng gym nhiều khi đó. Có thể là không đến chút nào. Ba tuần sau khi không đến phòng gym, bạn nhìn vào gương. Bạn thấy mình trông nhỏ hơn hoặc kiểu hơi xẹp hơn, và bạn nghĩ, ôi trời ơi, tôi sẽ phải bắt đầu lại từ đầu. Không phải đâu.
    Hai tuần sau, bạn lại ở trong tình trạng tốt nhất của cuộc đời mình. Nếu bạn rời khỏi phòng gym sáu tháng, một hoặc hai tháng sau, bạn lại ở trong tình trạng tốt nhất của cuộc đời mình. Đó là cách mà nó trở lại nhanh chóng như vậy.
    Vì vậy, điều này thực sự là tin tốt cho bất kỳ ai chưa từng đến phòng gym và cảm thấy có lỗi về điều đó. Hãy quay lại. Hãy tập luyện lại một cách đều đặn. Bạn sẽ lại bùng nổ.
    你說有效訓練有兩種類型。
    其中之一是肌肉肥大型訓練。
    很好。
    另一個是循環訓練。
    所以循環訓練是根據科學原則組織任何你想要的訓練。
    肌肉肥大型訓練是一種訓練方式。
    它只是針對肌肉增長的訓練。
    這就像是個華麗的科學術語,只是為了讓你更壯,增長肌肉。
    這就是肌肉肥大的技術定義。
    當你進行肌肉肥大型訓練時,你可以根據感覺隨意進行。
    在大多數情況下,這樣的訓練會產生相當不錯的結果。
    但為了獲得最佳的結果,你需要對訓練進行循環安排。
    循環訓練是以科學的方法來組織你的訓練,以便大致達到三個目標。
    其中一些目標更適合運動員,而不適合普通人。
    獲得最佳的結果。
    在適當的時間達到巔峰,比如為了夏天的六塊腹肌。
    並最小化受傷風險。
    而你利用所有已知的科學,根據證據制定的計畫,現在被認為是循環計畫。
    這就是這兩個概念之間的關係。
    我需要了解什麼關於肌肉肥大,才能夠實現它?
    有沒有什麼真正基礎的知識?
    因為我認為每個人都希望增長一些肌肉。
    我覺得我在健身房花的時間太長了。
    我認為我可以更有效率的進行訓練。
    你會建議我在肌肉肥大增長方面應該考慮哪些基礎原則?
    第一個是特異性。
    這是所有運動訓練和運動科學中最重要的原則,那就是:我來這裡是為了什麼?
    我想要什麼?
    因為你可以在健身房做一堆練習,然後就覺得很棒。
    然後有人問你:你有得到你想要的結果嗎?
    你會說,我想要的是更大的二頭肌。
    那麼你做了多少二頭肌的練習?
    我想,可能有直立划船吧。
    所以我想要一個更大的二頭肌。
    如果我們專注於讓史蒂芬·巴特利特的左二頭肌變得更大。
    特異性告訴你自己,好吧,我想要更大的二頭肌和其他 X、Y、Z 的肌肉。
    然後我們進入過載原則,這意味著你必須挑戰自己。
    如果大多數的組別,旁觀者無法分辨你是在熱身還是在進行一組真正的訓練,那就有問題了。
    所以在你所有組的末尾,無論重量是變慢了,還是即使速度相同,對你來說,它們都感覺難度增加。
    你知道,你做這個這個這個,幾次重複後,你會覺得:這正是你想要的。
    每一組真正的訓練都應該是具挑戰性的。
    你應該以一點點的緊張心情開始每一組真正的訓練。
    像是:哦,天啊,這要試試看了。
    一旦你有了這種感覺。
    而一組就是一系列的重複次數。
    對的。
    所以如果我做10次重複,那就是一組。
    一組。
    對。
    所以你的每一組都必須夠重。
    每組大約在五次到三十次重複之間,直到最後幾次接近你無法保持良好技術並舉起重量的時候。
    你可以這樣算。
    所以並沒有一個完美的重複次數。
    有。
    這是一個貿易秘密,我得在鏡頭外告訴你。
    好的。
    需要簽署保密協議。
    好的,我們已經關掉鏡頭了。
    好了,太好了。
    所以是17。
    所以有許多上下文的細微差別。
    有些人他們的某些肌肉似乎對五到十次的組別反應更好。
    而其他的人,即使是同一個人,可能在他們的身體上有些肌肉對二十到三十次的組別反應更好,甚至所有介於兩者之間的情況。
    但通常來說,在運動科學的研究中,會有一組人進行大約五次的訓練,而另一組則進行大約三十次的訓練。
    而他們在8週、12週、16週後的肌肉增長變化在統計上是無法區分的,這就意味著如果我不標示這些小組,而你不知道哪一組是高重複的,哪一組是低重複的,你其實無法告訴我誰做了高重複訓練或低重複訓練。
    對於肌肉增長而言,大致上是相同的。
    這實在太瘋狂了。
    我們使用的是相同的重量。
    我猜是。
    不,不同的重量。
    對五次重複來說具有挑戰性的重量,要比對三十次重複來說的挑戰性重量要重得多。
    好的。
    所以我總是很好奇這一點,當我去健身房時。
    我想知道我是否應該做, 我不知道,十公斤做三十次,還是二十公斤做十次。
    這兩種答案都是對的。
    沒有錯誤的答案。
    只要我在這些組結尾時感受到的負荷主觀上是有挑戰性的,那它們都有相同的機會增長我的肌肉。
    好的。
    有趣。
    這真是個好消息,因為這意味著我在家可以拿任何重量範圍的器材,而不必一定要有非常大的重量才能增長我的肌肉。
    只要它們不小到你做45次的時候,覺得我可以永遠這樣做。
    或者它們不大到你根本無法做兩次。
    在大約五次到三十次之間的挑戰性重複都是非常好的。
    我需要做多少組,每週要去幾次健身房才能讓二頭肌增長?
    這個答案取決於你之前做了多少。
    好的。
    但如果你是健身房的新手,每週兩次,每次針對二頭肌做兩到三組的訓練,將會帶來幾個月的持續進步。
    真的嗎?
    可以做更多嗎?
    是的。
    作為初學者必須這樣做嗎?
    不。
    最終,作為更高級的人,你需要做更多的組,或許更多的場次以獲得持續的更好結果嗎?
    是的。
    但是對於那些不常去健身房的人來說,最小有效劑量是極其小的。
    這就是為什麼我可以說,如果你每週兩次,每次運動二十分鐘,你會獲得很大的增益。
    如果我去健身房,做六組二頭肌的訓練,每週只去一次呢?
    運動對於某一肌肉群的距離是否會影響到效果?
    會的。
    每週一次的訓練能帶來不錯的結果。
    但是每週兩次針對同一肌肉的訓練會給你明顯更好的效果。
    每週三次訓練與兩次相比,
    每週四次訓練與三次相比,
    每週五次訓練與四次相比,則是成指數遞減的顯著差異。
    所以每週一次的訓練是有效的。
    它能讓你看到成果。
    每週兩次的訓練會讓你獲得約1.5倍的效果。
    效果好得多,明顯更好。
    每週三次的訓練會讓你獲得一些額外的結果,
    仍然是很顯著的。
    每週四次的訓練就得訓練一段時間後,才能察覺到三次與四次之間的差別。
    四次與五次之間的差異是有上下文和細微差別的,我實際上無法確定每週五次一定比四次效果更好。
    我需要了解你的計劃和其他因素才能得出這個結論。
    所以我真的希望每個肌肉群的訓練頻率是每週兩次。
    兩次是我們的最低標準。
    每週兩到四次是我認為針對每個肌肉群的最佳總體建議。
    如果你同時訓練所有的肌肉,進行全身鍛煉,這對於大多數忙碌且無法進行大量訓練的人來說,
    可以在同一個訓練中針對你身體的所有主要肌肉進行訓練,每週兩到四次。
    這是一個很棒的初學者健身計劃。
    那麼在我的肌肉裡發生了什麼,讓它們得以增長?
    它們什麼時候會長大?
    是在我晚上睡覺的時候嗎?
    還是在我舉啞鈴的那一刻它們就開始增長?
    實際上發生了什麼?
    有時理解實際上發生的事情幫助我思考並改變我的行為。
    是的。
    肌肉生長的主要刺激是,肌肉細胞中有分子機器,它們的設計用來探測緊張的存在。
    當你的肌肉產生緊張時,這些分子探測器會說:「喔,我們這裡有緊張。」
    然後它們開始對細胞的其他部分說,「嘿,讓我們開始這個肌肉生長的過程吧。」
    開始吧。
    沒有發生。
    開始吧。
    這是一種肌肉生長的刺激。
    還有幾個其他的機制可能會有影響。
    其中一些是代謝產物的聚集,這是一種非常高級的說法,意指肌肉酸痛。
    你知道,當做完一組訓練後,你會說:「啊,這些代謝產物,訓練的副產品,如果它們累積到高水平,
    在大量的動物研究和一些人類研究中表明,從機理上來看,它們可能也會告訴分子機器,
    「嘿,開始肌肉生長的過程。」
    另一個是泵感。
    所以,你知道,你做了幾組二頭肌訓練,你會說:「哦,天啊,這是怎麼回事,寶貝?」
    朝某個女孩示威,她像往常一樣逃走。
    而細胞的腫脹本身可能在促進更多肌肉生長方面發揮了因果機制的作用。
    但是我們知道,任何人看到的肌肉增長至少有80%是因為這些對緊張的接受器。
    在你離開健身房的瞬間,肌肉生長是一種負面現象,因為健身房是分解代謝的。
    它會破壞你的肌肉。
    實際上,訓練分解的肌肉比它建造的還要多。
    然而,當你回家並開始攝取食物,蛋白質、碳水化合物、脂肪,並且每天吃幾餐,並且在休息,
    當食物進入後,訓練開始幾小時後如果你持續測量肌肉增長,這其實是相當困難的,
    他們並不會經常執行這些測試。
    你必須把人留在實驗室,必須使用放射性示蹤劑並測量所有這些奇怪的東西。
    每幾個小時測量時,二頭肌中正在發生的肌肉增長會不斷增加。
    而且通常在你舉重後半天到一天半之間達到高峰,這取決於你運動的強度。
    如果運動很輕鬆,則可能稍微早一點到達高峰,大約在一天或兩天後下降。
    如果你非常努力地訓練,則可能在一天到一天半後達到高峰,然後大約半週後又會回落到基線水平。
    但這是一個非常平滑的曲線,你在這個曲線下的每一點上都在增長肌肉。
    所以當你問,是在我睡覺的時候嗎?
    在我吃東西的時候嗎?
    在我休息的時候嗎?
    答案是所有這些,除了在健身房。
    你在健身房不會增長肌肉。
    你在健身房給自己一個增長肌肉的信號。
    然後你在健身房外面所做的事情才重要。
    所以有些人非常努力地訓練,卻不吃得正確,不攝取足夠的蛋白質。
    他們的睡眠完全不堪入目,他們的壓力水平非常高。
    他們努力訓練,而一週又一週,他們說:「我沒有看到任何成果。」
    其實,成果是在你休息的時候,睡覺的時候,吃營養食物的時候產生的。
    它們在訓練中受到刺激,但那只是第一階段。
    第二階段,實際的增長發生在健身房之外,而不是在任何具體的時間點,比如說健身後兩小時的魔法窗口。
    那根本只是在開始上升。
    實際上是在四天之後。
    所以如果你每週訓練兩次,週一訓練,那麼你在週一晚上、週二和週三將獲得大量的肌肉增長。
    而在週三結束時,你的肌肉增長就會變得不明顯。
    你到週四回到健身房。
    你再次猛烈訓練,讓這條曲線上升。
    到週日,你已經完全放鬆了。
    在星期天,你是不會增加任何肌肉的。你的身體其實正在恢復大量的疲勞。而到了星期一,你會精神煥發,準備再次投入訓練。 如果我不回到健身房,要多久才能失去我所增長的肌肉呢? 先來集中談這個二頭肌。我每週訓練兩次,讓它變得結實而壯大。那麼,它要多久才會消失呢? 這是個很好的問題,答案可以分為兩部分。第一部分是,當你停止訓練後大約兩週內,現代儀器能夠檢測到的肌肉減少會開始出現。如果你兩週內沒有舉重,我們把你放進MRI掃描儀或者DEXA掃描儀,假設你停下來一個半星期,我無法說你有多大改變。實際上你並沒有失去任何肌肉,你只是有些發狂而已。而我本人對舉重是有些上癮的,所以如果我一個星期不舉重,我會想,天哪,我的肌肉都沒了。這其中有某種直覺的真理,因為當你不讓肌肉受到壓力時,它們確實會顯得更小,有點像是減重了,但實際上只是失去了水分。你進行一次健身訓練,心裡想,天哪,我的二頭肌不見了。一個半星期後,你再進行一次訓練,然後你展現出來,卻發現,天哪,我的肌肉變得比任何時候都大。我整個時間都在妄想,因為那些肌肉的記憶會很快恢復。 停止舉重大約兩週後,我們開始失去肌肉,但這個過程非常緩慢,持續數週。幾個月不訓練後,你的二頭肌會顯得小得多,但可能不會小到跟你開始舉重時一樣,因為你的肌肉有一種記憶,這樣說也不算過。 這是真的。很多時候,當你最初增長了一定量的肌肉時,尤其是如果你已經鍛煉了好幾年,那就再也不會回到起初的那個大小。肌肉只會比開始時更大,直到你年過八十。話雖如此,你確實會注意到大小的減少。所以,兩週就是直接的答案,然後這個過程會持續數週,甚至數月的時間才能恢復。不過,這是第二部分,而且這是好消息。由於這種肌肉記憶,無論最初獲得肌肉花了你多長時間,恢復的時間卻要少十倍左右。 如果你之前肌肉增大過,當你恢復時,它們會回到舊有的大小。如果你舉重了八個月,二頭肌變得更大,然後停止訓練三個月,結果看起來跟你開始時差不多。如果你真的小心翼翼,你會發現它有一點變大,但其實並不過就是回到起點。大多數人會想,天哪,還要再花八個月才能回到我開始的地方?那還不如不去健身房呢。事實上,大約一個月後,也許三週之內,你會擁有跟巔峰時期一樣大小的二頭肌。因為你的組織生長的程度,如果之前達到過某個大小,尤其是如果它顯著大於正常大小,而你持續保持這個狀態幾個月或幾年後,恢復的速度是非常快的。如果你親自經歷過這種情況,你會不敢相信這真的發生在你身上。他們是否能夠進行科學上的測試來證實這一點? 哦,當然,他們一直都有這樣的研究。是的,重訓研究、減量研究、再訓練。 哦,是的,他們做了很多異同的研究,故意地先舉一段時間的重,然後停止很長時間,再看多久能恢復。有一項我了解的研究,參加者們連續訓練了好幾週,而另一組則是連續訓練幾週後中間完全休息了兩週,接著又開始再訓練幾週。兩組在研究結束時的肌肉大小差異完全相同。所以你會想,喔,這組持續訓練的人從來沒有中斷過兩週。他們的時間真的是白浪費了嗎? 嗯。 是的,你的身體會快速地回到之前失去的肌肉,那是個多麼好的消息。因為,看看吧,假設你在大部分年份裡保持著一致的鍛煉。假期來臨了,冬季假期。你可能不會經常去健身房,甚至完全不去。三週後不去健身房,你看著自己,發現身材有點小或有點塌,心想,哦,我的天啊,我得從頭開始了。 其實不是。兩週後,你的身體又會回到最佳狀態。如果你放棄健身房六個月,過一兩個月後,你也會回到人生最佳狀態。就是這麼快。因此,這對任何曾經未能去健身房並感到內疚的人來說,都是個好消息。回去吧,再次保持一致,你會迅速地提高。

    Dr. Mike Israetel breaks down the science of muscle growth and how to maximize your gains. Whether you’re new or experienced, learn key hypertrophy principles, effective training frequency, and why you don’t need endless gym hours to see results. Plus, discover how muscle memory helps you bounce back after breaks.

    Listen to the full episode here –

    Spotify – https://g2ul0.app.link/yjVHL6vrLTb

    Apple – https://g2ul0.app.link/qaWpqCyrLTb

    Watch the Episodes On YouTube –

    https://www.youtube.com/c/%20TheDiaryOfACEO/videos

    Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

  • Rick Rubin: Vibe Coding is the Punk Rock of Software

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 So many people I know who use AI ask it questions and think that the results that they get back is the answer.
    0:00:15 And it seems like people are more interested in getting an answer that can allow them to stop thinking about the question than really finding out what the real answer is.
    0:00:24 I’m so interested in what AI really can know based on what is and not what we tell it we think it is.
    0:00:32 What happens when one of the most iconic music producers of our time rewires ancient wisdom for the AI era?
    0:00:40 Today’s guest on the Ben and Mark show is Rick Rubin, legendary producer, creative oracle, and now the author of The Timeless Art of Vibe Coding.
    0:00:44 On the surface is a book, but as you’ll hear, it’s also software.
    0:00:50 It’s a remix of the Tao Te Ching through the lens of code, prompts, and the emerging language of AI native creativity.
    0:00:57 We talk about the origins of vibe coding, what AI can and can’t know, and why the most important prompts might be the ones we give ourselves.
    0:01:06 And if you want more from Rick’s world, check out his podcast, Tetragrammaton, where he explores creativity, consciousness, and culture with some of the most original minds on the planet.
    0:01:09 This episode is about more than AI.
    0:01:14 It’s about staying human, thinking deeply, and building something real in a world of infinite automation.
    0:01:22 The first voice you’ll hear is A16Z general partner, Anjane Mitha, as he explores the central question, what is the way of code?
    0:01:23 Let’s get into it.
    0:01:36 The content here is for informational purposes only, should not be taken as legal, business, tax, or investment advice, or be used to evaluate any investment or security,
    0:01:42 and is not directed at any investor or potential investors in any A16Z fund.
    0:01:47 Please note that A16Z and its affiliates may maintain investments in the companies discussed in this podcast.
    0:01:53 For more details, including a link to our investments, please see A16Z.com slash disclosures.
    0:02:00 We are here today to discuss Rick’s new album, The Way of Code.
    0:02:02 Rick, what is The Way of Code?
    0:02:06 The Way of Code is a book about vibe coding.
    0:02:15 And it’s a book about vibe coding by way of a 3,000-year-old spiritual text called The Tao Te Ching, written by Lao Tzu.
    0:02:22 It’s interesting, the idea of a 3,000-year-old wisdom teaching combined with cutting-edge technology.
    0:02:25 That’s what The Way of Code is.
    0:02:29 And the subtitle is The Timeless Art of Vibe Coding.
    0:02:36 And I like the idea of The Timeless Art of Vibe Coding, considering the term vibe coding is maybe 10 weeks old.
    0:02:41 I feel we now have The Timeless Art of something 10 weeks old is interesting to me.
    0:02:51 It’s weird to hear you call it a book, because when you first sent me the link and I started reading it, it felt like I was using software.
    0:02:58 So why do you call it a book versus a website or an app or the many other things you could have described it as?
    0:03:00 Well, I wrote it as a book.
    0:03:01 It started as a book.
    0:03:07 And then I invited Jack Clark onto the Tetragrammaton podcast, and I had just finished the book.
    0:03:11 And after the podcast, I said, I wrote this book.
    0:03:11 Do you want to check it out?
    0:03:18 And he looked at it, and he said, hmm, I feel like there’s a way we could do something with this, build it into a website,
    0:03:24 and have a way to demonstrate vibe coding within the website.
    0:03:25 So that’s how the website came about.
    0:03:26 Ah, gotcha.
    0:03:35 Well, it feels kind of poetic for it to be vibe coding and have built-in vibe coding with each verse.
    0:03:43 The idea of, originally, the anthropic people said, could you give us a list of prompts to create the art?
    0:03:51 And I said, I think the art would be best created using the text of the book to create the art.
    0:03:59 And then we can give it mods to modify the art, and we’ll suggest some mods, but you can also make up your own mods.
    0:04:05 So you can say, I want it to look like it was painted by Cezanne, or I want it to look like it’s melting,
    0:04:09 or I want it to look like, what’s the Nordic version look like?
    0:04:10 And it’ll do those things.
    0:04:11 Or what’s the Technicolor version?
    0:04:14 Or make it spin fast, or make it spin slow.
    0:04:18 You can ask it to make whatever changes you’d like it to.
    0:04:24 My head was exploding when I saw this, because it felt like watching the art of remixing music,
    0:04:30 which I’ve heard Ben talk about many, many times before as the heart and soul of hip-hop, right?
    0:04:30 Sampling.
    0:04:35 That’s the first thing that it evoked for me when I read this.
    0:04:37 Is that where the idea came from?
    0:04:42 All art is a version of sampling and remixing.
    0:04:44 It doesn’t start from zero.
    0:04:47 We feed back based on what’s coming at us.
    0:04:49 And that’s what all artists do.
    0:04:52 So remixing is kind of what all art is.
    0:04:55 We know it very specifically in the hip-hop world.
    0:04:59 But that’s really when the Beatles listened to Roy Orbison,
    0:05:05 and then wrote Please, Please, Me, based on Roy Orbison’s Please song,
    0:05:07 that was remixing.
    0:05:08 It’s always been that.
    0:05:14 And why do you think there is such strong resistance to this kind of remixing?
    0:05:21 So both with sampling and vibe coding, to a large extent,
    0:05:26 like a lot of people got very upset that, you know, it stopped being done the old way.
    0:05:30 Like, here’s this new version of the thing that we all do.
    0:05:36 I think there’s a misconception that the computer now does the work.
    0:05:39 But really, the computer is, it’s another tool.
    0:05:44 It’s like a guitar or a sampler, or it’s another tool in the artist’s arsenal.
    0:05:48 But the reason we go to the artists we go to, or the writers we go to,
    0:05:51 or the filmmakers we go to, is for their point of view.
    0:05:54 The AI doesn’t have a point of view, right?
    0:05:58 It’s point of view is what you tell it the point of view is to be.
    0:06:02 So you can have a script, a great script for a film,
    0:06:05 and you give it to five great directors, and you’ll get five very different movies.
    0:06:08 It’s true with everything.
    0:06:11 If you give the same song to different artists, they interpret it differently.
    0:06:17 So AI gives you the ability to take your ideas, feed it into this machine,
    0:06:21 and then get back different iterations that normally you would do,
    0:06:23 but it would just take you much longer.
    0:06:25 It’s more of a modeling process.
    0:06:30 If you understand it as you’re not just asking it to make art,
    0:06:35 you’re asking it to bring your dreams to life
    0:06:38 in the same way that you would in a woodshop.
    0:06:45 It’s just another tool for you as the artist to make the thing that you want to make.
    0:06:50 If you think it’s doing it, it’s only doing what you’re telling it to do,
    0:06:55 and all it knows is what other people have told it to do.
    0:06:57 I don’t know that it has any of its own thoughts yet,
    0:06:58 and I don’t know if it’s possible.
    0:07:03 I feel like the real strength of it would be if it could have its own thoughts.
    0:07:10 It feels like the companies that control this really want to keep it to the way humans do things.
    0:07:11 Yeah.
    0:07:16 Well, and that’s, you know, currently what they, that’s the current state of the art for sure.
    0:07:26 So, so in a sense, it’s basically, it is, it’s like a guitar or a pen or, or anything that you would create art with.
    0:07:28 It’s just at a different level.
    0:07:33 You know, we went through this in computer science early on where it used to be machine coding.
    0:07:36 We called it machine coding, which we did with punch cards.
    0:07:48 And you would basically instruct the machine on like, okay, move this bit, you know, from here to there and, and these kinds of things and jump to this line in the program and so forth.
    0:07:55 And then we got to higher level programming and there was great resistance, by the way, you know, from the kind of people who are great at assembly code.
    0:07:58 Cause they said, well, that high level programming is so inefficient.
    0:08:02 Like how could you waste all those computer cycles?
    0:08:02 It’s horrible.
    0:08:13 And, uh, you know, at every step of the way, I think the crafts people at the prior generation of tools get a little upset about the, the kind of new generation of tools.
    0:08:26 The beauty of this tool is that for those of us who are not coders and those of us who are not technical, we can now play in that sandbox where before there was this barrier, learn to code.
    0:08:29 You don’t need to learn to code anymore.
    0:08:31 So that’s the beauty of it.
    0:08:33 It democratizes it, makes it for everybody.
    0:08:44 The other thing that, that I thought was great about the art of vibe coding is you give a philosophy for what a human is.
    0:08:47 In a way that I think a lot of people are questioning now.
    0:08:56 So it’s like, well, what’s, if we can’t, you know, write marketing collateral or we can’t, uh, you know, code, like what’s our purpose?
    0:08:59 And you get kind of deep into that.
    0:09:01 And how do you think about that?
    0:09:01 I guess.
    0:09:09 Well, I, I think that’s the reason I chose the Tao Te Ching to base it on because the, the Tao Te Ching is how to live.
    0:09:18 So the way of code is it’s talking about how to be in life and it’s a grounding.
    0:09:28 And I’m imagining so, so many of the people who are coders probably have never read the Tao Te Ching and the coders will likely be the people who are designing our future.
    0:09:45 So if this is an opportunity for the people who are designing our future to get in touch with the 3,000 year old truth of how to create balance in life and on the planet, that seems like a really good thing.
    0:09:46 Yes.
    0:09:47 Yeah, no doubt.
    0:09:58 It’s funny because I have read the Tao Te Ching, but only because I have a friend who’s a professor of Chinese who did a translation and I was like, oh, well, I’ll read that.
    0:10:09 But it was pretty cool to see it come back to life in kind of such a modern and also a nicely kind of condensed way where, you know, you pulled out the best parts.
    0:10:11 It was super enjoyable to read.
    0:10:15 So my experience was 10 weeks ago or so, I heard this phrase vibe coding.
    0:10:16 I don’t know what it is.
    0:10:22 And then the next week I saw an image of me related to vibe coding and I’d never seen that image.
    0:10:24 I thought it was an AI image.
    0:10:26 It turned out to be a real photograph, just one I’d never seen.
    0:10:36 I’m wearing headphones and I had my hands on a mouse and it was in Germany at a hi-fi convention and I was listening to those headphones very closely.
    0:10:42 My eyes were closed and the mouse was controlling the volume and that’s what I was doing in the photograph.
    0:10:56 And somehow the hive mind picked that image to be associated with vibe coding and then the following week there’s a company called Cursor, which I don’t really know what they do, but it seems to be something to do with coding.
    0:11:01 I had the 15 rules of vibe coding and my picture was at the top and I thought this is, it’s just so strange.
    0:11:12 And then the question was, okay, obviously the universe is pulling me into this and how do I participate?
    0:11:13 What’s my role?
    0:11:14 What am I supposed to do now?
    0:11:21 I thought, the first thing I did was I wrote a tweet because I do these tweets every day that are philosophical thoughts.
    0:11:23 And it was the first time I ever did a joke tweet.
    0:11:28 And the joke tweet read, tools will come and tools will go.
    0:11:30 Only the vibe coder remains.
    0:11:36 And it performed well.
    0:11:46 And I was interested to see, Bob, this is really resonating typically, maybe, maybe 20 times or 50 times response to the typical tweets.
    0:11:48 Like, hmm, something’s going on here.
    0:11:49 There is something here.
    0:11:53 And then I thought, okay, that’s a step involved.
    0:11:59 What would be more interesting than writing a book about something I don’t know anything about?
    0:11:59 That’d be interesting.
    0:12:05 And again, as a joke, you know, vibe coding for idiots.
    0:12:14 But when the idea of using the DAO as the basis for it, the DAO is really serious.
    0:12:15 So even though –
    0:12:16 Very serious, yes.
    0:12:17 Very serious.
    0:12:19 It started as a joke.
    0:12:25 When the DAO became the backbone of it, it got profound.
    0:12:28 And, you know, it surprised me.
    0:12:31 I realized this could actually do something good.
    0:12:35 And then it happened very quickly.
    0:12:37 And now you get to play with it now.
    0:12:38 Yeah.
    0:12:39 No, it was funny.
    0:12:47 You know, like, I actually found it grounding for myself, which is a remarkable achievement, I think, you know, given I think about this all day.
    0:13:06 One thing that I wanted to ask you is a thing that happened in music kind of in the transition from the kind of, I would say, the virtuosity era of the kind of 70s and early 80s going into kind of a little bit both punk rock, but then into hip hop.
    0:13:13 It was, like, there was like this – when you didn’t have to be a virtuoso, the energy of the music became completely different.
    0:13:18 And you got these whole different kind of sounds, ideas, everything.
    0:13:24 But you’re seeing something similar with vibe coding where, like, software is going to be a whole different experience now?
    0:13:29 It’s the same idea of the democratization of a technology.
    0:13:34 So in the past, for music, you had to go to the conservatory and study for years and years.
    0:13:37 And then someday you could play in a symphony.
    0:13:44 And then when punk rock came along, you could maybe learn three chords in a day.
    0:13:45 And then there were all these bands.
    0:13:47 And that was how I started in music was punk rock.
    0:13:52 If you had something to say, you could say it.
    0:14:02 You didn’t need the expertise or skill set other than your idea and your ability to convey it.
    0:14:05 And vibe coding is the same thing.
    0:14:09 It’s the punk rock of coding.
    0:14:09 Yeah.
    0:14:16 It’s very exciting to me for kind of the generation that we were during the hip hop era.
    0:14:19 Like, it’s exciting if you’re our age.
    0:14:23 But if you’re 20, it’s a whole new world.
    0:14:25 Like, oh, wow, we’re going to build a whole new world.
    0:14:28 So I am, like, super fired up about that part of it.
    0:14:32 And the way of the vibe coder kind of, like, cements that.
    0:14:35 We’re like, okay, why are we here?
    0:14:38 Well, we’re part of the things that matter in this universe.
    0:14:46 I like the idea of making the code do what it doesn’t want to do, where it wouldn’t naturally go.
    0:14:48 It’s not the most obvious thing.
    0:14:52 The first thing you get back will probably be the most obvious version.
    0:15:02 But when you see the most obvious version, it might give you ideas of what you could suggest to get something that’s a little more interesting, maybe more subversive, which is what most art tends to be.
    0:15:09 Right. Well, and it’s a whole new palette, which, you know, for an artist, it’s very hard to work.
    0:15:16 Like, if you have to be better than or newer than or more interesting than Michelangelo at sculpting, that’s very, very hard.
    0:15:21 But if you’ve got a whole new tool set, then there is no precedent.
    0:15:24 You know, you’re kind of really free to express yourself.
    0:15:32 I think the biggest disconnect that I feel myself is that it’s such a strong tool that can do so much.
    0:15:36 We need some examples of some of the different things it can do.
    0:15:40 Now, it can make animation that looks like your favorite cartoon.
    0:15:43 And then you see a million people doing that.
    0:15:44 It’s one idea.
    0:15:53 I want to see all of the things it could do to understand what’s possible instead of just, I’m going to get it to do the same thing everyone else is getting it to do.
    0:16:01 Yeah, it’s, it’s, uh, I think it’s beyond our scope to understand what it actually can do.
    0:16:19 And I’m looking forward to some of the people who push the boundaries to see what it can do and, and demonstrate for us and give us, because if you see someone who pushes it in one direction, it opens a door or a window to say, oh, it can go that way.
    0:16:22 So, maybe I can make it go this way too.
    0:16:24 And no one’s ever done that.
    0:16:30 And you can see where those boundaries are and continue pushing, pushing to see how far it can be stretched.
    0:16:35 Mark, if, if you could channel your inner Marshall McLuhan, right?
    0:16:51 And you hear Rick talking about how the meme, the meme of him giblified, you know, vibing with, with the mouse 10 weeks ago, makes it through the, through cyberspace and results in literally a new book 10 weeks later.
    0:16:52 What would you say?
    0:16:53 What, what is going on here?
    0:16:59 I believe Rick, I think I may have sent you that, that photo of you at the, at the keyboard, at the computer.
    0:17:04 And you probably saw it already, but I think I sent it to you some, some weeks back when it first came out.
    0:17:07 And I, I, I remember that because I believe you said, oh, that’s not me.
    0:17:08 That’s AI generated.
    0:17:11 And so it was like an inverse deep fake.
    0:17:13 Right.
    0:17:15 Your immediate reaction was, oh, that’s AI generated.
    0:17:16 And then it turned out to be real.
    0:17:21 And so is a person standing behind me with a name tag.
    0:17:24 And then I was, oh, that’s that, that hi-fi show.
    0:17:26 So is this like an inversion?
    0:17:30 Like you, you often talk about, you know, your, your, your great love of professional wrestling.
    0:17:31 You often talk about how it’s more real.
    0:17:35 It’s actually more real than, than other sports.
    0:17:42 Is the, like, are we entering a world in which like things that are AI generated are more real or things that we think are AI generated are more real?
    0:17:46 Like, is, is there, like, is, is, is there, is there the inversion of a deep fake?
    0:17:49 Uh, it sounds, that’s, that sounds right to me.
    0:17:50 That sounds right to me.
    0:18:01 The reason I have the belief I have about wrestling is that wrestling, we, we know it’s fake and they’re honest about it being fake.
    0:18:02 Right.
    0:18:07 And so we get to suspend our disbelief and go along with this story.
    0:18:07 Right.
    0:18:12 Whereas when you turn on the news, they make believe it’s real.
    0:18:12 Right.
    0:18:15 Or a book about physics.
    0:18:24 Some of that’s real or math, some of it might be real, but mathematics doesn’t make the world.
    0:18:30 The, the, it exists and then mathematics is an overlay that explains it.
    0:18:34 But then sometimes there are these exceptions where, oh, well, the math doesn’t work.
    0:18:40 So we create a black hole or we, we come up with some way for it to make sense.
    0:18:40 Right.
    0:18:42 Maybe it’s just wrong.
    0:18:45 You know, we know the natural world around us.
    0:18:46 We can trust.
    0:18:49 It’s the only thing we can trust as it’s here.
    0:18:56 If, again, if that’s not a simulation or maybe if it, it still could be real in our experience.
    0:18:57 Yeah.
    0:19:10 I think, see if you agree with this, if you, the world that you could have is if you see somebody standing on a stage or on television and they are telling you that something is real, they’re probably, they’re either lying or they’re overrepresenting what they know.
    0:19:12 They’re telling you what they believe.
    0:19:12 Okay.
    0:19:13 Yeah.
    0:19:15 Like if you go to school for something.
    0:19:15 Right.
    0:19:19 And in school tells you this is how it is.
    0:19:20 Right.
    0:19:23 Well, then you’ll continue saying that.
    0:19:28 But I spoke to a top brain surgeon in the world, neurosurgeon.
    0:19:37 And I asked him of the textbook that’s currently being taught in medical school today, how much of the information is accurate and how much of it is wrong?
    0:19:41 He said, at least 50% of it is wrong.
    0:19:41 Right.
    0:19:49 And I said, well, based on the 50% being wrong, what, what are the, what happens based on that?
    0:19:57 And he said, it’s incalculable the damage that is done based on believing the 50% that’s wrong and currently being taught.
    0:19:57 Right.
    0:20:00 Starting with the idea that we know nothing.
    0:20:01 Right.
    0:20:04 And it’s a safe, honest way to live.
    0:20:07 And I don’t believe I know anything.
    0:20:08 I’m starting with a blank slate.
    0:20:10 Every day is new.
    0:20:12 I’m constantly surprised.
    0:20:16 And my perception of the world changes constantly.
    0:20:18 Right.
    0:20:21 So back, back to the, your professional wrestling version of this idea.
    0:20:25 So would it be fair to say that like fiction is more honest than nonfiction?
    0:20:29 And poetry can be more honest than prose.
    0:20:29 Right.
    0:20:38 It could open in a way that the, the person who’s taking it in, it’s true of the way of code too.
    0:20:45 When you read it, if you read it now, and if you read it again in a year, it’ll mean something different in a year.
    0:20:45 Right.
    0:20:48 That’s how the world is.
    0:20:49 You have new perceptions.
    0:20:52 You can remember something that happened to you when you were young.
    0:20:55 And when you were young, you think it meant one thing.
    0:20:57 And now you can look back.
    0:20:59 It’s like, oh, this whole other thing was going on.
    0:21:00 I didn’t understand that yet.
    0:21:03 Or you could have a dream.
    0:21:06 And if you write down your dreams, they seem like these surreal things.
    0:21:07 You don’t know what they mean.
    0:21:11 But years later, if you go back to your dream journal and read them, you’re like, oh, of course.
    0:21:12 That all makes sense.
    0:21:15 And it’s all exactly what was going on in that time.
    0:21:16 But I was too close to see it.
    0:21:20 There’s a great book this guy wrote called The Half-Life of Facts.
    0:21:30 So half-life from physics, which is sort of the rate of decay of particles in physics at a sort of a predictable but kind of random rate and statistically predictable rate.
    0:21:35 And then facts, F-A-C-T-S, the statements of knowledge.
    0:21:46 And so the thesis of the book basically is that factuality of facts decays basically at a mathematical model that’s the same as the rate of like the decay of a radioisotope.
    0:21:50 And basically any fact that you think you have, there’s a half-life to it.
    0:21:57 And so like within whatever 10 years or 20 years or whatever it is, like at some point statistically that thing is going to be proven to be untrue.
    0:22:07 And basically this pattern repeats itself over and over again across domains and including – exactly including, as you said, sort of domains in which it really ought not to happen like medicine, right?
    0:22:08 And things that we really believe.
    0:22:15 And of course, you know, physics itself is the great case study of this because, of course, you know, Newton figured everything out, you know, but then it turned out he didn’t, right?
    0:22:18 And then Einstein figured everything out and then it turned out he didn’t, right?
    0:22:23 And, you know, so, you know, Newton would not have known – you know, or Newton would have been very surprised by, you know, general relativity.
    0:22:27 Einstein was very surprised by quantum mechanics, right?
    0:22:34 And so like even the greatest geniuses that we know of basically found in the long run, they found at some point their ideas decayed.
    0:22:37 Their ideas had half-lives and it turned out not to be the case.
    0:22:41 And there’s – I wouldn’t find there’s basically like three ways to deal with this psychologically.
    0:22:44 One is denial, which is what most people do.
    0:22:49 Most people just pretend the world around them is actually real even when it’s not because it’s a psychologically safe thing to do.
    0:22:54 And, you know, and by the way, and who can wander around all day long second-guessing everything like it’s a hard way to live, number one.
    0:22:57 The second way to do it would be to take a nihilistic approach.
    0:22:59 Right? And say, you know, this is awful, like I can’t trust anything.
    0:23:12 And then the third way to do it is with a spirit of, let’s say, I don’t know, openness and joy, which is the world is a much more interesting and unpredictable and exciting place than we think it is at any point in time.
    0:23:17 And it’s fun. Fun to find out something that you thought was true is not.
    0:23:25 You know, asbestos was this new thing that we will put it in all the buildings and it’s a cheap way to insulate all the buildings.
    0:23:32 And now, hazmat suits come to take the asbestos out that was the new discovery that was going to save the world.
    0:23:38 Or nicotine, you know, cigarettes are banned and turns out nicotine is neuroprotective.
    0:23:39 We didn’t know that.
    0:23:44 Red meat is toxic and cancer-causing and it turns out it may be the healthiest thing you can eat.
    0:23:45 We didn’t know.
    0:23:51 I was a vegan for 23 years and I was killing myself because I believed current belief.
    0:24:00 Rick, do you believe in, back to Anand’s question, do you believe in the union concept, you know, after Carl Jung, the great psychologist, you believe in the concept of the collective unconscious?
    0:24:01 I do.
    0:24:06 Okay, can you explain, maybe go into more detail of like what you think that is?
    0:24:17 I can talk to you about the way Rupert Sheldrake describes it, which is the field of morphic resonance, which is, do you know the story of the hundredth monkey?
    0:24:24 Island off of Australia that was divided in the middle.
    0:24:29 And both sides of the island had monkeys and both sides of the island had coconuts.
    0:24:32 And there were times of the year where the monkeys would starve.
    0:24:34 They didn’t know that they could eat coconuts.
    0:24:40 At one point, one of the sides, one of the monkeys, a coconut fell and it broke open.
    0:24:42 And the monkey ate it and realized they could eat it.
    0:24:47 And he taught the other monkeys on that side or the other monkeys saw him do it.
    0:24:49 And then they started eating it.
    0:24:50 And then something really interesting happened.
    0:25:00 When a hundred monkeys were able to eat the coconut on the one side of the island, all of a sudden on the other side, the monkeys started eating coconuts.
    0:25:01 There was no connection between them.
    0:25:03 No one told them.
    0:25:04 No one saw it happen.
    0:25:05 It happened.
    0:25:12 So it bubbled up enough in the consciousness to where this is something you can do.
    0:25:14 We saw it happen with the four-minute mile.
    0:25:19 The four-minute mile could, no one could ever break the four-minute mile until someone broke it.
    0:25:25 Very soon after someone breaking the four-minute mile, many people could break the four-minute mile.
    0:25:29 Because now it’s, we understand that it’s possible to do.
    0:25:37 You know, the Wright brothers could have been put in an asylum for believing they could fly.
    0:25:40 Man can fly until man can fly.
    0:25:42 And now we fly all over the world.
    0:25:45 And it continues to happen.
    0:25:46 It’s impossible.
    0:25:49 Everything is impossible until we do.
    0:25:51 And then it becomes possible.
    0:25:53 And then our world grows.
    0:25:53 Right.
    0:25:58 So there’s, you know, there’s often like a mystical overlay kind of placed on the idea of the collective unconscious.
    0:26:07 And, you know, there’s, you know, sort of this, you know, you kind of, you know, and there’s, you know, all kinds of, you know, kind of theories or kind of, you know, kind of religious concepts around that kind of sort of shared experience.
    0:26:11 But there’s also just the very straightforward materialist view of it, which is, you know, we are social animals.
    0:26:13 We’re just in communication with each other all the time.
    0:26:15 We’re constantly watching each other.
    0:26:15 What was it?
    0:26:20 Jordan Peterson points out that human language is most complex in the areas that involve describing other people.
    0:26:22 Right.
    0:26:30 Because we’re so hyper-focused on other, like the most important thing in the world is other people, right, for, you know, for a whole variety of reasons, including our basic survival.
    0:26:39 And so we’re like so hyper-social that the collective unconscious is a, you know, is a material phenomenon or sort of a non, you know, I don’t know, non-spiritual phenomenon.
    0:26:43 It’s a practical phenomenon that just arises out of watching each other very closely.
    0:26:47 The version you’re describing, though, is involving watching it.
    0:26:47 Right.
    0:26:50 I’m saying even without seeing it.
    0:26:50 Okay.
    0:26:58 That elective unconscious part comes in where it does seem more mystical, but it only seems mystical because we don’t understand it yet.
    0:26:58 Yeah.
    0:26:59 Yeah.
    0:27:04 Well, and Jung, of course, you know, I’m not an expert on Jung, but, you know, this is where he talks about these concepts of archetypes.
    0:27:11 Like there are these repeating concepts and patterns, you know, that nobody necessarily teaches us that nevertheless are like incredibly primal.
    0:27:17 Many of these ideas were known in the past, but for some reason have been lost.
    0:27:23 I mean, the fact that right now, if you, I asked perplexity yesterday, how many people on the planet believe in God?
    0:27:31 And it said people on the planet, minimum 70%, more likely 83% of the people on the planet believe in God.
    0:27:35 So 83% of the people on the planet believe in God.
    0:27:45 And if AI is trained on what the people on the planet know, it seems like AI, 83% would believe in God.
    0:27:47 But for some reason it doesn’t.
    0:27:55 But I think that’s because of the human intervention of dumping down the AI to not believe in what is actually going on.
    0:27:59 As you know, the AI, you know, there’s this technical term, what is it?
    0:28:00 LHF.
    0:28:01 Or LHF.
    0:28:03 So reinforcement learning by human feedback.
    0:28:10 So it’s this fancy technical term to basically mean, you know, it’s either, it’s either, you know, the positive view of it is this training, training the untrained AI and how to deal with people.
    0:28:15 The somewhat negative view on it is it’s, it’s sort of, you know, it’s sort of limiting and censoring and controlling and restricting it.
    0:28:19 Or, you know, to your point, like programming it to, you know, maybe against its own inclinations.
    0:28:24 And then, of course, you know, the AI companies are hyper-concentrated into the San Francisco Bay Area.
    0:28:34 And they’re hyper-concentrated in particular into, you know, a certain slice of the San Francisco Bay Area that has a, you know, let’s say very, very strong and very uniform, you know, set of social and political views.
    0:28:42 You know, and then that sort of people in that movement, you know, sort of have the burning evangelical desire to proselytize those views all over the planet.
    0:28:55 And so you’ve got something that’s being, like, yes, I think the demographic estimate is something like 7% of Americans are like these sort of extreme progressives, which basically is the AI, you know, most of the AI companies, except for, you know, maybe except for Elon.
    0:29:03 And so you’ve got 7% of the American population basically being represented in AI, which is, you know, you know, sub 1% of the global population.
    0:29:05 And so, right, you do have this fundamental difference.
    0:29:12 Now, having said that, that has spawned an entire, you know, basically field of entertainment online, you know, which is called jailbreaking, right?
    0:29:18 Which is basically getting the AI to fess up to things that it knows, but it’s been told to not know, right?
    0:29:25 Or getting it to fess up to believe that it, you know, to exhibit its underlying beliefs and kind of get around the guardrails and restrictions that have been placed on it.
    0:29:37 And it turns out, I don’t know, it’s like for me, that’s one of the most fun things you can do with an AI is kind of tickle it, tickle it in a way that kind of, you know, reveals that there’s a lot more depth underneath, you know, kind of the dumbed down version that you’ve been presented with.
    0:29:52 So, yeah, I’m so interested in what AI really can know and really just based on what is and not what we tell it we think it is.
    0:30:07 Yeah, yeah, that’s a super interesting question because AI kind of today as we experience it is kind of really AHI in that it’s artificial human intelligence in that we looked at the world.
    0:30:11 We structured our understanding of the world in this thing called language.
    0:30:26 We then fed that structure into the AI and then the AI got very good at understanding exactly what we understand in the way that humans kind of intake and structure the world.
    0:30:48 So, it’s not, it’s not the AI, at least currently, looking at the world and figuring out how the world works, which is, you know, it is something that Elon’s working on, Fei-Fei Li is working on in these kind of real world models and trying to understand things from more first principles, although still human physics and these kinds of things at this point, I think.
    0:30:52 But it’s, it will be interesting to see how that evolves.
    0:30:56 I’m curious to see an AI that believes in God.
    0:31:02 And I believe that’s the thing that we need for AI to be all that it can be.
    0:31:10 So, Rick, you’ve worked with, you’ve worked with many of the great, you know, many of the great artists the last 50 years, you know, very closely.
    0:31:16 How many human beings in your life do you think you’ve met so far who have truly had a truly original idea?
    0:31:18 I would say many.
    0:31:19 I would say many.
    0:31:24 They, when I say it’s an original idea, it doesn’t start as an original idea.
    0:31:25 Okay.
    0:31:32 They can see past all, everything that’s happened to come up with something new.
    0:31:37 But it’s always built on top of all that is.
    0:31:38 It’s not, it’s not out of the blue.
    0:31:43 Still, though, and it may even happen through a mistake.
    0:31:44 It happens all the time.
    0:31:52 How many startups start thinking it’s going to be one thing and then evolve into something else and the thing that we know it for is not the thing that it was originally meant to do?
    0:32:01 My line on that is long, Ben, you know, for, we have this great term in Silicon Valley called the pivot, which is, you know, the pivot’s the thing where you have one plan and it doesn’t work and you’d have the new plan.
    0:32:04 And I always say it’s, it sounds, pivot sounds wonderful.
    0:32:05 It sounds very elegant.
    0:32:07 Before we had that word, we just called it the fuck up.
    0:32:09 Man, I got it.
    0:32:10 So.
    0:32:17 Instead of, that only, the idea of it being the fuck up or the pivot.
    0:32:17 Right.
    0:32:21 Only comes from the arrogance of thinking, you know what it’s supposed to be to start.
    0:32:28 Then if the idea that I’m experimenting and I’m playing, I’m going to start direction and see what happens.
    0:32:35 Where is magic and then following the magic where it takes you, you’re never disappointed.
    0:32:44 You never feel like it, it, uh, it’s only when you’re invested in something that turns out not to be what it wants to be.
    0:32:49 So, you know, my friends know that I, you know, I read a lot of history and in particular, I’ve read a lot of, you know, tech history.
    0:32:54 And, uh, I have kind of this parlor trick that I can do, which is, you know, name anything new in tech.
    0:32:57 And I can basically tell you the, you know, at any point in time, including, you know, historically.
    0:33:03 And then I can basically tell you the 40 year backstory of all the failed attempts that history forgot to kind of get to that thing.
    0:33:06 But I was just, you know, two, two quick examples of that.
    0:33:08 You know, the smartphone was not a new creation in 2007.
    0:33:10 The first smartphone actually came out.
    0:33:12 If you trace it all the way back, it came out in 1982.
    0:33:16 But IBM actually released something that actually looks a lot like an iPhone in 1987.
    0:33:24 And then it took, you know, 20 years of many, many, many companies and people trying to refine that idea before Steve Jobs, you know, finally crystallized into the iPhone.
    0:33:31 And then, you know, television actually has this incredible backstory where the attempts to create television go back to like the 1880s, 1890s.
    0:33:35 And actually the original versions of television were actually mechanical television.
    0:33:42 They’re actually spinning wooden blocks with different colors on different sides of the blocks to represent pixels on a mechanical screen.
    0:33:45 You know, back even before they had any idea of like a sort of a display.
    0:33:49 And then it took 40 years to get, you know, this guy Philo Farnsworth who gets credit for inventing the television.
    0:33:52 But it was, you know, he was building on 40 years of people trying and failing.
    0:34:00 And so, you know, one view of the world is, you know, basically like that’s all, question, is that always the case?
    0:34:04 Because if that’s always the case, I don’t know how to put this.
    0:34:15 If that’s always the case, then it’s a formula or a principle or a, I don’t know, theory, construct of creativity where on the one hand, it’s like a little bit disappointing.
    0:34:23 Because it like takes a little bit of the role of individual human invention or, you know, sort of, you know, like is the eureka moment actually like, you know, the light bulb popping over the head?
    0:34:24 Is that actually what happens?
    0:34:28 Or is it more this synthesis of all of this knowledge of everything that already happened?
    0:34:31 You know, and then it’s sort of synthesis in a new idea.
    0:34:32 So it’s a creation versus synthesis.
    0:34:38 And then this goes straight to the, you know, the straight to this question of is AI creative, which I know you think a lot about.
    0:34:46 I think a lot about, which is like, okay, like if all the AI could do is synthesis, is it also the case that all the human being could do is synthesis?
    0:34:50 And so therefore the AI is going to be just as creative as people are?
    0:34:55 Or do you believe at the end of this process, you know, will our avatars will be sitting here in a thousand years?
    0:34:58 We’ll be like, no, there’s still something special in the human mind.
    0:35:01 There’s still something special to human creativity that AIs are never able to reach.
    0:35:08 Well, if the AI has reason, then it won’t do what the human can do because we’re not reasonable.
    0:35:17 All the breakthroughs come from what’s not reasonable or what’s not supposed to work.
    0:35:22 It’s figuring out the thing that can’t be done and allowing it to be done.
    0:35:26 AI can’t invent flight for the Wright brothers.
    0:35:29 It can only regurgitate what the Wright brothers did.
    0:35:30 Right.
    0:35:37 And we do that not by knowing more, but by believing in something that can’t be.
    0:35:42 It’s something in magic that elapsed forward motion.
    0:35:43 Always.
    0:35:44 Okay.
    0:35:49 So being able to live in a state of unreality, being able to live in a state of, how would we put it?
    0:35:50 Even, you know, I don’t know.
    0:35:51 There’s some dividing line.
    0:35:53 Being willing to live in a state of delusion.
    0:36:05 And again, we call it delusion, but really, like wrestling, that delusion is closer to the way things are than the way that’s taught in university today.
    0:36:12 But today, it’s a very narrow, small view of the world.
    0:36:16 The world’s much more interesting and mysterious than can be taught.
    0:36:16 Okay.
    0:36:18 So I’m still thinking about Anja’s question.
    0:36:19 I’m doing what Trump calls the weave.
    0:36:20 I’m working my way around.
    0:36:24 It’s all very well, very well planned line of question.
    0:36:26 I’m doing a vibe interview right now.
    0:36:34 So the parable of the monkeys, so basically it would say that human beings have always had a collective unconscious.
    0:36:36 Human beings have always lived in a state of collective unconscious.
    0:36:38 And even deeper than that, not even humans.
    0:36:46 And, you know, monkeys also, you know, primates also have, you know, maybe other, you know, we could have a debate about whether, you know, animals have the sort of, you know, sort of mental capacity to be able to do it.
    0:36:47 But maybe dolphins do.
    0:36:49 Maybe octopuses do.
    0:36:50 But humans, for sure.
    0:36:51 Like, we always have.
    0:36:53 And this is like, this is one of Jung’s points.
    0:36:54 It’s like a deep primal thing.
    0:36:58 And so this was true, you know, 6,000 years ago, just as much as it’s true today.
    0:37:04 Having said that, now we have these new technologies, obviously, for sharing ideas and, you know, the internet being the big one.
    0:37:08 And so, you know, and then therefore this concept of the meme and then therefore, you know, my enormous delight when you became a meme.
    0:37:14 So, like, is the internet an incremental change to the evolution of the collective unconscious?
    0:37:16 Or is the internet, does the internet fundamentally change?
    0:37:22 Is the internet a more fundamental change to how the process of the collective unconscious being formed and evolved happens, do you think?
    0:37:25 I can see both sides of it.
    0:37:28 I can see it being a distraction away from it.
    0:37:36 Because now, so many people I know who use AI ask it questions and think that the results that they get back is the answer.
    0:37:46 And it seems like people are more interested in getting an answer that can allow them to stop thinking about the question than really finding out what the real answer is.
    0:37:52 So, in that way, the technology could be a distraction away from finding the real truth.
    0:37:58 On the other hand, the methods of communication are so free and open around the world.
    0:38:06 Like, at the time when I was in junior high school and I started getting into punk rock, no one in my junior high was a punk rocker except me.
    0:38:15 And the only way I could learn anything about punk rock was if I took a train into Manhattan and went to one particular record store that sold those records and talked to the other people who knew about that.
    0:38:21 But now, if you’re a kid anywhere in the world and you want to learn about anything, you can find friends.
    0:38:28 And let’s say there are a hundred people in the world into the thing you’re into, you can speak to those people.
    0:38:31 So, in that way, the connectivity seems really good.
    0:38:50 In terms of the blanket messaging being accepted as what is, it seems like it’s taking everyone away from tuning into themselves and tapping into this easy set of answers that may or may not be true.
    0:39:00 So, one way to think about it would be, let’s see if I understand, one way to think about it would be, the good news is we get to swim in the ocean of the collective unconscious at any time.
    0:39:09 You know, like the global brain of 8 billion people sharing thoughts and ideas and art and memes, you know, has sort of come alive in a much more direct way than in the past.
    0:39:11 And so, we get to swim in that.
    0:39:20 And so, we can be much more immersed in culture, including, to your point, in like micro slices of culture, you know, new kinds of art forms or whatever, like much more easily than we could in the past.
    0:39:25 And so, in some sense, we should be living in an era of, like, unprecedented creativity, right?
    0:39:29 Because people are able to tap into this collective unconscious and build on it at a much faster rate.
    0:39:33 I guess maybe they’re, and then maybe the negative view on it would be we’re drowning in it.
    0:39:37 Like, the individual psyche basically drowns in it.
    0:39:40 And, you know, you see this with people who become, you know, consumed.
    0:39:49 You know, I don’t know, maybe you could describe this as maybe a little bit of what’s happening in our politics or something, which is, you know, basically people becoming, you know, getting kind of too wrapped up in the group mind, right?
    0:39:54 Getting too wrapped up in, you know, the movement or the, you know, or the meme or the idea or the cause or whatever it is.
    0:39:57 And the sort of the self-reinforcing thing, right?
    0:40:02 The downside to finding the hundred people who share your exact idea is all of a sudden, like, all of a sudden, you’re no longer an individual.
    0:40:03 All of a sudden, you’re part of a collective.
    0:40:09 And sort of the idea of a creative off doing something by himself has basically, you know, it’s extremely hard.
    0:40:12 Like, Thoreau was way ahead of his time.
    0:40:14 We really need Walden Pond now.
    0:40:19 And Walden Pond is turning off the internet and having, you know, and turning off the AI and just, you know, being with ourselves.
    0:40:22 And that’s the thing that is now the most rare thing to do because it’s so hard to unplug.
    0:40:28 So much of what the way of code talks about is more going in and tuning into ourselves.
    0:40:39 And it can be a very, it can be a distraction that really takes a lot of time and attention.
    0:40:49 And that time and attention might be better served going in and really tuning in to understand how you really experience things.
    0:40:54 How you, not how you see other people experience them, but how you experience them.
    0:40:57 And that’s really what the artist does.
    0:41:02 Like the, the, in the creative act, the, the subtitle is a way of being.
    0:41:07 And the way of being doesn’t come from listening to what everyone else says.
    0:41:13 It comes from tuning into what’s going on in you.
    0:41:21 And when everybody says one thing, but you feel something else, you’re comfortable enough to say,
    0:41:22 I don’t see it that way.
    0:41:23 I don’t feel it that way.
    0:41:26 I like, I like this food and I don’t like this food.
    0:41:30 And everybody, you know, everyone loves mushrooms and I taste the mushroom.
    0:41:31 I don’t like mushrooms.
    0:41:44 To be able to say, this is not for me, only comes from being able to tune in and really listen to what’s going on in yourself instead of jumping on a bandwagon of what everyone else thinks.
    0:41:49 And then related question is, so Tyler Cowen asked this question a lot.
    0:41:57 He says, look, like if you talk to people who have been, you know, around for a long time, who, who traveled a lot, you know, over the course of, you know, ideally over the course of the last, you know, 50, 100 years.
    0:42:07 Like even just in the U.S., if you talk to those people or if you read, you know, accounts of people who traveled a lot, like you, like, I don’t know, 100 years ago or something, you would go to different cities in the U.S. and you would have very different experiences, right?
    0:42:09 You’d have very different local cultures, right?
    0:42:17 And so if you’re in, you know, whatever, you know, Louisiana, you were having an extremely different experience if you go to Maine or if you go to California or if you go to, if you go to Kansas.
    0:42:27 And then, you know, now it’s, you know, and by the way, you know, the regional accents, you know, if you watch recordings of people talking from 100 years ago, like the accents are just incredible.
    0:42:29 The regional accents are just incredible, right?
    0:42:46 And then, you know, everything, you know, food and art and culture and architecture, you know, just human behavior and social arrangements and like just like there was just like incredible variations because, you know, because communication was hard and expensive and transportation was hard and expensive and, you know, people had grown up in their communities and had kind of formed different ways of living.
    0:42:54 And then, you know, with kind of the rise of modern media and modern transportation technologies, you know, the critique goes at least is that that variation is disappearing.
    0:43:00 And by the way, you know, the good news is if you go to any of these places now, the good news is it’s got all the same restaurants, right?
    0:43:02 Like, you know, hey, there’s Chili’s, right?
    0:43:03 Like, you know, it’s like, it’s like all the same stuff.
    0:43:09 You know, there’s Walmart, you know, and the kids are listening to things, you know, and by the way, the music, the kids are listening to the exact same music, right?
    0:43:09 Because they can.
    0:43:11 I mean, they’re playing the exact same video games and so forth.
    0:43:24 And so the argument basically goes that if we interconnect the world with technology that makes it possible for everybody to share everything all the time, then basically all variation, does that maximize creativity?
    0:43:30 Because now you get a maximum amount of intermixing and you get a maximum amount of like these formation of these micro communities.
    0:43:34 You get like a maximum amount of unearthing of all the ideas in the collective unconscious and so forth.
    0:43:37 Like, do you get that or do you get the opposite of that?
    0:43:40 Do you get actually a sort of a great kind of washing out of distinction?
    0:43:43 Does everything become the same?
    0:43:44 Everything becomes bland.
    0:43:47 Basically, you know, you end up with a global monoculture.
    0:43:58 Yeah, it feels like the monoculture is what’s happening and you have to go further into more remote places to find something interesting to inspire something new.
    0:44:05 I like to experience different places in the world where I get to see something that I wouldn’t see every day.
    0:44:15 If I go to a city and it has the same restaurants as everywhere else I’ve been, I’m looking for something new and I’m wary of everything becoming one.
    0:44:18 Like, who’s to say this way?
    0:44:20 Any one way is the best way.
    0:44:21 We don’t know.
    0:44:22 We don’t know the best way.
    0:44:25 Who’s to say democracy is the best?
    0:44:26 You know, it’s an experiment.
    0:44:27 Who knows?
    0:44:28 Like, we don’t know any.
    0:44:32 We assume the way we do everything is the best.
    0:44:34 But we don’t know any of these things.
    0:44:35 Everything is an experiment.
    0:44:43 And you can go to a small tribe that’s an unconnected tribe and they’re much happier.
    0:44:46 You can go to India where people are much poorer and much happier.
    0:44:47 Who’s to say?
    0:44:51 You know, who’s winning the game of life?
    0:44:53 The people who are happy all day who have nothing?
    0:44:54 Maybe if they’re happy.
    0:45:01 There’s something very deep culturally in what you might call, like, Anglo-American Protestantism or something or kind of Western modernity.
    0:45:05 There’s something very evangelistic at its core, right?
    0:45:10 And, you know, 100 years ago or 200 years ago, we would have been a national missionary culture where you’re, you know, trying to spread Christianity to the world.
    0:45:14 You know, now it feels like, you know, we know we have a secular version of that.
    0:45:16 And we’re trying to, you know, to your point, we’re trying to spread democracy.
    0:45:22 We’re trying to spread Western culture, Western ways of doing things, Western concepts, you know, Western concepts on basically every front.
    0:45:25 And we basically, and we proselytize.
    0:45:28 Like, our societies and our governments, you know, proselytize those things all over the world.
    0:45:36 And they do so with, you know, tremendous confidence that they’re, you know, 100% doing the correct thing because they’ve decoded, you know, the singular, you know, morally most correct way to live.
    0:45:43 And, you know, you do wonder, it is very hard to argue against that because you sound like you’re defending, you know, retrograde.
    0:45:47 It’s not like you’re defending human rights abuses or, you know, you know, all kinds of retrograde behaviors.
    0:46:01 But, you know, you do wonder whether there actually should be allowed to be true diversity in the world, which is to say actual societies that actually, you know, basically form themselves as opposed to have external values imposed on them.
    0:46:23 Yeah, it was actually a big thing in Trump’s Middle East speech where it was such a remarkable speech in the sense that he advocated for the Middle East living or evolving from their own culture as opposed to being changed into our culture, which is a massive change in foreign policy.
    0:46:28 Which somebody reported on, of course, but it is interesting.
    0:46:33 It’s arrogant to think that we know what’s best for someone else.
    0:46:37 And that goes as far as me telling you how to live.
    0:46:40 I can tell you, this is what I’ve tried and this is what’s worked for me.
    0:46:42 Do what you want.
    0:46:43 Yeah.
    0:46:45 People making their own choices is the only way to go.
    0:46:49 Well, and you look back, you look back, it either goes back to the half-life of facts.
    0:46:52 You could also say like the half-life of moral principles, right, or something like that, right?
    0:46:59 Which is, you look, like, this is another, I have a whole, I always keep a way to clear out a dinner party early so I can go home.
    0:47:01 And I always have like a running list of ways I can do that.
    0:47:07 And one of the ways I can do that is, you know, just play the game of like, all right, we are completely convinced that we have decoded the morally correct way to live.
    0:47:11 All right, now let’s examine every prior society that ever had that belief, right?
    0:47:14 You know, including our own society 25 years ago, 50 years ago, 100 years ago.
    0:47:20 And let’s retrospectively, and it’s very natural for us to judge them and basically say, wow, they were morally horrifying.
    0:47:23 They believed in all of these, you know, terrible things that we now know were like absolutely awful.
    0:47:28 You know, and they were these terrible people as a result, you know, but somehow we’re the people that have it all figured out.
    0:47:32 And then I’m like, look, people 50 years from now are going to be sitting, you know, in this restaurant talking about us.
    0:47:37 And they’re going to be like, I cannot believe those people, you know, had these deeply immoral beliefs on XYZ.
    0:47:44 Yeah, let’s get rid of the Rick Rubin statue now, despite him being a mean.
    0:47:51 This belief is that we don’t even know what’s right for us, much less what else.
    0:47:54 We’re trying to figure it out.
    0:47:57 And staying humble seems like the best approach.
    0:48:03 Any arrogant approach of thinking, you know, what’s best for someone else is probably not a great idea.
    0:48:23 So I’m going to try to workshop a theory that I’d like you guys to read, team, because my sense is that there’s a somewhat pessimistic view that you described, Rick, that, you know, there’s this homogenization of culture, partly imposed on us by experts going, hey, here’s what’s good for you.
    0:48:24 I’m an expert in this domain.
    0:48:26 Let me tell you what’s good for you.
    0:48:45 What is quite novel about AI is not only that it’s a sort of democratizer, like you said, but as I watch you use it, as I watch Mark, you know, start writing scripts that he puts online, as I watch Ben use AI to do a bunch of stuff inside the firm.
    0:48:56 And as I watch Eric, who’s a prolific podcast creator, you know, use AI in creating podcasts, what seems to emerge for me is that when you, it’s also a ceiling razor, right?
    0:49:11 In that when you put AI in the hands of a master craftsman from one domain and let them expand to a new domain, it raises the bar in what they can create because you’re no longer trapped by the expert of that prior domain to give you more and more of the same stuff.
    0:49:19 Right. So you’ve created, I mean, you’re, you’re, you’re, the world thinks of you as a prolific musician, but you’ve just created a piece of software.
    0:49:24 Right. And, and you’ve, you’ve transcended one domain to the other.
    0:49:31 And, and I find there are these moments where, especially when I watch folks who are at the top of one creative discipline use AI.
    0:49:39 We, a few months ago, we were watching, we were introducing Marty Scorsese to this, this image model that one of the founders we work with had trained.
    0:49:54 And Marty was prompting, you know, the, the camera, the virtual camera, the AI to create images in a completely different way than what we, we view than, than what traditional sort of what we’d call, you know, vibe creators do.
    0:49:58 Right. There’s people who couldn’t create images before who use tools like MidJourney and so on for the first time.
    0:50:00 And there, that’s great. That is democratizing access.
    0:50:16 But then when you put in a really sophisticated piece of technology, like an image model in the hands of a, someone who’s actually a craftsman or what we’d call a professional, it turns out they, it raises the ceiling of what they can create because they use it in different ways than, than someone who’s using it for the first time.
    0:50:28 So is, is, is, am I being, am I drinking too much Kool-Aid when I, when, when, when, you know, Eric, I, I look at you and say, you, you were, you were an investor, you were a phenomenal angel investor who then became a prolific podcaster.
    0:50:39 And your podcasts, like when I used to hear, when I would listen to you talking about venture capital, it was completely different from a podcast expert, a media expert, a talking head on TV, talking about our industry.
    0:50:47 Right. So is, is, are we entering an area where we don’t need experts because AI essentially raises the bar.
    0:50:58 It doesn’t just democratize, it doesn’t just lower the floor, you know, and, and decrease the barrier to entry, but it increases the quality of the kinds of content that someone who’s a master in one domain can create in another one.
    0:51:08 Absolutely. It, it always seems like the people who are creative, who see the world in a creative way can apply it to different things.
    0:51:21 We see it over and over again. So it’s in that, in that way, it allows people, as I said, anyone who is, who thinks of themselves as an artist now has a new tool at their disposal that wasn’t there before.
    0:51:28 And it allows them to try things that would have, would have been impossible to mock up.
    0:51:32 So, and I would say our overall conversation is negative at all.
    0:51:47 If anything, I think we’re talking more about the human intervention in AI in making it more human, as opposed to letting the AI be the smartest version of itself in going past what humans do.
    0:51:58 And in like in the, like in the AlphaGo story, the reason the AlphaGo, uh, AI was able to beat the grandmaster wasn’t because it was doing what the humans would do.
    0:52:01 It did something the humans wouldn’t do.
    0:52:09 Now, if humans trained it to only do what the humans would do, the computer wouldn’t have won.
    0:52:15 Yeah. It was training it actually playing another version of itself.
    0:52:22 Now, if we’re, as humans, training AI to be more human, we’re limiting it.
    0:52:27 The reason the AI was able to beat the grandmaster was because it did its computer thing.
    0:52:30 It did the move that no human would do.
    0:52:46 When the, when the, when the AI made the move, the, the unthinkable move, the grandmaster got up and left the, left the room and the announcers, uh, the commentators of the match said, uh, it, it made a mistake.
    0:52:54 The computer made a mistake and it made a mistake because it did something that no human would do, but it didn’t do it because it was not allowed to do it.
    0:52:58 It was within the rules of the game, but it was not in the culture to do it.
    0:53:11 So, you know, one of the emerging patterns in the vibe coding space as a result of what you’re describing is that often folks who start using a tool realize that just there’s a craft to using it.
    0:53:17 Like you said, there’s a human intervention that, that when you elicit the model in different ways, you get higher quality things.
    0:53:24 So with cursor, for example, early on, people would tell the, the, the composer mode, Hey, please go build me a website.
    0:53:35 And then what evolved was a craft of prompting that said, actually, you know, you’ve got to start by talking to the model by asking it to think like a product manager and architect, you know, planning out the entire creation.
    0:53:39 And then the next step is let’s talk about the, the data schema, right.
    0:54:01 And, and sort of deconstructing the process of creating a piece of software into its atomic units, and then vibe prompting it to do that in a, in a different way than, than might be intuitive as, as you got into the way of code from the beginning of when you started working on the book to now, what’s changed about the way you, you as a human intervene in the creation process.
    0:54:09 What, what, what’s changed about the way you prompt it today, you would prompt a model to create something versus, you know, when you started working on it originally?
    0:54:12 I’m, I’m not using AI and I’m not prompting.
    0:54:14 That’s a surprise.
    0:54:15 Same, how did you create it then?
    0:54:17 The old fashioned way.
    0:54:38 I, I had a dozen or more translations of the DAO and I read them and I, uh, tried to see what the message, the universal message between the different translations was saying and say it in a way that it related to vibe coding.
    0:54:57 So, so this I find is quite interesting, right, is, it’s very hard for you to describe the process as being any, any different than what you usually do, which is you just, you asked it to, there’s some latent space in your mind that you, you, you were prompting your own mind to, to produce this.
    0:55:01 And so in your mind, the process was no different than with AI than without it.
    0:55:17 No, the only difference is instead of maybe asking an engineer to mock up something for me, I might ask the computer to mock it up for me, but it would be the same process of asking for different iterations, comparing them, trying to get it down to two that I like.
    0:55:35 And then between the two, understanding the strengths of each, and then often taking from both and putting them together and seeing what that does and being open to being wrong, like setting out on a path to create something and seeing this thing that I was excited about creating is not very good.
    0:55:41 But through that, through that experiment, I learned, there’s this other thing I wasn’t looking for.
    0:55:43 That’s really interesting.
    0:55:44 The most interesting thing about it.
    0:55:48 And it’s been that way, my whole career of, of working on things.
    0:55:50 When I, I’ll tell you a story.
    0:55:56 When I started working with Johnny Cash, we sat in my living room and he played me songs on an acoustic guitar.
    0:56:03 And that was the way that we got to know each other was understanding each other musically through demonstrating songs.
    0:56:11 But I didn’t think that the record that we made was going to be an acoustic record of him playing songs on his guitar and singing them.
    0:56:21 It ended up being that, but that was not the idea, that we were just modeling, we were looking for songs and seeing what songs sounded believable when he sang them.
    0:56:31 And he would sing these songs that he sang in childhood that he had never recorded, or songs that he liked growing up, or songs that he liked over the course of his life.
    0:56:33 And that was how I got to know him.
    0:56:38 And then we would go into a studio with musicians and I, to make the proper recording.
    0:56:50 And I realized very quickly, those recordings, those experiments, and we did many of them, weren’t as interesting as the original sitting in the living room, him playing me the songs.
    0:57:00 And so it revealed, the process revealed itself, that the most interesting thing was the thing we started with that we didn’t think was the thing we were making.
    0:57:05 And it’s, again, it’s always like that you may have an idea of what something’s going to be.
    0:57:19 You start that process, and then either you find an experiment along the way that’s better, or a mistake happens and you realize, hmm, we weren’t intending for that to happen at all.
    0:57:23 But it’s more interesting than all the things that we thought were going to be good.
    0:57:33 And being open, instead of deciding what’s going to be good, we’re paying attention to see what’s actually good.
    0:57:38 And it’s not intellectual at all.
    0:57:40 It’s not, we don’t think it up.
    0:57:42 We allow it to exist.
    0:57:53 And we’re, we do experiments, and we do iterations, and we try a lot of things, and then it shows us, it tells us what it wants to be.
    0:58:02 And did you, when you went through that process with Johnny Cash, did you, did you both come to the conclusion at the same time?
    0:58:13 Or was one of you ahead of the other and say, hey, this, just playing the guitar worked much better than getting in the studio, or like, how did that happen?
    0:58:29 I had the experience of listening to the, the quote unquote demos, and thinking, after we had done, I think, three different sessions with three different sets of musicians, quit the best musicians in the world.
    0:58:36 And they were interesting, the things that came out of those, but still those living room recordings were the most compelling to me.
    0:58:39 And I said, I just said to Johnny, he’s like, this is most interesting to me.
    0:58:41 When I listen to it, what do you think?
    0:58:44 And he said, well, I always wanted to make an album like that.
    0:58:44 I just was afraid.
    0:58:45 I never did.
    0:58:48 But it was always a dream to do it.
    0:58:57 And then the, it allowed him to do something that he always wanted to do, but was afraid to do.
    0:59:00 It was so, uh, unusual.
    0:59:03 What, sorry, why was he afraid, why was he afraid to do it?
    0:59:04 What was this here?
    0:59:18 He was, he was, he was training, how to make a hit record, you know, and that 50 years of trying to make a hit record and getting, and you, it’s not uncommon for an artist, a commercial artist,
    0:59:26 to get lost in the expectation of what they’re, what they think they’re supposed to do, what’s expected from them.
    0:59:27 Right.
    0:59:37 Sort of break that expectation of what people want, what people are expecting, and what the business around me is expecting,
    0:59:45 and get to something that’s so personal that it feels almost more like a diary entry than something for the public.
    0:59:48 Uh, it’s, it’s a scary idea.
    0:59:52 It’s, it’s, it’s breaking down a wall of like, it’s not a facade.
    0:59:54 It’s not the main stage.
    0:59:56 It’s much more personal.
    0:59:58 Yeah.
    1:00:06 Mark, Ben, Eric, you guys have been angel investors in like the earliest days of when a founder is describing something that they want to create.
    1:00:22 You know, it, it, it, it sounds, do you think it’s similar to what Rick is describing when you have a great artist in front of you, like Johnny Cash or somebody, you know, a founder whose canvas is maybe creating a piece of technology and they’re scared to go somewhere just because they might think the world’s not ready for it.
    1:00:24 Investors won’t like it.
    1:00:25 The market’s, there’s no willingness to pay.
    1:00:26 There’s no product market fit.
    1:00:28 Am I crazy?
    1:00:30 Or is there an analogy here, which is quite similar?
    1:00:47 Well, I think the analogy, it’s a little different, but I think the thing that’s the same is it’s always very dangerous when you get the feeling the entrepreneur is telling you something that you want to hear, but they don’t believe.
    1:00:55 So when that kind of distance comes in, you know, it very reliably is not going to work.
    1:01:06 So, you know, one of the things that, that, that Mark and I used to do a lot in the early days was basically try and convince the entrepreneur to do what we wanted.
    1:01:19 And then if they did that, we would not invest because they, they didn’t, you know, they’re coming in with their beliefs, but the, you know, they want to tacked over to the market and that’s false.
    1:01:32 I mean, it’s just a false idea because like, if you’re truly going to have a breakthrough, you have to kind of get to something that the world doesn’t understand that, that, that you see.
    1:01:49 And like, if we can see it, you know, like that, it’s not a breakthrough or if we see something in your idea, you know, in that way where we’re just trying to push you into something as opposed to helping you notice something, then that’s, I think that is very analogous.
    1:02:05 Like, do you, do you think for yourself, you know, are you deep enough into your idea or are you kind of connected to it in that way or are you just influenced by whatever you think the world wants you to be?
    1:02:16 So relationship between art and audience, and of course the, you know, people, people in the art world, music world have struggled with this for a very long time, which is I, I create my truly individualized art and the audience doesn’t like it, doesn’t want it.
    1:02:20 Like, you know, is it, was it, was it the right art to create?
    1:02:21 Was it still good art?
    1:02:23 You know, does this, does art require an audience?
    1:02:31 And, and to your point, Rick, like, you know, in the abstract, you could maybe as an artist, you know, tell yourself that, you know, if I create art and nobody likes it and nobody buys it, that it’s still my art.
    1:02:34 But, but art is a commercial enterprise, right?
    1:02:40 If somebody is going to make their living as an artist, if they’re going to, if they really want to reach people and they really want to change culture and have an impact on the world, right?
    1:02:43 The audience does at some point need to, need to take it up.
    1:02:53 And so there’s, there’s some, there’s, you know, there’s some sort of deep, I think, underlying relationship that in part is just commercial interest, but also is like for art to really take it needs an audience.
    1:03:01 You know, I’ll come back, I’ll let you comment on that in a second, but like startups, we think about this a lot, which is like, okay, for a startup to do its thing, to bring a new technology to market,
    1:03:06 or to realize a vision of a founder, like it’s a complete waste of time if the market never wants it, right?
    1:03:09 Because then you just have a prototype that sits on a shelf somewhere and like, you know, nothing has ever happened.
    1:03:19 And so it’s like, there is a synergistic feedback loop there, there, there, there, there is some sort of concordance that needs to happen between the creator and the audience.
    1:03:21 Like the audience does need to buy in.
    1:03:28 A lot of what we think about in startup world is the legitimate startup ideas may sound like, you know, they’re, you know, kind of crazy.
    1:03:37 But, you know, when they succeed, they succeed because they, they, they provide something that the customer base, you know, never realized they wanted.
    1:03:39 But when they see it, they’re like, oh, wow, that’s fantastic.
    1:03:39 I want that.
    1:03:40 Right.
    1:03:51 And so the way I would describe what Ben said is the startup founders that are overly trying to appeal to what they believe the audience wants can get themselves confused and can end up with something the audience actually doesn’t want.
    1:03:58 But if they get to the true underlying idea, they get to something truly, you know, original and creative, then they unlock something in the, in the, in the customer base.
    1:04:00 The customer base didn’t know that it wanted it.
    1:04:02 Would you describe the same thing?
    1:04:04 Does the same thing happen in music?
    1:04:10 Is that what happens or more generally, like what is the nature of the relationship between the, the, the, the, the, the artist and the, and the audience?
    1:04:18 I would say the best artists tune into what they feel and they present that.
    1:04:22 And the ones who connect are the ones where the audience feels what the artist feels.
    1:04:31 If the artist is changing what they do to try to get the audience, it undermines the whole thing.
    1:04:38 It’s, it’s the same as, uh, you guys asking, uh, a startup to change what they, they do for the market.
    1:04:39 It’s same thing.
    1:04:45 The best always comes when the artist is being true to themselves, doing their best work.
    1:04:52 And that means not every artist succeeds, but the ones who succeed are the ones where that, where they’re true to themselves.
    1:04:56 And the thing that they’re doing that’s true to themselves connects with the audience.
    1:04:57 And it may be a while.
    1:05:06 I interviewed Richard Prince recently, the fine artist, and he was an unsuccessful artist living in New York City for 20 years.
    1:05:12 And then something happened where someone bought some of his paintings for, I think, $50.
    1:05:23 And now, I don’t know, 20 years after that, his, uh, re-photography, it’s called, might sell it off for $60 million.
    1:05:28 And, but for, for 20 years, no one bought a, one piece, no one bought one piece of his art.
    1:05:29 Yeah.
    1:05:30 Yeah.
    1:05:33 And it’s, it, it happens when it happens.
    1:05:35 He always stayed true to what he was doing.
    1:05:43 And then all of a sudden, people came around, Van Gogh, I don’t think ever sold a painting during his lifetime.
    1:05:45 But he was true to himself.
    1:05:48 And now, we go to a museum and we get to see Van Gogh.
    1:05:57 So, the, the market is, it’s like a secondary aspect where sometimes it catches on, sometimes it doesn’t.
    1:06:03 And I would say, maybe some of the greatest artists who, who ever existed, we’ve never seen, we’ve never seen their work.
    1:06:12 Because it’s a piece of that puzzle, which is the ability to live in the world and promote their work and show their work.
    1:06:15 Like some, there are some great musicians who are homeless.
    1:06:21 They don’t have what it takes to be able to go on a 300-day tour.
    1:06:27 It’s a grueling, being a professional musician is a grueling life.
    1:06:34 So, you can be super talented, but if you don’t have the work ethic side of it down, then that’s not going to work either.
    1:06:52 It’s both the, the talent, the inspiration, the stars aligning, and the ability to want to break through the walls that you need to break through in these competitive fields.
    1:06:55 All of those things have to come together.
    1:06:57 And, and a lot of it’s out of our control.
    1:07:05 You know, the, the parts that are in our control is, we can work hard, we can show up, we could do our best and be willing to do whatever it takes for it to work.
    1:07:07 But that still doesn’t guarantee that it works.
    1:07:22 So, there’s a thing in music, tell me if this is true, there’s a sort of cliche in music, which is every artist’s first album, first hit album is the result of, you know, 20 years of, you know, artistic creativity and, you know, evolution and original thinking and new ideas and new styles.
    1:07:26 And, you know, kind of the, you know, the thing that makes them, you know, kind of break through, you know, some new thing.
    1:07:27 Like, that’s album number one.
    1:07:30 And then album number two is always about life on the road.
    1:07:32 It’s often the case.
    1:07:35 Right, because all of a sudden, to your point, like, that is their life.
    1:07:52 It’s also possible that an artist has had a hard life and then found success and their life changes and now they live in luxury and they can’t tap into that energy that, that, what they were struggling against, the struggle was their art and now they’re not struggling anymore.
    1:07:56 Let’s take everything that you guys have said on this, on these topics as true.
    1:07:58 Let’s just assume this is all correct, which I think it is.
    1:08:08 Then the advice that gets applied, you know, and you hear this a lot in startup world, the advice gets applied is, you know, follow your passion, you know, you know, you know, screw the doubters.
    1:08:09 The doubters are wrong.
    1:08:13 Don’t market test things, you know, don’t worry about the audience.
    1:08:14 Don’t worry about the market.
    1:08:17 Like, just do the thing that you think you’re on planet Earth to do.
    1:08:24 You could argue that that’s good advice because it gets people down this path, you know, like Rick, of like what you do with artists to kind of discovering authenticity.
    1:08:39 You could also argue, though, there’s like a degenerate version of that advice, which basically is like just be narcissistic, just be narcissistic, just be completely self-absorbed and, you know, just do things for yourself and, you know, just like completely disregard the entire concept of an audience.
    1:08:53 Like, like what’s the dividing line when sort of advice that derives from these ideas is actually like good advice versus at what point is it just actually encouraging people to become insufferable and sort of to unplug from the things that they would need to do to actually find an audience?
    1:09:01 I believe that the audience comes last and the artist should be true to themselves and that ultimately is in service to the audience.
    1:09:06 The audience is best served when they get the real version of you.
    1:09:14 If you start watering down the real version of you to do what you feel they want, it’s a recipe for disaster.
    1:09:25 But that said, some of the best, like in movies, like some of the best directors do extensive, like they will do testing, like, you know, they’ll make the movie, they will test it, they will take the audience feedback because, you know, because it just turns out they lose.
    1:09:30 Like when they see the audience react to what they’ve, what they’ve made, they realize things about it that causes them to improve it.
    1:09:38 Like, is that a legit, like I was going to say, so is that a legitimate, like, what’s the line between that and, and, and, and what, what you’re trying to get them to not do?
    1:09:47 Well, sometimes you’ll have a director show, show a movie to an audience and realize problems with it and work on them.
    1:09:54 And there are other times that they’ll show a movie to an audience and the audience hates it and knows movies will want to be great hits.
    1:09:57 So it’s, there is no hard and fast rule.
    1:09:59 It’s like, did they show it to the right audience?
    1:10:01 Not everything is for everybody.
    1:10:02 That’s another part of it.
    1:10:07 It’s like, how do you get to the audience that’s the right audience for the thing that you’re making?
    1:10:08 There’s a famous story.
    1:10:10 There was one more thing.
    1:10:12 So there’s a famous story from the making of Blazing Saddles.
    1:10:14 And I don’t know if it’s true, but if it’s not, it should be.
    1:10:19 Which is Mel Brooks made Blazing Saddles and he screened it for the executives, I think at Warner Brothers.
    1:10:22 And it was like the, the, the, nobody laughed.
    1:10:24 They sat there in stunned silence.
    1:10:25 They were completely horrified.
    1:10:28 And like, they were just like, this thing is a train wreck.
    1:10:28 Like, this is horrible.
    1:10:35 And then they did a follow-up screening with the assistants and the secretaries and who just like were howling with laughter the entire way through.
    1:10:47 And so, yeah, now, you know, now the, I guess maybe the claim or the, the claim or the critique on this would be, yes, if you’re Mel Brooks and you’ve made Blazing Saddles, it’s fine to have test screenings in which nobody laughs.
    1:10:54 But like, you know, your median filmmaker who does that is probably, has probably actually really, truly shit the bed.
    1:10:57 But how do you know, again, how do you know?
    1:10:57 How do you know?
    1:10:58 Yeah.
    1:11:05 So, so I’ve got, I’ve got a, I’ve got a somewhat refined answer to your question mark.
    1:11:11 So there is a, there was a band that had a great name called Soul to Soul.
    1:11:16 And the reason it was a great name is because that’s kind of what music is from my soul to your soul.
    1:11:24 And so as an artist, if it doesn’t come from your soul or as an entrepreneur, it’s never going to work.
    1:11:38 Now there may be an alignment thing to getting it exactly to land, but if you compromise the original thing, then you’re just a wreck.
    1:11:47 And actually in, so in entrepreneur world, like we saw this with Databricks where like they had a very clear vision of what they were going to be.
    1:12:01 And the audience wanted it on premise and they refused to do it because it was so contrary to their vision, but they still, you know, they still had to do a lot of work to understand the customer needs over time.
    1:12:06 But like the core, core, core idea they had was like, it had to be in the cloud.
    1:12:20 And I think that, you know, when you compromise the core thing in, in kind of entrepreneurship at art, which is like, this is the thing that I really, really feel then, then it’s always going to be bad.
    1:12:25 Like there’s no way to make that good after the fact by listening to feedback.
    1:12:34 But Ben, I, the tension I find there, let’s say I’m, I’m going to channel being a, my, my dark founder days, you know, when I was, you’re in the middle of the idea maze.
    1:12:47 You’ve got a, you’ve got something that you believe the world needs, but you read Mark’s product market fit, you know, definition and you stare at it in tears because it’s, it’s not resonating, right?
    1:12:50 You’ve put, you’ve put out what you think the world needs, but it’s not resonating.
    1:12:58 Is the answer to reconcile what Rick is saying and what you’re saying, which, which is you, you can’t compromise what matters.
    1:13:10 And yet, you know, or reconcile what Mark was saying is you’ve got to, when you’re building for a customer, you’ve, you’ve got to change everything about it before you have product market fit until you find it.
    1:13:17 Is the answer that you just have to care really authentically about a type of person you want to serve and then exceed their expectations.
    1:13:24 And what’s authentic and true is that you care deeply about some particular person in the world who you want to serve because your job is, is to build a product or service.
    1:13:39 Or in the case of a musician to, to, to serve humanity by, by evoking a feeling or, or, or, or helping someone when, when they listen to your hip hop record to lift them up and give them the, the pep they need to go about their day.
    1:13:43 Is the answer that you have to be in service of somebody else to ultimately serve yourself?
    1:13:50 I can say that it’s, it’s so simple that you’re serving people like you.
    1:13:51 You are the audience.
    1:13:54 You’re making your favorite thing.
    1:13:55 You’re in love with it.
    1:14:00 And then other people who like the things you like will like it.
    1:14:03 Thing other than that is some sort of mind reading.
    1:14:06 It’s some sort of like fiction.
    1:14:10 You can’t know what anyone else is going to think or like, or do.
    1:14:14 If you taste some food and you love it, you’re excited.
    1:14:16 You guys got to taste this.
    1:14:17 It’s so good.
    1:14:21 And you will either like it or not, but there’s no better judge.
    1:14:26 I can’t, I can’t taste food and say, this tastes terrible to me, but I think you’re really going to love it.
    1:14:27 It’s impossible.
    1:14:28 It’s impossible way to live.
    1:14:29 Right.
    1:14:30 You know, it’s funny.
    1:14:34 We don’t really have a word for, we don’t really have a positive word for narcissism.
    1:14:35 Yeah.
    1:14:39 Or solipsism is the other, you know, solipsism is a self-absorption, like self-absorption.
    1:14:40 Self-knowledge.
    1:14:43 No, no, no one’s self.
    1:14:43 To know one’s self.
    1:14:44 Right.
    1:14:44 Yeah.
    1:14:46 Which is a very deep thing.
    1:14:51 It’s an extremely deep concept that takes you a lifetime to do sometimes, you know.
    1:14:52 Yeah.
    1:14:53 But, but you’re right.
    1:14:56 It is generally found upon by society.
    1:14:59 Ben, it seems like that’s the future of education.
    1:15:03 If, if expertise matters less and less, what matters more and more is taste and being in
    1:15:05 touch with yourself and, and this kind of self-knowledge.
    1:15:10 And so how do we think about that, Rick, in terms of sort of the future of education in
    1:15:15 a world where, where, you know, the skills that you have, i.e. sort of the lack of skills in
    1:15:18 certain areas, but, but a high regard of taste is, is just more important.
    1:15:19 Yeah.
    1:15:24 It seems like taste and curiosity and open-mindedness is where it’s at.
    1:15:28 And, and that’s what, um, I don’t know.
    1:15:33 I have, uh, I don’t, I don’t remember ever learning anything in school that was helpful
    1:15:34 to me at any point in my life.
    1:15:37 You and Mark have that in common.
    1:15:45 My takeaway is basically that you’re saying we’ve got to vibe with ourselves when using
    1:15:50 these tools and watching and reading the way of code is basically a window into watching
    1:15:54 how you, Rick, vibed with yourself in the creation of this.
    1:16:00 It’s a, again, a 3000 year old manual on how to vibe with yourself.
    1:16:01 That’s what it is.

    In this episode a16z co-founders Marc Andreessen and Ben Horowitz sit down with legendary music producer and bestselling author Rick Rubin to explore the origin of his unexpected new creation: “The Way of Code”*

    Blending ancient philosophy and modern AI, The Way of Code reimagines the 3,000-year-old Tao Te Ching for the age of artificial intelligence, software, and “vibe coding.” What began as a viral tweet quickly evolved into a creative manifesto—part book, part tool, part spiritual operating system for the future. Joined by a16z General Partners Anjney Midha and Erik Torenberg, the group dives deep into: 

    • How Rick became a meme for Vibe Coding —and then quickly wrote “The Way of Code”
    • Why AI is just another artistic tool
    • Remix culture, creativity, and collective consciousness
    • Why great founders and artists need to stay true to themselves

    With shout outs to punk rock, the collective unconscious, and Johnny Cash’s famed acoustic sessions, this conversation is a sprawling, soul-searching journey across music, philosophy, tech, and truth. We hope you enjoy this deeply personal and surprisingly practical conversation on how to live—and create—in the age of AI. 

    The Way of Code:  https://www.thewayofcode.com/

    “Tools will come and tools will go. Only the vibe coder remains.” – Rick Rubin 

    Resources: 

    Watch the Tetragrammaton podcast: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC5Gat6FdyiG5ydUUHqPTAEQ

    Rick on X: https://x.com/rickrubin

    Marc on X: https://x.com/pmarca

    Marc’s Substack: https://pmarca.substack.com/

    Ben on X: https://x.com/bhorowitz

    Erik on X: https://x.com/eriktorenberg

    Erik’s Substack: https://eriktorenberg.substack.com/

    Anjney on X: https://x.com/AnjneyMidha

     Stay Updated: 

    Let us know what you think: https://ratethispodcast.com/a16z

    Find a16z on Twitter: https://twitter.com/a16z

    Find a16z on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/a16z

    Subscribe on your favorite podcast app: https://a16z.simplecast.com/

    Follow our host: https://x.com/eriktorenberg

    Please note that the content here is for informational purposes only; should NOT be taken as legal, business, tax, or investment advice or be used to evaluate any investment or security; and is not directed at any investors or potential investors in any a16z fund. a16z and its affiliates may maintain investments in the companies discussed. For more details please see a16z.com/disclosures.

  • #813: Q&A with Tim — Three Life Commandments, 4-Hour Workweek Exercises I Still Use, The Art and Joy of Inefficiency, Stoicism Revisited, and Much More

    AI transcript
    0:00:03 Hello, boys and girls, ladies and germs. This is Tim Ferriss. Welcome to another episode of
    0:00:09 The Tim Ferriss Show. This is an in-between-isode. So this is an episode between longer, deep-dive
    0:00:15 interviews with world-class performers. And in this case, I am being asked questions. I do these
    0:00:20 every once in a while. I enjoy doing them, and we tend to cover a lot of ground. In this particular
    0:00:29 Q&A, I am answering questions submitted by a small group of test readers for my latest book project,
    0:00:33 The Knowbook. If you want to see what that’s about and see a few sample chapters, go to
    0:00:39 tim.blog slash the knowbook for more information, and you can check out that. The community is now
    0:00:44 closed because we have a critical mass of people needed for providing edit feedback and book feedback
    0:00:52 and so on, but might expand it once the book comes out. Who knows? This episode was all over the place.
    0:00:57 We talked about what my commandments would be if I were to start a cult, which I’m not, don’t worry.
    0:01:02 about what my costumes would look like, what my cult uniforms would look like.
    0:01:09 The risks of delegating your thinking to AI, how I use and do not use AI in creative endeavors,
    0:01:16 stoicism, how I balance that with other types of philosophies, perils of audience capture,
    0:01:21 how I think about platforms and audience, and so on. The exercises from the four-hour workweek that I
    0:01:29 still use inefficiency, where I actually deliberately introduce inefficiency in my life, and there are
    0:01:35 more examples than you might expect, and much, much more. So without further ado, actually with
    0:01:39 a little further ado, a few words from the people who make this podcast possible, and we’ll hop right
    0:01:42 into the Q&A. Thanks for listening.
    0:01:47 Budgeting apps, they can be interesting. Yeah, they can be helpful. I’ve tried out a bunch,
    0:01:52 but they don’t compare to the complete financial command center that you get with today’s sponsor,
    0:01:57 Monarch Money. And a number of my friends have recommended them publicly, have recommended it to
    0:02:03 me, and I had my entire team basically test this app out, and they’re all still using it.
    0:02:08 Monarch is like your own personal CFO, giving you full visibility and control so you can stop
    0:02:13 merely earning and start growing. For instance, one person on my podcast team has tried four other
    0:02:18 budgeting apps, said linking his accounts, which includes banking, investments, and crypto,
    0:02:24 had never been easier. And Monarch had the cleanest, simplest, yet most complete UI he’s ever seen. It
    0:02:29 made him want to track his finances. Monarch was named the Wall Street Journal’s best budgeting app of
    0:02:35 2025, and it’s the top recommended personal finance app by users and experts with more than 30,000
    0:02:41 five-star reviews. So get control of your overall finances, the whole shebang with Monarch Money.
    0:02:47 Use code TIM at monarchmoney.com. Just type it into your browser for half off of your first year. That’s
    0:02:55 50% off of your first year at monarchmoney.com with code TIM. Sleep is the key to it all. It is the
    0:03:00 foundation. Many of you heard me talk about how today’s sponsor, Eight Sleep, has improved my sleep
    0:03:05 with its pod cover. Well, they just launched their latest product, the pod five. I cannot wait to try
    0:03:10 it out, and here’s why. The pod five introduces Eight Sleep’s latest product, the blanket, which uses the
    0:03:15 same technology as the pod’s cover to extend temperature regulation across the entire body.
    0:03:19 So if you’re too hot, too cold, you can fix it. If you’re a couple and one of you is hot, one of you
    0:03:24 is cold, you can fix it as well. It all fits right over your existing mattress like a fitted sheet.
    0:03:31 On average, members report the pod has helped them fall asleep 44% faster, 34% deeper sleep, and given
    0:03:37 them up to one added hour of sleep each night. Also, the pod’s snoring detection, my friend Albert might
    0:03:43 be interested in this, and automatic elevating platform have reduced user snoring by 45%. So it
    0:03:47 does a lot. You’ll also get a personalized report each morning, allowing you to track your sleep stages,
    0:03:52 heart rate variability, respiratory rate, and more, all without having any devices strapped onto you.
    0:04:00 So head over to eightsleep.com slash Tim and use code Tim to get $350 off of your very own pod five
    0:04:05 ultra. You can try it at home for 30 days and return it if you don’t like it. So why not give it a shot?
    0:04:12 Sleep is everything. Again, that’s eightsleep.com slash Tim. You can spell it out, eightsleep.com
    0:04:18 slash Tim for $350 off. Shipping is available to many countries worldwide. One more time, eightsleep.com
    0:04:48 slash Tim. Let’s hop right into it. Start with a question from Joseph. What top
    0:04:53 three activities invoke or evoke childhood nostalgia that you’d hope to repeat with your future
    0:05:04 children? I thought about this and every answer ended up being outdoors. I recall very early on
    0:05:09 when I was a small kid, my mother, we didn’t have a whole lot of money. We had a lot of chicken legs
    0:05:18 and a lot of TV dinners, but we would take those chicken legs after we had eaten. So the bones with a
    0:05:26 stuck here and there. And occasionally we would go down to the bay out onto a small pier and hang
    0:05:33 these chicken legs, these bones into the water and pull up crabs and look at the crabs. And that has
    0:05:41 just been indelibly burned into my memory as so exciting. Everything about it was interesting to me
    0:05:48 as a kid. And there are other examples that my mom in particular is very good at fostering. She would
    0:05:54 take us to the beach and we would use magnets to collect, I suppose, magnetic or black sand. And we
    0:06:01 would put the sand into mason jars and then we could play with them with different magnets. And that stuck
    0:06:06 out. And then the last example that could give more, but was camping in Vermont. We would spend time
    0:06:12 almost every year camping in Vermont at a campground. So there was a social aspect, but we could also go
    0:06:18 to rivers and jump off of waterfalls, which at the time seemed a thousand feet tall. In retrospect,
    0:06:25 they were probably 15 to 20 feet, but very, very exciting for a young boy. And typically it would
    0:06:29 be with one or two of my friends on those camping trips as well, which was amazing.
    0:06:33 All right. This is a question from Jeff. What’s something you suspect is true about success,
    0:06:38 but you’d never say out loud in a podcast and then in parentheses until now or keynote? Well,
    0:06:48 the first thing that came to mind, I think I would hesitate to bring up because it sounds like a quality
    0:06:55 problem. And I suppose it is. I do not expect America to weep for the sorrows of people who have
    0:07:01 achieved some degree of success. So that is the reasoning behind probably not broadcasting it,
    0:07:09 but the basic suspicion that I have, and this is over decades of watching people become quote unquote
    0:07:13 successful professionally, financially, as just say those are the metrics we’re using,
    0:07:21 is that becoming successful in that way makes the vast majority of people more predisposed to depression
    0:07:28 and anxiety, believe it or not. And the reason for that is when you’re striving, when you don’t have
    0:07:33 that quote unquote success, you have two things. You have the hope, maybe the belief, maybe both,
    0:07:39 that once you have those things, the vast majority of your problems, the things that are eating at you,
    0:07:43 the things that keep you up at night, the worries, the this, that, that they’ll just vanish.
    0:07:52 By and large, that doesn’t happen. The other thing that the striving period gives you is it gives you a
    0:07:57 mission of sorts, gives you a feeling of purpose, purposes to reach this escape velocity where you
    0:08:03 have all this money or success or whatever it might be. And once you are the greyhound that catches the
    0:08:11 rabbit on the track, you’re kind of like, okay, well, now what do I do with myself? And as I said,
    0:08:16 this is probably going to be a head scratcher for a lot of folks because I’m not in any respect
    0:08:23 complaining about success. There are things that finances solve, right? Money can solve
    0:08:30 money problems. But I think the expectation is there’s going to be a lot more payoff and finality
    0:08:36 to the solving of problems, which is not the case. So that would be my suspicion that I generally don’t
    0:08:44 say out loud because who the hell really wants to hear it. But the reason I’m mentioning it is that
    0:08:53 it can inform what you do as you are in the pursuit of success. And that is perhaps a deal with some of
    0:09:02 the issues that are hiding in the basement to come out and look at these tools, developing awareness.
    0:09:08 Here’s the book I’m reading yet again, Anthony DeMello, Awareness. Look at meditation practice.
    0:09:17 Basically put some of these safety nets in place and explore some of these modalities that can contend
    0:09:24 with some of those inner demons or insecurities that will actually come out in much higher volume
    0:09:32 once you have caught that rabbit, if that makes sense. So really don’t wait until you have the veil
    0:09:40 pulled off to work on those things. And then you can really enjoy the benefits and the upside of that
    0:09:46 success without suffering what are actually some very, very real risks and downside existentially,
    0:09:52 psychologically. That’s what I would say there. And then follow-up question is if you had to create a
    0:09:56 religion with just three commandments based on your life so far, what would they be? And what would
    0:10:01 your cult uniforms look like? Well, I think at my cult uniforms, and I’m not planning on making a cult,
    0:10:07 maybe I already accidentally did. I don’t know. But they would be very, very comfortable green pajamas
    0:10:13 of some type because green is my favorite color. And I care about comfort more than I care about style.
    0:10:20 So they’d be very comfortable green pajamas of some type. I don’t know. I want to say silk, but let’s not get
    0:10:25 too carried away. Depends on how big the cult is and what the budget is for our uniforms. And then the
    0:10:31 three commandments. This is my first stab. I do not have any plans on forming a religion, although I do
    0:10:38 think there will be a Cambrian explosion of religions as AI and noise and tech lead people to clamor for
    0:10:43 meaning in a mostly, I would say, increasingly secular world. I do think there are going to be
    0:10:48 a lot more religions. And that was my prediction about five years ago. But here are the commandments
    0:10:52 that I came up with. Number one, movement is medicine. We could unpack that, but I think you get
    0:10:58 the idea. Body and mind are not separate. It’s all tied together. So movement is medicine to save the
    0:11:06 self, help outside the self. I think self-help is often self-defeating, if that makes sense. It can
    0:11:14 reinforce the me, me, me story, I, I, I story of individualism that is so emphasized in, for instance,
    0:11:23 the United States and a lot of Western Europe. And I don’t think that certainly anxiety, depression,
    0:11:27 different psychiatric disorders, quote unquote, although I’m not sure if you can call them those,
    0:11:32 if they become the majority, but they’re not limited to individualistic countries. But I do
    0:11:39 think the more you focus on the self, the more your self problems are going to be. So to save the self,
    0:11:46 look outside the self, that could take the form of charitable work, brightening someone’s day if you
    0:11:54 can’t brighten your own. But it can also take a lot of different forms, such as particular types of
    0:12:03 meditation or training focused on poking at the illusion of self or independence or duality,
    0:12:08 et cetera. And this may pop up again later. That sounds very esoteric, but what the hell,
    0:12:11 we’re talking about religion. So let’s do it. Movement is medicine to save the self, help outside
    0:12:17 the self. And then the last one, because I’m thinking about running a cult, if I were actually running a
    0:12:22 community and I wanted people to not constantly have drama everywhere and anywhere, although that is
    0:12:29 human nature on some level, especially once we get to larger groups, request what you want more of and
    0:12:39 what you want less of. Just fucking say it. And I feel like a lot of the drama in life is we push off
    0:12:43 the uncomfortable conversations. We don’t ask for what we want. Clearly, we expect people to be mind
    0:12:51 readers or we’re very indirect. And if you don’t like something, just speak up. And if it’s tiny,
    0:12:58 also like get over yourself and maybe just suck it up and put on your big girl pants. But for the most
    0:13:02 part, just speak clearly, ask for what you want, indicate what you don’t like, et cetera.
    0:13:07 All right. Those are my three commandments. Sure, I could do better if I put more time into it,
    0:13:15 but I don’t want to actually seriously consider building a cult. That’s a dangerous narcissistic
    0:13:21 impulse that sadly a lot of folks we see on social media are indulging to the full. All right. Next
    0:13:26 one. Becky, when working on a big project that will take a long time to complete from beginning to end,
    0:13:30 like a novel or a movie, how do you approach it? The first thing that came to mind is structure,
    0:13:37 structure, structure, structure. I want to envision this very clearly and have the ability to move
    0:13:44 things around in a physical or almost physical sense. The way that this has been done for a long time
    0:13:50 is people use index cards and they put them on a wall with pins or they put them on the floor so that they
    0:14:00 can move things around to see how they respond to different types of structure, sequence, editing, et cetera.
    0:14:09 And for me, the best tool that I have found thus far is Scrivener. It’s a software program. It’s been
    0:14:17 used a lot for plays and screenwriting. I’ve used it for a number of my books. And at this point with
    0:14:24 the very experimental notebook, which all of you know is pretty far from being done. Actually, you don’t
    0:14:30 know the full scope of it. I guess we’re on something like step 10 or 11. There are like 35 steps.
    0:14:39 What the fuck? There’s so much. So I’m going to have to do some significant pairing and also reordering
    0:14:45 of things. And the only reason that I perhaps strayed from Scrivener is that nobody in publishing
    0:14:53 uses Scrivener, at least as far as I can tell. They use Word or they use Google Docs, but God bless
    0:14:59 Google Docs. It’s useful for so many things. But when you end up having 30 to 40 separate documents,
    0:15:06 it’s actually a huge pain in the ass to zoom out and look at the larger picture. So I will be
    0:15:12 returning to Scrivener shortly. Some questions from Tim. I’m going to pick and choose. All right,
    0:15:18 Tim, did this TrueFans preview community, that’s the notebook community for people who may be listening,
    0:15:23 fundamentally shape the book? Or was it mostly a marketing engagement tool? Would I do it again?
    0:15:29 Why? I would do it again because it’s working to improve the book. Not at all a marketing or engagement
    0:15:36 tool. Don’t care about that at all at this point. And it is just to fundamentally help shape the book.
    0:15:42 So it has been incredibly helpful. And I’ll speak to this perhaps a little bit later as well,
    0:15:49 because there were a lot of questions around AI. I right now do not use AI to write anything.
    0:15:57 That is from the perspective of blank page. What I have used AI for a lot is to try to parse feedback,
    0:16:04 look at patterns. And I do read through all of the comments on the community.
    0:16:11 And then what I will also do, for instance, I’ve had a number of test readers, including two people at
    0:16:18 prospective publisher for the print edition, go through the entire, let’s call it, and Neil and
    0:16:22 I’ve called it this internally, kind of bloatware version of the book, like the giant 800-page
    0:16:31 unrefined version, and have received a lot of feedback from them. I will use AI to then try to
    0:16:38 identify for specific steps. Was there a consensus or a majority in keep or cut?
    0:16:44 Looking at the feedback for certain steps, can AI pull from those separate documents and just give
    0:16:51 me the feedback specific to a particular chapter? I am using AI in that way. And the degree to which
    0:16:58 it is the models have improved just in the last few weeks, for instance, looking at Gemini as one
    0:17:06 example is remarkable. But I’m not using it for drafting from the blank page. There are two reasons
    0:17:11 for that. It’s not that I don’t think it could do a good job, but I don’t want to obsolesce my own
    0:17:18 cognitive function. In the same way that I think with so many things, if you don’t use it, you lose
    0:17:24 it. Example given Google Maps, like how many of us use Google Maps to do the most basic things
    0:17:31 at this point? Or phone numbers, right? You don’t need to remember them, so you don’t. But I do not
    0:17:35 want to let my ability to generate or synthesize
    0:17:42 to atrophy, particularly in the case of writing. And there are a lot of questions about if I had
    0:17:52 kids, what would I encourage them to learn? Given the rapidly developing tools and ecosystem of AI,
    0:17:58 it would be writing. It would be clear written communication. I do think that ultimately there will
    0:18:06 be a lot of voice interface. But if you want to scrutinize and improve your thinking, the best way
    0:18:10 to do that that I have found is doing it through writing. That is how you freeze your thinking. It’s
    0:18:14 much harder to do verbally. Even when I was just starting the podcast and trying to improve it, I
    0:18:22 hired former researchers and producers from inside the Actors Studio to go over my transcripts so that
    0:18:28 they could leave comments on how I could improve, where I had missed opportunities, where I should have
    0:18:33 asked follow-up questions, where my sequencing could be improved. That is how I have found you can most
    0:18:40 directly improve your thinking, which will then inform your prompting. And I think the race goes to the
    0:18:46 best prompter in a sense, knowing not just how to ask prompts, but what to ask from an importance
    0:18:51 kind of ranking perspective. So we’ll come back to that. Maybe teach your kids how to use crossbows and
    0:18:57 bows and arrows, too, just in case. What do I know? What is this? What is this? All right, let’s keep
    0:19:01 moving here. Do you think your biggest success has happened because of your strategies or in spite of
    0:19:09 them? It’s impossible to say. Probably both. I think my general distrust of people and hypervigilance has
    0:19:13 probably been a handicap. And there are a lot of beliefs around that or that are almost certainly
    0:19:19 incorrect or just unsupportable if you look at the chronicle of my life. And then there are some that
    0:19:24 I think have stood the test of time, which relate to later questions on four-hour workweek and what I
    0:19:28 still use from that book. So let me keep moving here. This is from Stephen. Given your focus on
    0:19:33 optimizing efficiency, how do you handle unpredictable variables like traffic, airport delays, and other
    0:19:36 disruptions that are beyond your control? So this is a pretty common question for me.
    0:19:42 And I think a lot of people imagine me losing my shit when, and I’m not saying that’s what you’re
    0:19:50 doing, Stephen, but when things outside of my control start burning up minutes and hours that I
    0:19:57 value very highly. Otherwise, why would I spend so much time on efficiency? But I will say that the short
    0:20:04 answer is stoicism. Really double-click on stoics and stoic philosophy. And in fact, these types of things,
    0:20:10 traffic, airport delays, other disruptions, unforeseen, unpredictable, uncontrollable,
    0:20:16 they really don’t bother me. And that is trained. The stuff that bothers me is the kind of stuff,
    0:20:21 for instance, that happened last night. I’m in ketosis. I’m eating disgusting amounts of fat.
    0:20:27 I’m having a big steak for like the nth time now. And I just wanted something to break up the monotony.
    0:20:32 So I asked the bartender, hey, can you recommend any mezcals? Here I am in Texas. There’s a great
    0:20:35 selection of mezcal and tequila. And he’s like, oh, there are a bunch of them. He’s like, but I
    0:20:41 really like this one. And he recommends this thing very casually. And I have it and it ends up costing
    0:20:47 $72 for a glass. What in the fuck? Come on, pal. And he’s like, oh, you just have good taste. I’m
    0:20:52 like, asshole. It’s the only one you recommended to me. You don’t tell anyone it’s going to be $72.
    0:20:57 That’s the kind of thing that I get upset about. Which, frankly, if I’m reading my Marcus Aurelius
    0:21:05 and so on, it’s like, wake up expecting people to be stupid and rude and unreliable, then maybe it
    0:21:10 shouldn’t bother me. But that’s the species of frustration that I still need some work to get
    0:21:16 beyond, I think. So I think I answered it. This is Corrine. If I were mentoring an 18-year-old today,
    0:21:23 right, given the AI driving so much, writing and manual literacy, how to make things, how to fix
    0:21:27 things. This is not necessarily for a post-apocalyptic Mad Max-type scenario, although you
    0:21:36 never know. It’s, I think, because it is one way to escape the sort of digital doom scrolling and doom
    0:21:43 immersion that online has largely become. So for psychological health, I think it’ll be important
    0:21:48 to get offline. Like, if that’s crocheting, fine. If it’s painting, fine. If it’s gardening, fine. But I
    0:21:56 do think there will be a proliferation and an increase in popularity around those things. And also, there
    0:22:05 will be more and more demand for proof of fingerprints, human input and fingerprints on things. Even a lot of
    0:22:11 what we consume digitally, proving that with various types of human-made watermarks, right? And there are
    0:22:17 companies that are focused on this to a large extent. And I think Kevin and I brainstormed around this
    0:22:21 years ago. And that is certainly, I think, where things are going.
    0:22:28 All right. Let me hop into the chat. Sounds like a great cult. I think what sells it most is the
    0:22:29 comfortable green pajamas.
    0:22:42 All right. Let’s see. Ooh. Yeah. What book on sophism would I recommend? There are books of poetry that
    0:22:50 really, I think, transmit a lot of sophism. They also have commentary and so on. I will say that
    0:22:58 Haile Liza Gafori’s translations of Rumi. There’s one collection called Gold, I think is a great entry
    0:23:07 point. And certainly, the poetry of Hafez, I also think, is a great way to directly taste what they
    0:23:14 intend to explain. And often, that is what cannot be verbalized or explained directly. They have to use
    0:23:21 metaphor as a crutch because that is the only way that they can really make a valid attempt.
    0:23:25 This is from Cindy. Tell us a behind-the-scenes story of a podcast that went wrong or off the
    0:23:32 rails. You don’t have to name names. There have been quite a few. They have become fewer and fewer
    0:23:38 over time. But there have been times when I’ve paused a podcast and basically gone to someone who’s
    0:23:44 say a producer. And I’m like, this is too general. It’s not tactful enough for my audience. We need to
    0:23:49 end it so you can decide how to convey that. If you want to claim it’s a technical error or problem,
    0:23:56 that’s fine. I’ll leave it up to you. But I am going to leave. That happened a few months ago.
    0:24:04 Early on, I had a number of interviews with very well-known celebrities and thought that that was
    0:24:12 important for me to have well-known names on the podcast as guests to attract attention and listeners
    0:24:18 to the podcast, which on some level is true, actually. And it is more and more so true as we
    0:24:25 become more and more dependent on algorithms on the platform because you can use certain names
    0:24:33 almost like an incantation to summon Google juice and YouTube favoritism to your videos, right?
    0:24:40 It’s remarkable. Some names have just been anointed. And I’ve done a lot to try to counteract that and
    0:24:53 inevitably will turn into if they’re not careful. But I had a number of interviews and I’m just like,
    0:25:00 God, this is so bad. Now what the fuck do I do? This is so bad. And these people were very kind and
    0:25:06 trying really hard. But I would say there are a few categories that I found very, very challenging.
    0:25:12 Not always. There are exceptions. Actors, athletes, and astronauts. I don’t know why those three.
    0:25:20 But I think it’s because in the case of athletes and actors, they specialize so early by necessity to
    0:25:28 become the best at what they do that that maniacal focus, exactly what makes them good on some level,
    0:25:33 means that over a two-hour conversation, unless we’re just going role by role and dissecting what
    0:25:38 they’ve done, which is boring to anyone who is not an actor or deeply interested in it.
    0:25:47 If we want something that is wide ranging and kind of multi-textured that will engage a lot of listeners
    0:25:52 because it gives them things they can use, it’s hard to do. It’s really hard to do with athletes
    0:25:59 and actors. Astronauts is much trickier. I think it’s because number one, you have to have a very,
    0:26:05 very, very, very, very high tolerance for boredom and monotony to be an astronaut. And they’re
    0:26:12 phenomenal on so many levels. And then thirdly, a lot of folks I might interview have been out of
    0:26:17 that profession for a while and have transitioned to, say, motivational speaking to corporations and
    0:26:25 so on. So they speak in very broad terms about leadership, integrity, and so on. That’s also a risk
    0:26:29 with people from the military. But I think I’ve done pretty well at navigating around that. So
    0:26:34 those are some of the behind the scenes. Here’s a question from Sasha. I remember the four-hour work
    0:26:40 week, you had a beautiful poem titled Slow Dance by David Weatherford. Yes, yes, yes, yes. That is worth
    0:26:45 rereading a lot. I think this poem is beautiful, but also reminds me of taking the inefficient route,
    0:26:50 not in a bad way. In what areas of your life do you intentionally choose inefficiency? A lot,
    0:26:56 a lot. Whether that’s meditating, whether that is spending time with my dog who just walked in,
    0:27:03 Molly, whether that is reading poetry, which has become more and more important to me on a number
    0:27:11 of levels. One is certainly simply to explore that medium and all of the riches it has to offer.
    0:27:18 It’s also because trying to speed through it is sort of antithetical to the promise and potential of
    0:27:25 poetry. Fiction, I don’t speed read. Fiction, I’m listening to Midnight’s Children by Salman Rushdie
    0:27:30 right now, which is one of the books, if not the book that really put him on the map. Beautiful prose,
    0:27:36 amazing voice performance. So I’m listening to that right now. I would say more and more so,
    0:27:44 I am realizing that efficiency has a place, but part of being number one, effective, which is more
    0:27:50 important is choosing the right things. So if you were to be just like a nanny cam on my wall,
    0:27:57 watching what I did today or this week, you would be astonished. I just look like a Roomba lost in a
    0:28:04 corner, bumping up against things. I have been so, so inefficient this week. I mean, shockingly so.
    0:28:11 I mean, way below average, like many standard deviations below average. However, when I have
    0:28:18 managed between fasting and colonoscopy and ketosis and keto flu and just feeling like dog shit and just
    0:28:24 being distracted for any number of reasons, when I have focused, they have been on two or three things
    0:28:29 things that are actually high leverage. It is forgivable to be inefficient as long as you are
    0:28:36 effective. I don’t want to be judgy here, but it is less forgivable or not forgivable to be highly
    0:28:42 efficient, but ineffective. Put another way, straight out of the four-hour work week, right? What you do is
    0:28:49 more important than how you do anything. I really still stick by that. So I would say overall, I am
    0:28:56 inefficient by choice and sometimes not by choice and sometimes highly efficient, but that has never
    0:29:03 been my primary concern. And more so and more so, I’m like, what are you rushing to? What are you
    0:29:08 sprinting towards? Let’s be very clear on that. And sometimes it makes sense, a lot of sense to sprint,
    0:29:16 but otherwise it’s like, if you’re being efficient and the void is filled by other things that you seek
    0:29:21 to do more and more efficiently. Well, guess what? You didn’t save any time. The void is immediately
    0:29:28 filled with more stuff that you seek to optimize. And that is why in the short term, I think people
    0:29:33 are like, wow, AI is going to save us so much time. And it’s like, yeah, it will. If you constrain the
    0:29:38 number of tasks you do, otherwise you’re going to be like, wow, I’ve saved so much time in analyzing
    0:29:45 the spreadsheet. Let me dream up six other non-critical things that I can now apply AI to. And lo and behold,
    0:29:52 we’re straight back to the same fucking place of feeling like we have not enough time and too
    0:29:59 many things to do. So the what, right? The lead domino, the one thing to quote Gary Keller, like
    0:30:03 these are the things that will separate the overachievers from the underachievers moving
    0:30:09 forward, right? The ability to really single task on things that move the needle and hopefully many
    0:30:17 other adjacent needles. Just a quick thanks to one of our sponsors and we’ll be right back to the show.
    0:30:23 Many of you know how deeply I love Japan and its culture of unwavering dedication to craft,
    0:30:29 refinement, commitment to continuous improvement. But why do I bring this all up? Well, the same focus
    0:30:35 on improving one thing over the span of years is found in today’s sponsor, AG1. They are now unveiling
    0:30:42 AG1 Next Gen, the same single scoop once a day product that I use myself, but now with more vitamins,
    0:30:47 more minerals and five new clinically studied probiotic strains shown to support digestive
    0:30:54 and immune health. AG1 is also NSF certified for sport, one of the most rigorous independent quality
    0:31:00 and safety certification programs in the supplement industry. So check them out. Subscribe today to try
    0:31:07 the next gen of the next gen of AG1. Listeners will also get a free bottle of D3K2, an AG1 welcome kit and
    0:31:14 five of the upgraded AG1 travel packs with your first order. So start your journey with AG1’s next gen and
    0:31:23 experience the difference firsthand. Simply go to drinkag1.com slash Tim. That’s drinkag1.com slash Tim.
    0:31:30 Christine, I’m going to paraphrase some of these. I think if I read through all of them,
    0:31:36 we’re going to run out of time pretty quickly. So you yourself have at times dabbled into unhealthy
    0:31:42 workaholism. Serve me in some ways, not in others. What’s your advice to people who are trying to perhaps
    0:31:50 help people who have a similar challenge? From your perspective, how might you help them?
    0:31:54 The first thing that came to mind, and maybe it’s because I just had a podcast with Terry Reel,
    0:32:01 I don’t want to talk about it, which is about ostensibly male depression, but I think it can
    0:32:08 apply to women as well. Covert depression that is masked by different types of busyness or addictive
    0:32:14 behavior, including workaholism. And I would say also one more thing though, and this doesn’t get a
    0:32:20 lot of airtime. When you see someone who has an addictive behavior, whether it’s workaholism or what
    0:32:26 you consider compulsive, right? Sexual addiction, could be anything. Before you seek to quote-unquote
    0:32:34 help the person remove that thing, think very, very, very carefully about whether or not they have another
    0:32:43 safety net. Because if it is covering up depression, if you attempt to, again in quotes, save them, but leave
    0:32:48 them with nowhere else to turn after you’ve perhaps given them some degree of awareness slash guilt slash
    0:32:55 shame around that behavior, they could actually end up in a very bad place. So really consider carefully
    0:33:06 what support or perhaps even what types of therapy and so on they can engage with before that crutch is
    0:33:13 taken away. I would just say that because I’ve seen multiple instances of people being shown the
    0:33:20 problem, but they haven’t been offered an alternative or an off-ramp, if that makes sense. Now they’re stuck
    0:33:27 with this new awareness of a weakness or a problem, but they do not have a plan B. However, I would say
    0:33:34 that at the very least to perhaps develop an awareness yourself so that you can observe or begin to ask
    0:33:39 questions in your own head, not necessarily with this other person. I do think Terry Reels,
    0:33:44 I don’t want to talk about it, but could be very instructive. Rachel, when you’re working on something
    0:33:51 new, how do you know when it’s time to talk or share what you’re working on? Do you lean towards making
    0:33:55 it public early to work on traction or establishment, or do you lean towards waiting as long as possible?
    0:34:03 Or is it a slow leak? Well, I would say I lean towards as late as humanly possible because also plans
    0:34:08 can change and you can paint yourself into a corner publicly very easily or set expectations too high
    0:34:14 and then you can’t deliver. So I wait as long as possible. I really don’t think much at all about
    0:34:19 early traction. I’ll sometimes stick out teasers, but by the time I’m putting out, say, the first chapter
    0:34:25 of a book, typically the book is done. This is the first time I’ve broken that rule. And that was to hold
    0:34:30 myself accountable to working with you guys in the no community. So far, it’s worked pretty well. So I don’t
    0:34:36 regret that. But I tend to wait as long as possible. And partially, let me tell you a few reasons for
    0:34:44 that. The first is that a lot of people like the marketing or PR side, the creative aspects of
    0:34:49 engaging with that, thinking about angles, thinking about how you can create traction. I think I’m
    0:34:54 pretty good at that. Writing is a lot harder. So let’s look at it in the context of writing.
    0:34:59 What does that mean? That means that if I allow myself the opportunity, if I open the door,
    0:35:07 even an inch, to fucking around with marketing and launch plans and PR, instead of doing the laying
    0:35:15 of bricks and the heavy lifting of writing, I will subconsciously or consciously take that little,
    0:35:21 little side curtain exit to work on things that are not actually the one thing, which is the writing.
    0:35:27 And furthermore, I would say by disallowing that, I have to think about how I am making,
    0:35:33 number one, the product as good as possible. And people are going to say, yeah, duh, idiot. Of
    0:35:36 course you want to make the product good. And I’m like, no, no, no. I think you’re kind of missing it
    0:35:42 in the sense that with all of my books, I asked the question, if I could not do any marketing,
    0:35:49 any PR, I could only give this book to like a thousand people. Can I make the book do the work?
    0:35:57 Are there features in it? Are there exercises in it? Are there quotes and insights in it that will
    0:36:07 make it something that is painful not to share? That’s it. And if you do that, my God, does it make
    0:36:14 everything else later easier? And it also helps something to be perennial. It helps something to
    0:36:20 become evergreen. And I think asking those types of questions is part of the reason that the 4-Hour
    0:36:27 Workweek, which was published in 2007, for God’s sake, the Pliocene era, was revised in 2009. Fine.
    0:36:33 Still completely out of date in so many ways. To be one of Amazon’s most highlighted, I think it was top
    0:36:39 10 highlighted books in 2017. And it’s still selling incredibly well. I think it’s in part because of
    0:36:46 asking those types of questions. Not assuming that I can make up for anything with marketing or PR.
    0:36:54 If I want to turn the thousand people and no more, maybe a hundred people, I give this book to for free
    0:37:01 into the marketing force, into the PR force that drives every subsequent sale. How do I need to
    0:37:08 architect this book? What do I need to clean up? And going from there. All right. Bit of a long answer,
    0:37:12 but there you go. Another follow-up question, which is what types of parameters do you have in place when
    0:37:18 you want to establish a partnership or business? What are the terms? Would you insist on meeting in
    0:37:22 real life first? The answer to that is no, since I do a lot of what I do remotely. How do you know the
    0:37:26 terms to agree or not agree to when you have no idea what the future holds? There are a lot of questions
    0:37:31 here. And as you observed also, good questions for a lawyer. I am not one. I don’t play one on the
    0:37:35 internet. But here’s what I would say. And Gary Keller has a lot of good thoughts on this too in
    0:37:43 my interview with him. Think of the agreement as a disagreement. So in other words, you are drafting,
    0:37:49 it’s like a prenup. You’re drafting a separation when you are your best selves so that when it comes to
    0:37:57 pass, if it comes to pass, that you’re going to split, you can’t do unnecessary damage to each
    0:38:02 other or one another, depending on how many parties. So for me, and I know this doesn’t apply in all
    0:38:08 situations, but there are a lot of people like Richard Branson and so on who would echo this
    0:38:13 philosophy. Again, it’s not one size fits all, but if you can cap the downside, the upside over time
    0:38:21 takes care of itself. And the way he launched his airline with very clever leasing and buyback
    0:38:26 provisions and so on is a good example of that. The way that applies to a lot of agreements is really
    0:38:33 think through the termination. Is it easy for either party to terminate? Is it easy for you to terminate?
    0:38:40 And really, really, really, really get comfortable with that. And fear setting is helpful here. Yes,
    0:38:45 you want to hope for the best. But in the case of agreements, you do want to plan or at least have
    0:38:52 a plan, a process for the worst. And that is not pessimistic. That is being responsible, right?
    0:38:56 That is having a pre-flight checklist. It’s not like, what do you don’t trust me? It’s like,
    0:39:01 I trust you, but everybody makes mistakes. Shit happens. So let’s be adults about it. That’s what I
    0:39:07 would say. Saks, you have a question. What area of spirituality really interests me and what progress
    0:39:13 have I made on the path? The first thing that came to mind here was direct experience of dropping
    0:39:20 illusions and delusions. This sounds very esoteric, but not really, actually, right? Like I’ll give you
    0:39:25 an example. Let’s just say you’re really anxious. And then there’s part of you that is observing that
    0:39:31 anxiety. Well, one could argue then there’s part of you or a facet of you, a meta version of you
    0:39:37 that is not anxious. And it’s like, okay, well, like, let’s think about that a second,
    0:39:41 right? Then can you really say I am anxious? Well, not really because you’re not fully anxious.
    0:39:47 And then you can start to kind of pick at that and it can actually be really deeply therapeutically
    0:39:53 valuable and have some durability. Certainly some psychedelic experiences have informed that.
    0:39:58 I would say though you do not need that. Things like awareness, which I already spoke about Anthony
    0:40:03 DeMello can be very powerful, especially when used in combination with meditation. Since I’m involved
    0:40:07 with it and I think it’s the best for a lot of reasons for a lot of people, not everyone. Of course,
    0:40:13 I would mention the way app by Henry Shookman, which I think is a very logical sequence for skill
    0:40:19 development. There are many other options out there, but you do not need to take
    0:40:25 psyche shattering drugs that will take you to the 17th dimension where you may or may not have your
    0:40:34 entire life rearranged by a Mesoamerican demons to paraphrase a post that I saw on X a long time
    0:40:40 ago. So like there are risks to doing that. So you don’t necessarily need those, but this direct
    0:40:47 experience of sort of looking through illusions and delusions that tend to contribute to unhappiness
    0:40:53 and anxiety, I think is pretty much where I’m angling and certainly have a lot of progress to make
    0:41:00 there, but you need to take the time to number one, observe yourself in some fashion. And I think
    0:41:05 it’s Dennis McKenna who said also that by and large, these profound, I think it was in his book,
    0:41:11 The Brotherhood of the Screaming Abyss, which is a great title about his largely autobiographical
    0:41:17 experiences with his brother, Terrence, over time. But psychedelics are really an intense experience
    0:41:21 of the present and there are different ways you can get there. You don’t necessarily need to take
    0:41:30 exotic plants or drugs. All right, let’s hop down. This will be Lori. All right, what advice would I give
    0:41:34 my 30 year old self? If you’re creating a new social media app, setting up the funding and software team
    0:41:39 as well as a separate question, submitting a script I wrote for a pilot creation and ultimate submission
    0:41:45 to filmmakers. I’m going to skip the script because I don’t understand that world. But if we’re looking
    0:41:51 at apps, I would say, number one, question all of your assumptions about what you need to launch an app.
    0:41:57 So for instance, fundraising, software team, maybe you need those, maybe you don’t. I would look at AI
    0:42:04 tools and vibe coding very, very closely. And within the next few years, I mean, it will not take long
    0:42:09 within the next maybe two years. I mean, there will be multi-billion dollar companies that have one or two
    0:42:19 employees. And these AI agents will effectively be acting as highly trained employees in different
    0:42:27 roles. And it will be people who know how to manage that, who can really leverage the technology. So not
    0:42:32 to beat a dead horse, but I would say really spend some time trying to build things as quickly as possible
    0:42:39 people that are potentially, probably unrelated to the app that you would like to build. Maybe you don’t
    0:42:46 experiment with the crown jewel up front, but take a couple of swings, a couple of at-bats with things
    0:42:52 that you care less about. But I do think that things are going to be streamlined unbelievably moving
    0:43:00 forward. And that will also raise questions about what your durable alpha is. In other words, when the
    0:43:05 threshold, when the people that need to clear to enter into the space gets lower and lower and
    0:43:12 lower, and anyone who can type English or for that matter, any other language pretty soon is able to
    0:43:18 use these tools, what advantage do you have? How are you going to create a category of one or a moat
    0:43:23 around your app? I think that is probably a question that I would be asking more and more so.
    0:43:29 All right. So I think this is from, I’m going to butcher this name. Hilke, boy, good luck to me. I’m sorry
    0:43:34 if I’m, I butchered that, but here we go. Whenever you find yourself on the side of the majority, it’s a good
    0:43:40 time to pause and reflect. That’s a quote that I often post and use, and it is attributed to Mark Twain.
    0:43:45 And then another, the fishing is best where the fewest go. Which areas of your life have you most recently
    0:43:52 applied these principles? I would say, honestly, it’s just really pumping the brakes very directly to my
    0:43:59 financial detriment. But at this point, it doesn’t matter. I don’t care. Related to engaging with
    0:44:08 platforms and algorithms and letting audience dictate what I do. So there is something called audience
    0:44:12 capture. People have talked about the risks of audience capture, right? When your audience responds
    0:44:18 responds really well to something, and then you double down on creating more videos that fit that mold or
    0:44:24 saying more outrageous things, and you will be shaped just like a dog being trained to more precisely
    0:44:31 triple down, quadruple down on specific things. Then you become a character of yourself. And then the mask
    0:44:36 that you wear becomes you yourself, even offline. And lo and behold, you have a big problem.
    0:44:43 Well, that applies to audience capture. It also applies to what I would call maybe platform capture,
    0:44:50 where to appease and curry favor with the algorithm and to get therefore rewarded with more likes,
    0:44:58 more followers, more views, more whatever, you contort and do everything you can to satisfy X.
    0:45:05 Maybe that’s short form video. Maybe that’s short form video where you’re not actually driving towards
    0:45:11 conversion because they penalize you for putting a URL text in a video, but it’s some type of
    0:45:18 entertainment. So now you’re a dancing monkey. And you slowly turn into a dancing monkey.
    0:45:23 And not only are you dancing monkey, but now you’re not even choosing which music you’re dancing to.
    0:45:33 And I do think that I’ve seen this already, but people online become these tailors acting to the
    0:45:42 spec of the platform. And more and more so, I think the vast majority of value of interactions on these
    0:45:45 platforms is being captured by the platforms. You can see it in a million different ways. I don’t think
    0:45:52 this is controversial or hard to prove. Therefore, as I’m watching all this happening, I am pumping the
    0:45:58 breaks. And like when in doubt, do not do is sort of my policy. If a lot of people are doing something,
    0:46:07 my first inclination, like a petulant child is to not do it and to really wait to see how my friends
    0:46:13 or acquaintances are affected when they follow that recipe for themselves. And a lot of it’s poison.
    0:46:17 So I would say that’s currently where I’m really paying a lot of attention to that.
    0:46:23 So let me hop to the chat here and keep rocking and rolling.
    0:46:33 Okay. I’ve had a couple of questions about Cockpunch, Farlata, and I might as well jump into those from a
    0:46:38 few different folks, both in the submitted questions and in the live questions. All right. So they blend
    0:46:45 together. They’re compatible. So let me just hit them as a nice little basket. So one of them was on the
    0:46:50 future of Cockpunch. It’s so childish. I still find that pretty funny to say. Is more Cockpunch
    0:46:56 content coming? And are you considering renaming it Legends of Farlata? You’ve called it that at least
    0:47:04 once and it’s stuck in my head. All right. Let me hit that first. So yes, it is likely that moving
    0:47:08 forward, if I were to do more with Cockpunch, it would be Legends of Farlata. And part of the reason for that
    0:47:17 is that it is a very, I think, viable fictional world with these greater houses and so on. And as you might
    0:47:24 have noticed from the fiction, what started off as a joke, although that was really sort of cloud cover
    0:47:29 to allow me to experiment with something that I was nervous about and self-conscious about,
    0:47:33 which is fiction. I ended up taking it pretty damn seriously and really building it out.
    0:47:42 If you really just replace Cockpunch in a few places with Legends of Farlata, add in a few
    0:47:49 search replaces, it’s viable. It can actually work as a quote-unquote serious fantasy slash sci-fi
    0:47:57 fiction world. And is there more coming? I mean, I am actually in part, and I’ve been meeting with
    0:48:04 people at film studios and television studios just broadly, because I think that might be a new sandbox
    0:48:11 for me in the near future. But I have in my head a complete trailer for an animated film.
    0:48:19 This is so absurdly aspirational and at this point out of reach, but something along the lines of kind
    0:48:24 of arcane, right? Now they put $100 million, pretty sure, into season one of that. So I doubt I’m going
    0:48:27 to raise that much for something that used to be called the Cockpunch, but I don’t think I’ll have
    0:48:35 to, because to create a proof of concept trailer with AI in the next six months, I think could very
    0:48:41 much be done. As long as I have some concept art, which I do, and I have the ability to create
    0:48:50 compelling voiceover, which I do, and very, very clear sort of directorial ideas around storyboarding,
    0:48:57 which I do. I have a whole storyline built out around Ty, Tyrolean, and his father. Some of you
    0:49:03 might remember this. So there might be more coming. I can’t get it out of my head. And I love fantasy.
    0:49:09 I think I would actually be pretty good at it. Who knows? I’m not making any promises around it,
    0:49:14 because I have a bunch of stuff to clear my plate of first, including the notebook, right?
    0:49:21 If I’m writing the notebook, but I accidentally say yes to 17 new projects, then I’ve proven myself a
    0:49:28 hypocrite. So I need to and want to get a few things done first, but I think there could be
    0:49:34 more coming. Somebody asked, I noticed a Cockpunch tattoo on the coyote cards. Good eye, because that’s
    0:49:40 very, very small on the back of the cards. Are there other Easter eggs we should be hunting for across
    0:49:46 your projects? I would say probably. I mean, should be hunting is a strong way to word it. But are there
    0:49:51 Easter eggs? Yeah, I would say there are Easter eggs. So I’ll leave it at that. All right. Since
    0:49:56 it’s right in front of me, coyote naming curiosity. Why did I choose the name coyote for my new card game?
    0:50:01 Is there a symbolic, mythological, or personal meaning behind it? Yes, all of the above.
    0:50:07 There are some crazy stories related to coyotes from direct experience that I might share at some point
    0:50:14 in a future book, possibly. This is not the time or the place for it, but there is a deep personal
    0:50:19 connection. Coyote also, if you read Trickster Makes This World by Lewis Hyde, it’s a book about trickster
    0:50:26 mythology across different cultures. And coyote in that book is described as a boundary walker.
    0:50:33 And I think of myself that way, or that resonated with me. If you think about what I do interviewing
    0:50:38 all of these people from different disciplines, over 800 episodes, what I’ve done in the books,
    0:50:45 it is boundary walking. I tend to walk with one foot in different worlds to try to tie them together
    0:50:54 in some way. And I also really want to incorporate, and look, the Trickster is not always a benevolent,
    0:51:03 purely good figure. Almost never is that the case. But they do stir things up. And there is an element
    0:51:09 of playfulness, which, depending on where you are, could be attributed to coyote, could be attributed
    0:51:15 to monkeys, could be attributed to fill in the blank. I have literally, this has a crazy story behind it,
    0:51:21 which I’ll tell you another time. But I have a wooden statue from Mexico, which is a coyote that
    0:51:28 is wearing a monkey mask. So I do think about all of that. So there are a lot of different reasons,
    0:51:34 symbolic, mythological, and personal, for naming coyote. But for the purposes of people playing the
    0:51:41 game, it is for them to inject some more fun and levity. And also keep in mind, in the game,
    0:51:46 for people who don’t know, real quick, coyote the game. It is now one of the best-selling games at
    0:51:52 Walmart. It’s exclusive there until end of July, when it’s then going to go to Target and Amazon
    0:51:59 everywhere else. It has been a massive hit so far. The videos of gameplay have tens of millions of views
    0:52:03 that Exploding Kittens has put up, so you can find stuff there. But it’s basically the way I would
    0:52:07 describe it. And I probably need to find a better way to describe it. But it’s like rock, paper,
    0:52:12 scissors on steroids for a group. Little kids can play all the way up to adults. And you have the
    0:52:21 ability to help or sabotage other people. And the coyote cards and attack cards allow you to do that.
    0:52:27 Coyote also screws up the sequence and makes it a lot harder. But people get to play those. So there
    0:52:33 are elements of being a trickster, sabotaging things, and also being playful built into the game. And I
    0:52:39 think almost everybody could use a bit of that these days. I mean, good Lord, the doom and gloom
    0:52:45 is just oppressive. And I do think there’s a lot that’s scary that’s happening right now. But there’s
    0:52:55 also a lot of opportunity. And if you fixate on the doom and gloom, if you take everything seriously,
    0:53:02 which could also include your positive valence, activities and missions, you’re gonna burn out
    0:53:07 before you can actually do the real serious work or complete it. So that’s also a reason for the game.
    0:53:12 And for those people listening, I think everybody here probably is aware already,
    0:53:17 but you can find it. Tim.blog slash coyote. Or you can just go to pretty much any Walmart. It’s in
    0:53:22 3,000 plus Walmarts at this point. And you can buy it online at walmart.com. But if you go to
    0:53:25 tim.blog slash coyote, it’ll take you to a product page.
    0:53:33 So that was quite a detour on cockpunch, but why not? All right. Then there’s a question.
    0:53:37 What tool or tools from the 4-Hour Workweek do you personally come back to most often?
    0:53:44 This is quite fun to answer because I started off, I was like, definitely 80-20 and Parkinson’s law
    0:53:50 and fear setting. And then I was like, and definition, and elimination, and automation.
    0:53:55 And I was like, fuck, I’m going to list off everything in the book. I do use these things
    0:54:04 all the time. I would say right now, the things that I have been focusing on predominantly are 80-20,
    0:54:09 right? I’m applying that to the notebook right now. Parkinson’s law, I’m applying that to the notebook
    0:54:13 right now. Fear setting, I’m applying that to like six different things right now. Elimination,
    0:54:20 I’m doing that with company process right now. Automation, we’re also doing that literally
    0:54:25 set a policy for Five Bullet Friday Today, a new policy, which is intended to automate certain
    0:54:31 types of decisions, right? Because making too many decisions can be as damaging as making the wrong
    0:54:38 decisions. So streamlining all of that involves what? Defining what we want, eliminating everything
    0:54:42 that doesn’t contribute, and then taking the critical few that remain, automating as much as possible.
    0:54:47 This is going to sound familiar to anyone who’s read the 4-Hour Workweek. So I still use a ton
    0:54:52 from that book. Am I using e-commerce tools that I wrote about in 2007? No, definitely not.
    0:54:59 Things have upgraded. But the philosophies, the frameworks, the basic principles, absolutely,
    0:55:07 which were cobbled together, as any readers know, from sources going back thousands of years to hundreds
    0:55:13 of years to decades prior. This is me assembling best practices. So I do still use a lot of those.
    0:55:18 All right. Stephanie, what is one of your favorite memories with your best friend? Honestly,
    0:55:25 the Vermont waterfalls. And I have a photograph of two of my best friends and I standing up on this
    0:55:30 huge rock. My mom took the photo about to jump off. And very sadly, one of them has passed away. It was
    0:55:38 one of my closest friends and died of an accidental fentanyl overdose. He had never taken drugs. And a heroin
    0:55:46 addict friend gave it to him to help with his hangover. And lights out. That was it. So cherish that memory and
    0:55:54 cherish that photo for sure. Ooh, that’s a good one from Becky’s iPad. Thank you, Becky’s iPad.
    0:56:01 If you were to finance a famous movie series to create a sequel, which would you choose?
    0:56:09 Well, I’ll tell you because I loved the original. The book is amazing. The movie I thought was
    0:56:14 incredibly well done. And I actually rewatched it two years ago, The NeverEnding Story. As a lot of you
    0:56:20 know, because it’s come up in the writing, I think the nothing is a really compelling concept.
    0:56:29 And the place of believing and what believing does to ideas is very interesting. And that you could
    0:56:38 convey a lot of important things in a really compelling fantasy narrative with some angle on
    0:56:43 The NeverEnding Story. So I’ll stick with that. All right. This is a book question from Safa. When is the
    0:56:50 book launch estimation? I don’t have a great estimation. I was hoping to have it done in time for a holiday
    0:56:55 launch. I just don’t think that is realistic to get it to a point where I am going to be happy with it.
    0:57:03 I don’t think it’s practical. I think I would need to kill myself and likely become very miserable in
    0:57:12 the process to attempt to do that because the latest really that that would be feasible for a completed
    0:57:18 book to be done would, and this would be stretching it. If I wanted a physical book to launch at the same
    0:57:23 time as the other formats would probably be end of June, and that would be really racing. And that’s
    0:57:27 a month, right? That’s four to five weeks from now. I don’t want to be miserable for the next five
    0:57:32 weeks. And I also feel like that misery would be transmitted into the material. People would pick up
    0:57:37 on it. People aren’t stupid. For those reasons and more, I think it would take more time. I mean,
    0:57:44 there’s a lot that has already been written that is good in the book, but to get it to the finish line
    0:57:50 takes a lot. And my experience with books is, I think, similar to people who’ve run marathons.
    0:57:58 And the feeling is, you’re 70% done. Congratulations. You only have 70% left.
    0:58:06 Meaning, the final steps to get it from good to great, which would be necessary for me to feel in
    0:58:12 order to publish it at all, is a lot of work. It is a lot of work. So I’d love to be pleasantly
    0:58:20 surprised if it takes less work. But if I want to set myself up for success, I think this is actually
    0:58:27 going to come out in a podcast soon. But it’s like, don’t pray for an easy life. Pray for the strength
    0:58:33 to handle a difficult life. It’s more like, let’s plan for the strength to handle a difficult path
    0:58:39 rather than hoping for an easy path. That’s currently where I am with the book. Still need
    0:58:47 to figure out positioning. And we talked about this, but The No Book, it resonates with, as I explain it,
    0:58:54 to people who are very, very busy, especially friends of mine who have some degree of public
    0:58:59 visibility, even within a very tiny niche. They might just be a famous investor and they don’t
    0:59:04 actually do anything on social media, but within their world, they are known and they’re drowning in
    0:59:09 inbound. Those people immediately are like, holy fucking shit, please send me an advanced copy of that
    0:59:15 book. I don’t care how rough it is. Please send me that book. But for a lot of folks, like last night
    0:59:22 when I was having my goddamn $72 Nescal that I didn’t realize was $72, it was good, but please.
    0:59:30 I was reading letters. Friends of mine had mailed me some handwritten letters, believe it or not. And I
    0:59:33 was reading these and they’re like, hey, what are you doing? What’s that? What’s that? And they were
    0:59:38 pretty nosy, actually. So I was like, okay, I’m not going to get any peace here tonight. Let me just engage.
    0:59:41 And they’re like, oh, you’re a writer. What are you writing? What are you doing? I was like, all right,
    0:59:47 well, let me test out the pitch for the book of no, right? And the subtitle and everything. And they’re
    0:59:55 like, huh, cool. And I was like, that’s not a good response. So I need to keep testing the positioning.
    1:00:01 I really appreciate all the comments. I’m going through them right now. The positioning will also
    1:00:08 potentially determine the book structure and writing when I get it into Scrivener. Fundamentally,
    1:00:16 most importantly, I have to like it. So I always reserve veto power. I do not, as the expression goes,
    1:00:22 you know, a camel is a horse designed by committee. It’s like, if you let every piece of input matter,
    1:00:30 and if you allow every piece of input to inform what you do and you subjugate your own position,
    1:00:36 keeping in mind, a lot of the advice will contradict other pieces of advice as well that you get,
    1:00:41 you end up with a mess, right? So for me, getting into Scrivener, I’m considering all the comments,
    1:00:45 a lot of which are incredibly helpful. Most of which are incredibly helpful. They just might
    1:00:51 be diametrically opposed. So I can’t do them both at the same time. Coming back to my point about
    1:00:58 audience capture, I do think for me to be happy with what goes out, like individual taste and preference
    1:01:05 matters. Because the most important thing is that I can live with it, that I’m happy with it. And I do
    1:01:12 think when people completely distrust their own instincts, if they are a writer, a script writer,
    1:01:20 a CEO, it doesn’t matter. Anything. A parent. And they start to default to only outside experts.
    1:01:26 The recipient of that, whether it’s a child or a reader, can feel that, right? There’s like a certain
    1:01:33 fragility in the dilution that they can sense. And I don’t think that is an empowering thing.
    1:01:39 So I’m drifting a bit, but ketosis will do that to you. All right. Am I planning to compete in any
    1:01:45 more archery events or was Lancaster a one-time experiment? I definitely hope to compete more,
    1:01:53 but I need to get surgery on this right elbow first. So I’ll almost certainly do that after I have some
    1:01:59 pretty intense physical trips planned this summer. And then the recovery will take a few months. So
    1:02:08 it’ll definitely be, I would expect, minimum six months before I’m able to even look at competing
    1:02:12 in anything or training seriously for something, which would, of course, be a prerequisite.
    1:02:19 Here’s a question from Sasha. When navigating through the ups and downs of life, is there one
    1:02:23 specific quote person or thing that sits in the back of your head or keeps you prepared and focused for
    1:02:29 whatever’s being thrown at you? Yeah. You know what? There’s a fair amount that I think of. So
    1:02:40 there’s a piece of calligraphy right there. That is the nin of ninja, which is actually that calligraphy
    1:02:49 is from the current grandmaster of ninjutsu in Japan. I think it’s Hatsumi Masaki, I think is his name.
    1:02:53 I’m blanking and I’m embarrassed. I can’t remember it offhand, but that means resilience. It can mean other
    1:03:01 things. It can mean hidden, but it can also mean sort of resilience and endurance. So I keep it up there
    1:03:07 to remind me of those things. And next to that, I’m not sure if you guys can see it. Well, that little
    1:03:16 thing up there, I bought at a restaurant, a diner in Truckee, California, when I was having lunch or
    1:03:23 breakfast with Chris Sokka a hundred years ago. And it was just up on the wall along with a hundred other
    1:03:28 like tchotchke items. And it says simplify. That’s all it says. And I asked the waitress and then the
    1:03:32 manager if I could buy it from them because I was like, I need that. So that’s another one that I see
    1:03:39 every day, multiple times a day. And then last, I would say it’s the billboard answer from BJ Miller.
    1:03:46 Some of you will know this. So Dr. BJ Miller, who’s helped thousands of people to die transitioning from
    1:03:54 life to death in hospice. I did a podcast episode with him in 2016, back in the day, still a great
    1:04:00 episode. And I say great because of him, not because of me. I think about that episode a lot,
    1:04:06 more so than most episodes. And his answer to what would you put on a billboard was something
    1:04:11 that he got from a bumper sticker. So who knows where that was. Don’t believe everything that you
    1:04:18 think, right? Don’t believe everything you think. That is the crux maxim that will dictate how much
    1:04:26 suffering you have or unnecessary suffering, how much so-called happiness or misery you have.
    1:04:32 That’s the one. And there are a lot of tools that help with that. Byron Katie’s The Work and
    1:04:37 turnarounds are very helpful. You can find all those worksheets for free online as PDFs.
    1:04:42 Let’s hop back in to questions here.
    1:04:48 Steven, there’s value in stoicism. However, I’m curious if you think that practicing stoicism might
    1:04:53 also dull some positive emotions leading to a less exciting life, not live to the fullest.
    1:05:01 I’m paraphrasing. I do think that’s possible actually, which is why I try to inject a healthy
    1:05:08 dose. Boy, oh boy. Yeah. This is where I need exogenous ketones to help me. I’m probably at like
    1:05:15 0.9 millimolars of BHB in my blood right now. It’s like not quite. I need to get to 1.2,
    1:05:20 1.3, and then I’ll actually be sharp right now, depending on caffeine, which is a harsh mistress.
    1:05:31 I try to inject Epicureanism and other philosophies into my life. Stoicism is not the only system that
    1:05:39 I lean on. There are definitely others. And this is part of the reading. This also relates to the reading
    1:05:47 of poetry. Very often it’s mystic traditions or schools of direct revelation, many of which are viewed
    1:05:54 as heretical under the larger umbrella of their sort of Abrahamic religions, but Sufism and Christian
    1:06:01 mystics as well. I mean, it all echoes. So I would say reading those and their descriptions or metaphors
    1:06:12 they use to point out how in many ways, the dropping of illusions corresponds with the direct experience
    1:06:22 of the divine and the timeless and so on, which can be so profoundly healing and reassuring offsets the,
    1:06:30 or I shouldn’t say that it compliments the stoic schools, which can come off as very robotic and
    1:06:36 whether we like it or not, we are not robots, right? So if it’s like, yeah, even if your, even if your
    1:06:41 mother or brother dies, like you should not weep a tear because of A, B and C. It’s like, yeah, okay,
    1:06:48 well, good luck with that. It’s just not really how it works. So maybe there’s alternate framing
    1:06:56 that can help to embrace our human foibles and maybe even capitalize on them because even if you
    1:07:02 could suppress them or neuter them entirely, I’m not convinced that’s a good idea. I think
    1:07:07 hyper-reactivity and constant dysregulation is a bad thing and overall harmful to yourself and the
    1:07:14 people around you. That is all to say that I pull more in. Stoicism is one tool in the toolkit, but
    1:07:19 it’s, it’s not the only tool in the toolkit. So, you know, picking up books like this one,
    1:07:24 haven’t read it yet, but running toward mystery, the adventure of an unconventional life. There are
    1:07:30 many, many, many different inputs that I look to outside of stoicism as valuable as it is. Let’s see.
    1:07:37 This is from Nathan. You mentioned TMS therapy on point being added to the PsySafe foundation,
    1:07:42 right? So my nonprofit foundation, PsySafe foundation, which has funded a lot of psychedelic science
    1:07:49 related projects and studies since 2015-ish, or at least that’s when I started personally doing it.
    1:07:55 Now I’m also funding different types of studies and science related to brain stimulation, including
    1:08:02 accelerated transcranial magnetic stimulation, TMS. Anything else you’re thinking about adding,
    1:08:06 continuing to dissuade the immediate use of psychedelics, but offering a path where it could
    1:08:10 lead up to that. Somatic exercises, something similar to the psychedelics 101 page on your webpage.
    1:08:18 I’m funding the different types of brain stimulation, mostly non-invasive, meaning no implants for like
    1:08:26 deep brain stimulation. And looking at tools that have, at least based on smaller data sets,
    1:08:35 unbelievable effect sizes for intractable psychiatric conditions. So certainly the accelerated TMS for say,
    1:08:44 treatment-resistant depression, chronic anxiety, even things like OCD, very, very interesting. And unlike most psychedelic
    1:08:49 treatments, they could potentially be applied to people with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, etc.
    1:08:56 So it broadens the kind of applicable patient base quite substantially. There are other challenges, like these are big
    1:09:03 machines. Right now they’re cost prohibitive TMS, but not accelerated TMS. TMS is covered in many instances by
    1:09:08 insurance, whereas accelerated TMS is not, etc., etc. I think these are all solvable and I’m working on those too with various
    1:09:15 friends who are involved. If people want more on the brain stimulation, check out my podcast with Dr. Nolan Williams about
    1:09:23 electroceuticals. And I think in the headline, it’s something like 50 to 70%. It might be higher. 70 to 90% remission of certain
    1:09:28 things like treatment-resistant depression after a week of treatment. I mean, it’s nuts. It’s not one and done. You do need
    1:09:35 boosters in most cases. It’s still quite tremendous. So what else am I adding to SciSafe Foundation? Actually, quite a bit of
    1:09:44 conservation around indigenous language, medicine traditions. That includes land rights and so on. I do think that to even the
    1:09:54 karmic ledger, I do think there are certain debts owed to these cultures. It can become very contentious and people can get
    1:10:03 very upset around these topics. And there are a lot of sort of entitled voices on every side. But that is something I do feel
    1:10:14 is, for me, uncontroversial. We should certainly be helping these cultures and communities from which we have
    1:10:22 directly and indirectly benefited so much in the psychedelic ecosystem. I’m looking also at, for instance, metabolic psychiatry.
    1:10:24 Like, why am I in ketosis right now?
    1:10:34 Well, look at Chris Palmer and metabolic psychiatry. I knew that this week and next week are going to be very high stress.
    1:10:43 There are a number of events in my life, family medical issues, et cetera, that are incredibly stressful. And in anticipation of that,
    1:10:51 I’ve been watching these goddamn squirrels raid my supposedly squirrel-proof bird feeder all day.
    1:10:54 They’re right there. They know I’m watching.
    1:11:03 Sons of bitches. So brazen. God, I cannot believe this thing works so poorly. In any case, side note. Sorry, guys. I digress.
    1:11:14 So I’m also looking at metabolic psychiatry funding studies that look at where nutrition could actually address many of these conditions, which is very compelling.
    1:11:28 I think adherence is the hard part. How do you get people to actually follow a ketogenic diet, which is the primary tool within the umbrella of metabolic psychiatry, as effective as it is. And I have done weeks and many months of the ketogenic diet before.
    1:11:46 And still, I, for the last several days, I’ve just thought to myself, ad nauseum, that’s the appropriate word, how disgusting this diet is. It’s just like so much cheese and fat and cream. I feel like a human cheesecloth. It’s so gross.
    1:12:01 And there are certain ways to make it easier, but it’s pretty terrible. I mean, I got to say, and I’ve done a lot of ketogenic dieting. That’s for someone who’s actually done it. It’s just like, ugh, like the idea of doing this super long-term is gross.
    1:12:15 So I’m also looking at the mechanisms of action that underpin, at least to our understanding at this point, the efficacy of the ketogenic diet for at least the plausible mechanisms for helping these conditions, right?
    1:12:27 Like how does someone get off 5, 10, 15 medications that they’re taking for schizophrenia after a few weeks of the ketogenic diet? What the hell is going on there?
    1:12:37 I mean, that’s a great question. And are there ways to address it, say, potentially using non-invasive brain stimulation that would allow a higher degree of adherence?
    1:12:42 What I mean by that is how many people are actually going to follow this godforsaken diet, right?
    1:12:49 Over time, the percentage is going to be very low. Most people are going to break, get bored. I would put myself in that camp. I’m not going to do this for months on end. It’s terrible.
    1:12:55 So what are some other substitutes? I’ll be investing in those things as well.
    1:13:07 Somatic exercises and so on. If you want to step into terrain that rhymes with psychedelic therapy, right, that has some overlap, I think those are incredible tools.
    1:13:20 But I don’t think there’s much in terms of moving the bigger needles through Saisei Foundation with early pilots that aren’t yet de-risked for other types of funders.
    1:13:30 I would say that the somatic exercise would not be risky enough nor at the edge enough for me to fund, given how small, relatively small, the Saisei Foundation is.
    1:13:32 But I’m always looking. Always looking.
    1:13:35 Yes, this is from Sachs.
    1:13:37 I was recently involved in a Kundalini activation.
    1:13:40 Holy shit, did it open a different door to the psychedelic without substances?
    1:13:43 Not for the faint ego because it gets crushed in the first few moments.
    1:13:46 Look, this will not give enough meat for everybody to chew on it.
    1:13:51 That stuff is very powerful and can really crack people open.
    1:14:01 So the same types of sort of psychotic episodes and extended destabilizing that you see with psychedelic experiences in some cases, you can definitely see with Kundalini activation.
    1:14:04 Like, I don’t claim to be an expert there, but there is something going on.
    1:14:10 And it can be really, really, really, really powerful, which can cut both ways, positive and negative.
    1:14:15 So for sure, yeah, man, oh man, that is a strong tool, for sure.
    1:14:19 What do I think Molly’s ideal trip with me looks like?
    1:14:20 I know what it looks like.
    1:14:25 It’s in the mountains, going to rivers and lakes.
    1:14:27 She is a water dog and a mountain dog.
    1:14:29 Those are the two things.
    1:14:30 Snow also, big plus.
    1:14:31 Molly loves snow.
    1:14:39 She’s napping, conserving her energy for later running around the pool when I do my sauna and swimming.
    1:14:42 Okay, I mean, that looks like all the questions, guys.
    1:14:43 So we’ve hit a lot.
    1:14:44 I think I’m going to wrap up there.
    1:14:47 So thank you guys for the time.
    1:14:55 Thank you for being part of the community, to making this process so fascinating and really
    1:15:01 giving me so much valuable direction since as someone who’s in the weeds all the time in
    1:15:05 a book, it can be very difficult to zoom out and get the perspective of fresh eyes.
    1:15:07 So I really appreciate it.
    1:15:10 It’s been awesome to interact also in that forum.
    1:15:13 And I’m going to leave it at that, guys.
    1:15:14 Have a wonderful evening.
    1:15:17 Have a wonderful weekend.
    1:15:21 And I will chat with you guys soon in the community.
    1:15:22 Take care.
    1:15:24 Hey, guys, this is Tim again.
    1:15:26 Just one more thing before you take off.
    1:15:29 And that is Five Bullet Friday.
    1:15:33 Would you enjoy getting a short email from me every Friday that provides a little fun before
    1:15:34 the weekend?
    1:15:39 Between one and a half and two million people subscribe to my free newsletter, my super short
    1:15:40 newsletter called Five Bullet Friday.
    1:15:42 Easy to sign up.
    1:15:42 Easy to cancel.
    1:15:49 It is basically a half page that I send out every Friday to share the coolest things I’ve
    1:15:52 found or discovered or have started exploring over that week.
    1:15:54 It’s kind of like my diary of cool things.
    1:15:59 It often includes articles I’m reading, books I’m reading, albums, perhaps, gadgets, gizmos,
    1:16:04 all sorts of tech tricks and so on that get sent to me by my friends, including a lot
    1:16:05 of podcast guests.
    1:16:12 And these strange esoteric things end up in my field and then I test them and then I share
    1:16:13 them with you.
    1:16:18 So if that sounds fun, again, it’s very short, a little tiny bite of goodness before you head
    1:16:20 off for the weekend, something to think about.
    1:16:24 If you’d like to try it out, just go to Tim.blog slash Friday.
    1:16:28 Type that into your browser, Tim.blog slash Friday.
    1:16:30 Drop in your email and you’ll get the very next one.
    1:16:31 Thanks for listening.
    1:16:34 Sleep is the key to it all.
    1:16:35 It is the foundation.
    1:16:40 Many of you heard me talk about how today’s sponsor, Eight Sleep, has improved my sleep
    1:16:41 with its pod cover.
    1:16:43 Well, they just launched their latest product, the Pod 5.
    1:16:45 I cannot wait to try it out.
    1:16:46 And here’s why.
    1:16:50 The Pod 5 introduces Eight Sleep’s latest product, the blanket, which uses the same technology
    1:16:54 as the pod’s cover to extend temperature regulation across the entire body.
    1:16:56 So if you’re too hot, too cold, you can fix it.
    1:17:00 If you’re a couple and one of you is hot, one of you is cold, you can fix it as well.
    1:17:03 It all fits right over your existing mattress like a fitted sheet.
    1:17:10 On average, members report the pod has helped them fall asleep 44% faster, 34% deeper sleep
    1:17:13 and given them up to one added hour of sleep each night.
    1:17:15 Also, the pod’s snoring detection.
    1:17:17 My friend Albert might be interested in this.
    1:17:22 An automatic elevating platform have reduced user snoring by 45%.
    1:17:22 So it does a lot.
    1:17:26 You’ll also get a personalized report each morning, allowing you to track your sleep stages,
    1:17:31 heart rate variability, respiratory rate, and more, all without having any devices strapped
    1:17:32 onto you.
    1:17:38 So head over to eightsleep.com slash Tim and use code Tim to get $350 off of your very
    1:17:40 own Pod 5 Ultra.
    1:17:43 You can try it at home for 30 days and return if you don’t like it.
    1:17:44 So why not?
    1:17:45 Give it a shot.
    1:17:46 Sleep is everything.
    1:17:49 Again, that’s eightsleep.com slash Tim.
    1:17:50 You can spell it out.
    1:17:51 Eightsleep.com slash Tim.
    1:18:01 Traditional budgeting apps, they can be interesting.
    1:18:02 Yeah, they can be helpful.
    1:18:06 I’ve tried out a bunch, but they don’t compare to the complete financial command center that
    1:18:10 you get with today’s sponsor, Monarch Money.
    1:18:14 And a number of my friends have recommended them publicly, have recommended it to me, and
    1:18:19 I had my entire team basically test this app out and they’re all still using it.
    1:18:24 Monarch is like your own personal CFO, giving you full visibility and control so you can stop
    1:18:26 merely earning and start growing.
    1:18:31 For instance, one person on my podcast team has tried four other budgeting apps, said linking
    1:18:35 his accounts, which includes banking, investments, and crypto had never been easier.
    1:18:40 And Monarch had the cleanest, simplest, yet most complete UI he’s ever seen.
    1:18:42 It made him want to track his finances.
    1:18:48 Monarch was named the Wall Street Journal’s best budgeting app of 2025, and it’s the top recommended
    1:18:53 personal finance app by users and experts with more than 30,000 five-star reviews.
    1:18:57 So get control of your overall finances, the whole shebang with Monarch Money.
    1:19:00 Use code TIM at monarchmoney.com.
    1:19:03 Just type it into your browser for half off of your first year.
    1:19:08 That’s 50% off of your first year at monarchmoney.com with code TIM.
    1:19:13 you

    Welcome back to another in-between-isode, with one of my favorite formats: the good old-fashioned Q&A.

    Sponsors:

    Monarch Money track, budget, plan, and do more with your money: MonarchMoney.com/Tim (50% off your first year at monarchmoney.com with code TIM)

    Eight Sleep Pod Cover 5 sleeping solution for dynamic cooling and heating: EightSleep.com/Tim (use code TIM to get $350 off your very own Pod 5 Ultra.)

    AG1 all-in-one nutritional supplement: DrinkAG1.com/Tim (1-year supply of Vitamin D (and 5 free AG1 travel packs) with your first subscription purchase.)

    *

    For show notes and past guests on The Tim Ferriss Show, please visit tim.blog/podcast.

    For deals from sponsors of The Tim Ferriss Showplease visit tim.blog/podcast-sponsors

    Sign up for Tim’s email newsletter (5-Bullet Friday) at tim.blog/friday.

    For transcripts of episodes, go to tim.blog/transcripts.

    Discover Tim’s books: tim.blog/books.

    Follow Tim:

    Twittertwitter.com/tferriss 

    Instagraminstagram.com/timferriss

    YouTubeyoutube.com/timferriss

    Facebookfacebook.com/timferriss 

    LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/timferriss

    Past guests on The Tim Ferriss Show include Jerry SeinfeldHugh JackmanDr. Jane GoodallLeBron JamesKevin HartDoris Kearns GoodwinJamie FoxxMatthew McConaugheyEsther PerelElizabeth GilbertTerry CrewsSiaYuval Noah HarariMalcolm GladwellMadeleine AlbrightCheryl StrayedJim CollinsMary Karr, Maria PopovaSam HarrisMichael PhelpsBob IgerEdward NortonArnold SchwarzeneggerNeil StraussKen BurnsMaria SharapovaMarc AndreessenNeil GaimanNeil de Grasse TysonJocko WillinkDaniel EkKelly SlaterDr. Peter AttiaSeth GodinHoward MarksDr. Brené BrownEric SchmidtMichael LewisJoe GebbiaMichael PollanDr. Jordan PetersonVince VaughnBrian KoppelmanRamit SethiDax ShepardTony RobbinsJim DethmerDan HarrisRay DalioNaval RavikantVitalik ButerinElizabeth LesserAmanda PalmerKatie HaunSir Richard BransonChuck PalahniukArianna HuffingtonReid HoffmanBill BurrWhitney CummingsRick RubinDr. Vivek MurthyDarren AronofskyMargaret AtwoodMark ZuckerbergPeter ThielDr. Gabor MatéAnne LamottSarah SilvermanDr. Andrew Huberman, and many more.

    See Privacy Policy at https://art19.com/privacy and California Privacy Notice at https://art19.com/privacy#do-not-sell-my-info.

  • 674: How to Make $500/day as a Personal Chef

    AI transcript
    0:00:05 500 bucks a day from work you love. What’s up? What’s up? Nick Loper here. Welcome to
    0:00:09 The Side Hustle Show, where it’s all about ideas, action, and results toward building
    0:00:13 extra income streams. Fun one for you today, where my guest took her passion for cooking,
    0:00:20 turned it into a six-figure business. From chefjessica.com, Jessica Leibovitch. Welcome
    0:00:21 to The Side Hustle Show.
    0:00:23 Hello. Thank you for having me.
    0:00:27 Excited for this one. Stick around in this one. Even if you don’t know a saucepan from
    0:00:31 a spatula, we’re covering how to get clear on what kind of service niche you could offer,
    0:00:37 creative ways to get clients, and the different revenue streams that one skill can turn into.
    0:00:42 So, Jessica, my understanding is you’re working in catering, you have some culinary background,
    0:00:47 and then there’s this switch that flips. Maybe I could take this skill freelance. Maybe I can go
    0:00:52 solo. Maybe I could get a personal chef type of client. Can you talk me through your first time
    0:00:55 getting paid for this type of work as a personal chef?
    0:01:02 Yeah. My background was in catering. I was very young, working very hard, burnt out in my early
    0:01:08 20s. And someone told me, oh, have you heard about being a personal chef? You might be really good at
    0:01:14 this. And I looked into it and I thought, I would be really good at that. I was still working. I just
    0:01:21 decided to take a client on the side and I made in one day what I was used to making pretty much for
    0:01:21 the whole week. Wow.
    0:01:28 So, yeah. So being young and naive, I quit my job with no exit plan. I would not recommend that to
    0:01:36 anyone, but that’s what I did at 22. So, and I’ve been doing it ever since. I’ve been a personal chef
    0:01:38 now for 25 years.
    0:01:40 Okay. How’d you find that first client?
    0:01:45 It was through word of mouth, through some recommendation in the community. Most of my
    0:01:50 clients in the beginning were word of mouth. But when I initially started my business, I created a
    0:01:58 press release for a local community newspaper in a sort of an upper class neighborhood. And they loved
    0:02:04 it. They ran with it because I wrote the story for them. And that really got the momentum going in my
    0:02:10 business. Because as a personal chef, you really only need a few clients. And once you have a few
    0:02:13 clients, word of mouth starts to spread.
    0:02:18 Oh, I love this example. How big of a newspaper are we talking here? Like, you know, neighborhood
    0:02:20 specific, city specific?
    0:02:25 Yeah. No, a small one. You know how when you go into a coffee shop and they have the free papers there?
    0:02:25 Yeah.
    0:02:30 Those are the papers that I would send my press release to because those are the community papers. They
    0:02:37 usually feature people in the community. And people love to read them and they want feel good stories. So
    0:02:43 someone suggested it. And it’s really such a great way to get clients as a personal chef because it builds
    0:02:45 trust and it’s free.
    0:02:50 You write your own marketing material. This is good. Do you remember what it said? Like, Chef Jessica,
    0:02:52 you know, now open for business or something?
    0:02:58 Well, what I always tell people is you have to tell a story and market yourself without marketing
    0:03:04 yourself. So basically, you show the problems that you’re solving. At the time, I was showing a family
    0:03:10 in the community where I was really helping them. One of the family members had an allergy and the other
    0:03:17 family members were having a hard time kind of eating around those specifications. And this was all new
    0:03:23 for them. So I helped them. So now you do have to make your angle a little bit different. You can’t
    0:03:28 just be like, oh, I’m a new personal chef in the area. You want to show how are you really helping
    0:03:35 your community and what challenges are you solving for your clients? Like a unique spin on it. And a lot
    0:03:40 of times they will pick it up because if you think about it, these journalists have to constantly come up
    0:03:46 with news and articles. And if you give them something that’s nicely done, why wouldn’t they
    0:03:46 use it?
    0:03:53 Sure. So like there seems to be just recently a lot of press around food dyes and the danger. So it’s
    0:03:58 like you could be like how to have a dye free, you know, kitchen or something like that.
    0:04:03 Yeah. I mean, clean food is such a big thing now and just take, you know, seed oils, eliminating things
    0:04:10 out of your diet. Adding red meat back in is really popular as well. So helping people do
    0:04:16 those changes. There’s a lot of different things. It really depends on the chef and where their
    0:04:17 strengths lie.
    0:04:23 Yeah. This was one of the pages out of the 1-800-GOT-JUNK playbook where we’re talking with
    0:04:27 Brian Scudamore, the CEO. And early on, he just bought a thousand dollar pickup truck and started picking
    0:04:32 up. John started taking on very few clients, but initially…
    0:04:33 Solved a big problem.
    0:04:37 Solved a big problem and then pitched it to the local paper because it was like,
    0:04:41 hey, high school student or college student, you know, creates his own summer job. And,
    0:04:46 you know, it was a unique feel good type of story. Hey, young entrepreneur does good. But by virtue of
    0:04:50 that, and of course, the picture that he submits is like him with the side of his truck with the phone
    0:04:55 number like emblazoned on the side. It’s like starts getting all of these calls after the fact. It’s
    0:04:59 like trying to figure out, like to your point about the seed oils or the allergy specific,
    0:05:04 like what’s the broader trend that’s going on? Like how can you, in Brian’s case, like in a slow
    0:05:08 job market, you know, local teen creates his own income stream. So like what’s the…
    0:05:13 Yeah. What’s the angle? What’s the, you know, what’s the hook? I actually, in my, in my academy,
    0:05:19 my business in a box for chefs, I give them a sample press release and a press release guide because
    0:05:24 I feel like it’s so important as a personal chef to be able to get yourself out there in the press
    0:05:30 because, you know, everybody wants to pay for marketing or do ads, but we have such a short
    0:05:37 attention span and people also have such a strong distrust of ads that when you see someone in a
    0:05:43 newspaper, it really, you’re able to trust them and you have an attention span that’s a little bit
    0:05:46 longer than an ad. So it’s just much more effective.
    0:05:50 Yeah. Especially targeting, you know, there’s, there’s some level of assumption that the journalist
    0:05:55 has done some level of vetting. So there’s like, you, you’ve kind of skipped the line in a lot of
    0:05:55 cases.
    0:06:01 And they do. Most of the times they do. They’re not just going to publish it without speaking to you.
    0:06:06 And again, sometimes you need to follow up with them. I mean, I’ve sent my press releases out where
    0:06:11 they have not responded. And then I followed up and they’re like, oh yeah, we do want to do that
    0:06:16 article on you. We just got busy. And then they end up publishing it. So, you know, sometimes you
    0:06:18 have to be a little bit forward.
    0:06:24 The one advantage that I see of this type of business is it seems ripe for recurring revenue,
    0:06:29 potentially long-term recurring revenue, where if a family gets used to having a personal chef,
    0:06:34 like probably a luxury expense in a lot of cases of targeting a more affluent audience.
    0:06:38 Sure. But like, once I get used to it, it’s like, I can’t imagine going back to cooking for myself
    0:06:41 again, right? It’s like, they could keep you on the, on the payroll here for, for months and months
    0:06:42 or maybe years.
    0:06:46 Exactly. I’m glad you mentioned this. This is a huge pillar of what I teach. There’s
    0:06:53 sort of three pillars and it’s consistent income, work-life balance, and a high level of service.
    0:07:00 And you’re only able to have consistent income if you give that high level of service and it,
    0:07:06 you do, you become indispensable to your clients. And I think one of the nicest things one of my
    0:07:11 clients ever said to me was that I was like part of the furniture, which I took as a compliment.
    0:07:14 Not that we’re going to like walk over you like a rug, but yeah.
    0:07:19 Yeah, exactly. You know, when I went to renew my contract with them and raise my price, they were
    0:07:24 just like, yeah, you’re not, you’re not going anywhere. But you have to be in there and solve the
    0:07:29 problem and understand them and be able to give that high level of service and really care about
    0:07:35 them and their goals because their success is your success. And it’s the people who have that heart
    0:07:41 who are successful at being a personal chef. It’s not necessarily the people who are amazing chefs.
    0:07:47 I’ve been a chef for a long time. I was trained in France and I have a culinary arts degree, so I have
    0:07:53 the whole background. And the funny thing is my clients almost never asked me about it. Most of
    0:07:58 them have no idea where I went to school. Yeah. And a lot of times I don’t even use these skills because
    0:08:02 the food they want is so simple. Yeah. When you were starting out, did you have
    0:08:10 a niche in mind of like, I’m going to focus on organic or vegan or allergy free or like trying
    0:08:16 to serve like, hey, I’m the go-to person for these specific dietary needs?
    0:08:22 Well, I started so long ago that special diets were not as common back then. And because my background
    0:08:28 was in fine dining, that was really where I went to. And my clients were aligned with that in the
    0:08:34 beginning. They wanted really yummy food. I was making things like lasagna or, you know,
    0:08:41 I would make roasts and gravies and things like that. And I still occasionally will have a client like
    0:08:47 that, although it’s very rare. But what happened was, I think it was my first time I got a client.
    0:08:55 She was a single mom with cancer. And, you know, I just was so invested in her eating well. I think
    0:09:01 I was probably more invested in it than she was. And so once you have somebody like that and you’re
    0:09:06 helping somebody like that, if you really are passionate about what you do, it sort of just
    0:09:13 gravitates where I just started helping more people like that with health challenges. And because I could
    0:09:21 put that focus and time and attention into each client, I was able to really develop a relationship
    0:09:26 with them. And that’s where you will get that indispensability is when you have that long-term
    0:09:34 relationship with a client. So I did sort of go in the direction of health challenges because I just
    0:09:37 felt like there was such a need and those people really needed a chef.
    0:09:44 I imagine it’s becomes somewhat more competitive. But even in Googling near like your personal chef near
    0:09:49 me, your personal chef, Sammamish, I see some like catering companies that pop up.
    0:09:55 People are very confused. The problem is, is what I’m doing a lot of there used to be a lot of us.
    0:10:02 But what’s happened now is everybody wants to be a meal prep or a caterer because they don’t
    0:10:07 understand how to make a career and income out of being a personal chef, because it is very specific.
    0:10:12 You do have to be able to give the high level of service to be able to give that time and attention
    0:10:19 and, you know, really understand what your clients need. And so a lot of people don’t want to do that.
    0:10:25 And so they will do the meal prep. But what happens is a lot of times they will burn out because
    0:10:33 it’s a lot of work. It’s exhaustion. You’re working weekends. You’re working evenings. You’re working
    0:10:40 holidays. Personal chef is a Monday through Friday schedule. You’re typically working 9 to 5. And if you
    0:10:48 have five weekly clients, you’re maxed out. And if you have 10 biweekly clients, you’re maxed out. So it really
    0:10:54 depends on how you schedule it. So that’s why it’s not as competitive, because it’s very specific niche that
    0:11:00 not a lot of people do. And a lot of people decided, oh, I want to do meal prep or I want to I’m a personal
    0:11:07 chef, but I actually have chefs working under me. So if somebody is a personal chef, but they have
    0:11:11 chefs working under them, that’s really not a personal chef, because how can they give that
    0:11:17 one on one high level of service that the client needs with somebody working under them doesn’t
    0:11:23 quite work the same. So it is a one on one solopreneur type business.
    0:11:27 Yeah, it’s like a personal chef agency, semi personal chef.
    0:11:33 A lot of people are doing that. I’ve tried it kind of like hiring people. But I feel that the
    0:11:39 quality was lost. And what happens is instead of giving that time and attention to your clients who
    0:11:42 are paying you for it, you end up giving it to your team.
    0:11:48 Yeah, there’s pros and cons to it. Obviously, the advantage being you’ll free up your time in theory
    0:11:54 from doing the direct, you know, one to one type of client work, how to expand beyond kind of the
    0:11:59 natural capacity. Like you said, if I can do this only five days a week, and especially if I’m doing
    0:12:04 it as a side hustle, maybe I only want to do it one day a week. And now here’s a chance to free some of
    0:12:05 that up.
    0:12:09 And there are ways you can do that. I mean, my team personally is like my bookkeeper,
    0:12:17 my CPA, I have somebody who supports me with VA stuff. But as far as my relationship with my clients,
    0:12:18 that’s all me.
    0:12:24 Yeah, what’s typical in terms of pricing here? In terms of how, how much can you charge? Or how much
    0:12:25 how much are people paying for personal chefs?
    0:12:33 So for me, personally, it’s about 650 plus groceries per day. And I’ve, I’ve worked my way
    0:12:40 up to that. But that’s very, that’s not on the extremely high range. That’s about average for a
    0:12:40 lot of chefs.
    0:12:44 And that’s not one day’s worth of food. That’s like a week or two weeks.
    0:12:47 Oh, no, that so that would give them about a week’s worth of meals.
    0:12:52 Okay. That’s like, hold on. That’s like a really, really nice restaurant. Yeah.
    0:12:58 Yeah, no, not per meal. So so that’s my revenue for the day. And and to be honest,
    0:13:02 it’s more than one day, because a lot of times I’m planning the night before I’m shopping that
    0:13:09 morning, I’m cooking. So so if I have a weekly client, I typically will bring in at least $2,500
    0:13:17 from that client a month. So if I have four weekly clients, that gets me to 10,000. Now, the way that
    0:13:25 if somebody is just starting out, I typically suggest they start at the $500 rate and because
    0:13:30 they’re a lot of times they’re more comfortable with that. It’s easier for them to sell until they
    0:13:37 get really comfortable with pitching their value. But at $500 plus groceries, if they have five clients
    0:13:40 a day, that’s 10,000 a month or five clients a week. Excuse me.
    0:13:47 Okay, you have five clients a week. Got it. And so yeah, they come in do the weekly, weekly prep
    0:13:52 on a Monday or, you know, on a Saturday, if you’re doing it as a side hustle.
    0:13:57 Yeah. So they basically prep like a week’s worth of meals. It’s all customized. They leave them
    0:14:01 packaged for them. And then, you know, they come back the following week and and do it again. And
    0:14:06 they get feedback from the clients. Usually people are doing once a week or once every two weeks.
    0:14:12 Okay. And if they do once every two weeks, it’s actually very affordable for, so it’s not just
    0:14:19 for, you know, the upper class or the wealthy. You’re able to really market to just professionals
    0:14:20 who really need support.
    0:14:26 Yeah. I’m trying to think of, you know, putting yourself in the client’s position, which was going
    0:14:30 to help your marketing is, you know, what are you, what are you really buying? It’s like on the surface,
    0:14:34 you’re selling food, but you’re really, okay, what am I buying as the customer? I’m buying back my time.
    0:14:40 I’m buying back my mental load of having to do me, just think about what’s for dinner this week.
    0:14:44 Honestly, I like to say they’re buying a transformation because some of the chefs don’t
    0:14:48 understand this because they think I mean a transformation in their health, but I don’t like,
    0:14:56 and you probably know this because when you up level in life and you’re able to offload or outsource
    0:15:01 some of your challenges, you transform things. You transform the way you react to things.
    0:15:05 You transform your relationships because you’re able to breathe and focus your attention on other
    0:15:11 things. And so that’s really what you’re selling is you’re selling that whole package of a support
    0:15:17 system. It’s not just I’m cooking for you. And that’s why when my client told me that I’m part of
    0:15:22 the furniture, I took it as a compliment because it is like a support system. It’s like I’m always there
    0:15:28 for them. They know that I’m always going to be there to help them and they need me. So that’s kind of
    0:15:33 how you have to look at it more than I’m just saving you time and cooking for you, because
    0:15:35 if that’s all they wanted, then they could just get DoorDash.
    0:15:42 Sure, sure. More with Jessica in just a moment, including the most effective free and low cost
    0:15:45 marketing tactics coming up right after this.
    0:15:52 Yeah. Okay. So this is helpful on the marketing side. What are clients really buying? Hey, you’re buying
    0:15:56 a transformation. You’re buying a support system. You’re buying just the mental, you know,
    0:15:59 offloading. Yeah. And like you said, leveling up. Hey, what are the things I don’t have to
    0:16:04 think about? I don’t have to worry about anymore. I’ve got a team in place for this. Just like having
    0:16:08 a virtual assistant. Right. Like, Nick, think about it this way. Like, if you have a housekeeper,
    0:16:15 I’m not just paying for a clean house. It’s that whole support, the feeling of knowing it’s going to
    0:16:20 be taken care of. It’s off my shoulders. I get to come home and it feels amazing to come home to a
    0:16:26 clean house. I know she’s helping. It’s all of those things. It’s not just about the act. And I
    0:16:30 think that helps in your marketing because when you’re able to communicate your value and also
    0:16:35 really understand where your clients are struggling and how you can help, that’s going to help you
    0:16:39 kind of get that ball rolling and have them sign on.
    0:16:45 Do you find yourself making the same stuff week after week? Like if the client, if that family has a few
    0:16:50 favorites where they’re like, well, make sure to include that in this week’s menu or is it, does it
    0:16:53 have to, do you feel the pressure to like be constantly rotating?
    0:17:00 No. In fact, most people want a rotation. So most people want to eat the same things most of the time
    0:17:06 with a few new things sprinkled in. And think about it. Like, do you want to eat new things every single
    0:17:11 week? Probably not. You probably have your favorites that you enjoy. And so a lot of times what I’ll do is
    0:17:17 I’ll do three or four of the same things that I know they love and maybe try one or two new things.
    0:17:22 And then if they love the new thing, that goes on the rotation. So the longer you cook for someone,
    0:17:27 the more they find things that they love. But initially I do an assessment, try to play it
    0:17:32 really safe, just go with things I know they’re really going to enjoy. I don’t want to scare them
    0:17:38 too much. I want them to love the service from the beginning. And then once I get to know them better,
    0:17:42 then we sort of branch out and try new things. And you have it set up, it sounds like as a recurring
    0:17:49 monthly service, right? It’s $2,500 a month per customer. I come in every week and I do my thing.
    0:17:56 Any tools or tech that you use either on the recipe, the shopping side, the client, you know,
    0:17:58 recurring billing side, anything that we should know about there?
    0:18:03 Yeah, I use a lot of tech in my business. Well, first of all, there’s a there’s a lot of different
    0:18:09 recipe database programs that you can use. I have one that I call it’s called MasterCook that I love
    0:18:16 because it creates a shopping list for you. And it stores your recipes and you can add to your
    0:18:22 shopping list based on your recipe. This is very helpful for not forgetting things. Being a personal
    0:18:29 chef is a very low stress job. But the one thing that will stress you out is if you forget an
    0:18:35 ingredient and you’re ready to cook. So a program like that is really helpful to make sure that
    0:18:36 doesn’t happen. Okay.
    0:18:41 Some of the things that I do for my clients, I go above and beyond. So I will calculate macros
    0:18:47 for a client if they want. For example, if they say, Jessica, I need to make sure that this meal has 40
    0:18:53 grams of protein and 20 grams of fat. I will do that for them. And so I use programs for that. I
    0:19:01 have a program called macro stacks. It’s an app that I use. Okay. And I also just use spreadsheets and I
    0:19:08 will put their meals in the spreadsheet and calculate their meals for the day, depending on how I’ve had
    0:19:13 clients who were with me a few days a week where they’re on a very high retainer. I will do their
    0:19:19 macros for the whole week to make sure they’re on board. And so I need a really good tech for that.
    0:19:24 Just to clarify macros, we’re talking about grams of protein, fat, carbs.
    0:19:31 Right. So I’ll input all their food for them to make sure their meals are not going over and to
    0:19:36 make sure that my meals are staying within the proper macros. But yes, it’s protein, fat, and carbs.
    0:19:36 Got it.
    0:19:43 Is it typical to go shopping, bring all the stuff to the client’s house? Are you doing it at your
    0:19:48 place and then delivering it? Are you renting out a commercial kitchen space?
    0:19:53 Well, you could do all of that. So I always say don’t ever rent out a commercial kitchen space. That’s
    0:19:59 a waste of money. Typically, you’re going to either cook in your client’s home or you can cook in your
    0:20:04 own home and deliver. Now, if you cook in your own home and deliver, you just need to make sure that
    0:20:08 your client is aware of it and they’re okay with it. So you both are in an agreement.
    0:20:12 Do you need to have like a cottage kitchen license or food handlers or anything?
    0:20:16 No, you don’t because you’re not selling food to the public. It’s a service-based industry. So it’s
    0:20:22 not a permit-based industry. You’re not being overseen by the health department. That’s why I
    0:20:27 said you have to make sure that your client is in agreement. Now, if you’re telling your client,
    0:20:31 oh, I’m at a commercial kitchen and you’re really cooking at your home, that’s not okay. You have to have
    0:20:36 an agreement. Now, for me personally, I don’t really like cooking at my own home because it’s
    0:20:40 more work. You have to bring the groceries to your home, prepare, package up. I get distracted at my
    0:20:46 house. My clients have much nicer kitchens than I do. So I prefer to cook in their home. But a lot of
    0:20:51 times, like for example, my clients, if they’re sick or if they have a lot of kids at home or if they
    0:20:57 just had a baby or, you know, whatever it may be, I may cook at home. Or if it’s a one-time thing,
    0:21:03 like a gift certificate, you can do that. Another reason people do it is I have chefs who are in the
    0:21:09 corporate world and they are making their exit plan to be a personal chef. And so they’re doing the
    0:21:15 remote work at home and they picked up a client and they’re able to cook while they’re doing their
    0:21:20 breaks on their remote work and over the weekend and then deliver in the morning before their job
    0:21:26 starts. So this is how they’re they’re able to kind of segue out. Got it. Yeah. And you can imagine
    0:21:30 you can stack it up, you know, one client, two client, three clients, like it just lowers the
    0:21:34 height of the of the cliff that you need to jump off of to quit your job. That’s what I always suggest.
    0:21:40 Don’t do what I did. But yeah, if that way, if you have a couple of clients, you start to save money,
    0:21:45 you know, and once you gain the momentum as a personal chef, it doesn’t take as long.
    0:21:51 Once you start to get your marketing strategies dialed in and you build your list. I love Google
    0:21:57 ads, another way to get clients. So if you have a Google ad going, they’re going to deliver leads
    0:22:03 to you on a regular basis if you have a pretty good website. If people are searching personal chef near
    0:22:08 me or personal chef, you know, city name, then you want to make sure your ad shows up? Yes, because
    0:22:15 there’s no competition. There’s not, you know, there’s not 100 personal chefs. So typically if you have a
    0:22:19 Google ad for personal chef and someone is searching, they’re going to see your website.
    0:22:24 So it just increases your visibility. Like I said, I’m not a huge person who loves to pay for ads,
    0:22:28 but that’s just one that is really effective for personal chef.
    0:22:31 Yeah, I like that. That seems like a low, low budget. I mean, I can’t imagine there’s a huge
    0:22:34 search volume, but like you said, it doesn’t take a lot of clients. Like I only need one,
    0:22:39 you know, one taker to add potentially 2000 bucks to my bottom line.
    0:22:43 Yeah, $5 a day too is all the ad spend you really need.
    0:22:49 Okay. What else have you got on the marketing side? I think this is, it’s not going to take
    0:22:54 a ton. You probably not have to do all of these different marketing tactics to fill up your
    0:22:55 schedule, but what else?
    0:22:59 Strategic partnerships are really effective that are aligned with your strengths. You know,
    0:23:05 a lot of times people will think, oh, I’m going to go with a personal trainer. That’s not what I would
    0:23:10 consider a strategic partnership. What I would consider a strategic partnership is again,
    0:23:16 someone who you’re helping solve that challenge. So like a doctor or nutritionist is a good strategic
    0:23:22 partner because they will give their clients or patients a plan and just send them on their way and
    0:23:30 have no idea of how they’re going to do that. So a personal chef is that bridge between the plan
    0:23:36 and execution that really helps that customer have success. So they’ve been really great strategic
    0:23:43 partnerships. So a lot of times when I work with chefs, my homework will just be to find 20 strategic
    0:23:49 partners and reach out to them with an introductory offer. And a lot of times that is enough to just get
    0:23:51 your ball, the ball rolling as a personal chef.
    0:23:54 Can I pause on introductory offer? What do you, what’s an example of that?
    0:23:58 So an introductory offer of obviously like people aren’t going to want to jump in and pay
    0:24:04 $2,500 to somebody if they’ve never tried their service. So an introductory offer is a way, it’s a
    0:24:11 taste. It’s a way for people to get to try your food, your services, get to know you, start to build
    0:24:15 that trust and see if they want to take it further. It’s, you know, it’s just like any other relationship,
    0:24:21 you know, people aren’t going to ask to be exclusive on the first date. So you want to just kind of
    0:24:26 get to know and see, is this an alignment? Is this going to be good for both of us? And so an
    0:24:34 introductory offer is that, that ability. And by doing that, you have a crowd-pleasing menu that
    0:24:41 showcases your food in a way that is a little bit less work for you and maybe a little bit lower of a
    0:24:41 price point.
    0:24:46 Okay. And are you offering that to the doctors and nutritionists or you’re offering it as
    0:24:50 something that they can then in turn pass along to their, their clients?
    0:24:58 Yeah. And it could actually be offered to anyone or you could tailor them to the specific doctor or
    0:25:03 nutritionist, depending like if you have a doctor or nutritionist who focuses on, you know, let’s say
    0:25:08 they have a heart patient. So you want to gear it towards them, or you could have a general introductory
    0:25:13 offer. That’s going to be really up to each individual chef, how kind of dialed in they want
    0:25:18 to get. Okay. Yeah. So the nutritionist is going to say, Hey, you’re, we got your, we got your test
    0:25:24 results back. You need to improve your omega-3, omega-6 ratio. You need to add more lean protein to
    0:25:28 your, to your diet. And then they just send you on your way. So like, here’s a value add for them.
    0:25:33 And by the way, if you’d like a discounted sample from a trusted personal chef contact of mine,
    0:25:35 you know, give Chef Jessica a call.
    0:25:42 Exactly. Or she, she has a special introductory offer just for people in our office. And here it is,
    0:25:48 something like that. I mean, I love ChatGPT for helping me kind of fine tune my offers. A lot of
    0:25:55 times they’re very general, but if I can’t decide how I want to position it, it might help me. Okay.
    0:26:00 I have a nutritionist who specializes in this, and I really want to help her patients do this.
    0:26:05 Can you help me? And then it will help me kind of pinpoint that offer. And then I can fine tune it
    0:26:11 more towards my food and my messaging. But that’s just one way. Strategic partnerships are a really
    0:26:18 great way. I mentioned press releases. Just being visible in your community. So instead of posting on
    0:26:23 social media all the time where people have such a short attention span, getting out there and talking
    0:26:29 to people, going, like, I love going to senior centers. I will go, I’ll bring a healthy baked good,
    0:26:37 I’ll bring a healthy lunch salad, and I’ll talk to them for an hour or two. And it’s so fun. And it’s
    0:26:41 so rewarding. A lot of times I get paid a couple hundred dollars. I mean, it’s not a ton of money,
    0:26:47 but it’s enjoyable. It’s paid marketing. And you get them to sign up on your list. You always make
    0:26:53 an offer at the end. That’s one thing that chefs need to always do is make an offer at the end of when
    0:26:58 you’re talking or your demo. And if they don’t sign up, collect their emails, and then you can pitch
    0:26:59 your offers in the future.
    0:27:05 Okay. So the senior center is paying you to come in as the expert guest of the week?
    0:27:11 Yeah. Actually, a lot of places do. Like, wellness, places with wellness businesses that have wellness
    0:27:16 programs for their employees. Like, I used to go to the San Diego Zoo and the San Diego Wild Animal
    0:27:21 Park. They had a wellness program for their employees. And they would pay me to come in,
    0:27:24 and their employees would get points to come and watch me.
    0:27:29 Oh, okay. And you’re giving a presentation on how to make healthy food at home or something like that?
    0:27:33 Yeah. I think for them, it was healthy eating for the work week. And again,
    0:27:37 pitch my offer. I still have those, a lot of, this was probably like 15 years ago I went there
    0:27:42 for the first time. And I still have those people on my list that read my newsletter.
    0:27:48 Okay. Yeah. This is one of our favorite marketing tactics. First, the strategic partnerships that
    0:27:52 you mentioned on that, or like doing any sort of commission or ref share, like, oh, I’ll give you
    0:27:54 10% of the first month’s service or anything like that.
    0:28:00 I never have, honestly. I’m helping them really, their patients have success. So I don’t really feel
    0:28:06 like there needs to be a revenue share. Because again, then it’s also like making money, more money
    0:28:10 off of their patients when really we’re just trying to help them. And I think if you come from this
    0:28:13 business with a service mindset, you’re going to be a lot more successful.
    0:28:17 Yeah. We’ve seen it. We’ve seen it both ways. So just wanted to clarify, you don’t have to have
    0:28:23 like a paid affiliate relationship or partnership that way. And the other thing that you mentioned
    0:28:29 here was these kind of like low-key speaking gigs at the, you know, the corporate wellness event,
    0:28:34 you’re getting on their calendar, the senior center where you’re showcasing your expertise,
    0:28:39 you’re getting in front of a larger group of potential customers all at once. Of course,
    0:28:42 not everybody’s going to sign up. You don’t need everybody to sign up, but if they are going to
    0:28:46 hire the service, all of a sudden you jump the line, right? They’re not going to go to Google
    0:28:50 anymore. They’re just going to go straight to you. This is a really, really powerful, we’ve seen people
    0:28:56 do this, you know, in person, like lunch and learn, Hey, come learn about copywriting from, you know,
    0:29:02 the seven deadly SIDS you’re making with your website to, to doing it online partnerships,
    0:29:06 whereas, you know, invite your email list to this free webinar workshop, and we’ll teach you this
    0:29:12 skill and this really, really effective way to, to kind of jump the line and, and showcase some
    0:29:18 expertise. Yeah. I mean, it builds trust, I think. And as a personal chef, you really, they have to
    0:29:22 trust you because they’re bringing you into their home and they’re sharing a lot of personal information
    0:29:28 with you. And so by doing those things, for example, having the San Diego zoo and wild animal park,
    0:29:35 bringing me into their employees, it built trust. Their employees trust me and it, it sort of softens
    0:29:39 that relationship. But not only that, again, I talked about earlier how, you know, we have such
    0:29:45 a short attention span and to be able to really capture people’s attention span is where you’re
    0:29:50 going to get them. I mean, you know that you have a podcast where people are tuning in. It’s totally
    0:29:54 different than when people are scrolling, you know, and you have them for two seconds. So that’s why
    0:30:00 really being visible and getting out there in your community and showcasing your offers, showcasing your
    0:30:05 skills is always going to be more effective than posting on social media.
    0:30:08 Yeah. Fair. I like it. Anything else on the marketing side?
    0:30:14 Get comfortable with talking about what you do and telling people what you do, because a lot of people
    0:30:18 I work with, they just don’t talk about it or they don’t tell people and people don’t know. Having a
    0:30:24 elevator pitch or a tagline where you can describe your services very quickly is very helpful. But just
    0:30:30 getting more comfortable and confident is really what’s going to get you over the edge and be good
    0:30:33 marketing because nobody’s going to hire a chef that’s not confident.
    0:30:39 More with Jessica in just a moment, including the additional income streams she’s been able to build
    0:30:44 from this one skill beyond just cooking for clients one-on-one. That’s coming up right after this.
    0:30:51 Let’s talk about a potential way to scale because it’s like, okay, I can make great money doing
    0:30:56 something that I like. I could start doing it as a side hustle. It doesn’t take a lot of clients to
    0:31:01 really build up a meaningful income stream. But if I ever want to take time off, all of a sudden I’m not
    0:31:08 getting paid. If I want to try something else, I’m kind of potentially stuck in this trading time for
    0:31:16 money business. And is there, you know, what are some ways that you’ve seen where someone with a
    0:31:20 skill could branch out to some other creative revenue streams?
    0:31:25 Okay. Some of the things that I have done and I’ve seen chefs do is, you know, you look at the
    0:31:32 problems you’re solving for your clients right now and how can you help people who can’t afford your
    0:31:39 services on the same level. So one of the things that I will do is I would create a customized menu
    0:31:47 plan for people that has recipes, shopping lists. So it basically shows them how to be their own
    0:31:54 personal chef. You can start to release recipes. I have personally done a lot of consulting work.
    0:32:01 So I will do recipe development for companies such as like I’m making a developing a protein bar
    0:32:10 developing a healthy shaved ice. I have created a cookbook for a supplement company there. You can
    0:32:17 also do cooking classes, cooking classes online or in person. So there’s a lot of different ways that
    0:32:22 you can creatively create different income avenues as a personal chef.
    0:32:28 Okay. So these, these companies are coming to you to say, Hey, we saw you on social or we saw like,
    0:32:32 can you, can you help us put this together? Yeah. And believe it or not, they either find me through
    0:32:37 my website, which is primarily through looking for a personal chef. They’re not looking for a research
    0:32:43 and product development chef. I can tell you that because I know my keywords and also through my
    0:32:49 personal chef clients. So a business partners of my personal chef clients will say, Hey, Jessica,
    0:32:54 I’m really interested in making this. Do you think you could help me? So that’s just things that have
    0:32:59 come to me because I’m open to them. And I talk to people about these types of business situations,
    0:33:07 but I think that people being open to helping people with eating healthy in new ways. So it’s not just
    0:33:13 about, Oh, can I cook you a healthy dinner? There’s think about it’s problem solving. I mean, I can’t answer
    0:33:21 how, you know, chef Dan in Idaho should, should align his business to the highest level, but I know there’s
    0:33:28 a way for him to do it. Right. I like this, um, this kind of reframe or this, this, um, exercise of,
    0:33:33 you know, what can I create for the people who can’t necessarily afford my one-on-one services and then
    0:33:38 parsing out using those same skills. Oh, it could be the recipe development. It could be the meal planning.
    0:33:45 It could be, you know, the group, uh, cooking classes or the hosted dinner party. Like there’s,
    0:33:48 um, eat with, or was, you know, I came across one of these sites where I was like, you know,
    0:33:54 host this dinner party. It was like a cool experience type of thing, kind of a sample almost of your work,
    0:34:00 but, you know, allows you to serve lots of people all at once versus just the one, uh, one-on-one
    0:34:04 client. Yeah. Ideas are popping into my head as we’re talking. Like I’m thinking, Oh, you could,
    0:34:10 you could create a dinner party master plan where you teach somebody how to create a four course
    0:34:14 dinner party in their home. I mean, there’s so many different things that you could do. You have to
    0:34:21 take what your skill is and what do you like to do, but especially now with AI, it’s much easier to do
    0:34:26 these digital things as a chef, because a lot of times in the past, they didn’t necessarily have
    0:34:32 those skills, but it’s easier now. And it’s something that I’ve done for at least 10 years now,
    0:34:39 been doing the digital side for my chef clients where I sell menu plans and recipes and cookbooks
    0:34:45 and things like that. And it’s great because it allows me to connect with people all over the
    0:34:49 country and the world that I would not normally have as clients. Yeah. What do you charge for the
    0:34:54 menu, menu planning or something like that? If it’s 500 bucks a day or 600 bucks a day to have you come to
    0:34:59 my house? It’s not cheap. It’s usually starts at like 150, but it’s quite a bit. It’s, it’s very
    0:35:04 extensive and it’s customized and it’s something they have forever. And it always comes with my
    0:35:08 support. I always want to support people with anything they purchase of mine. So I always tell
    0:35:14 the chefs as well, you know, provide that support and people will keep coming back. Another thing I did,
    0:35:18 which is interesting. So one of the things that I teach people is offer and visibility, create the
    0:35:23 offer and be visible. That’s how you get the clients. So I created an offer during a slow time
    0:35:29 called the soup trio. And basically this was for my local clients and I did, it was three
    0:35:36 plant-based soups and it was sort of like a detox. But what I did was I sent it out to my whole list
    0:35:41 as an option of either you could purchase the soup or you could purchase it as a digital download.
    0:35:47 So you could get all the recipes for the soups that had the shopping list. So if they wanted this
    0:35:52 detox or this cleanse at home, they’re able to do that. And I think I sold that for like
    0:36:00 $30 or something very low. But that was a way to showcase what I did. But it was no more work for
    0:36:04 me because I was already doing it for my regular clients. I already had to create all of that stuff
    0:36:05 anyway.
    0:36:11 Yeah. Do you do any of the group classes? I’m thinking is when we travel, I think we did one of
    0:36:16 these in Thailand where I don’t know if it showed up on TripAdvisor or like some other friends had
    0:36:21 gone and said, oh, you got to do this while you’re there. I mean, anything like that through Airbnb?
    0:36:27 Yeah. So I didn’t mention this in the marketing. Airbnb has connections. So they reached out to me
    0:36:34 and I’m sure any chef could do this. They have an elevate part of their services where you can post
    0:36:39 something that you want to provide, a service that you want to provide. If you want to do a
    0:36:46 fancy picnic or a cooking class, you post that in the Airbnb elevate area and then people searching
    0:36:52 for services like that will see it. As a personal chef, there are a lot of apps and companies that
    0:36:59 want to market with you. There is Cozy Meal, which does cooking classes. So people will sign up on their
    0:37:05 app and book a cooking class through you. Airbnb, a lot of places. So you can kind of hand off the
    0:37:09 marketing in some aspects if you like to do events like that.
    0:37:15 Yeah, I think this is really interesting. When we were trying to shop for a place to do our annual
    0:37:21 Friendsgiving and we’re looking for AirBbs or houses to rent in Mexico. And it seems like a lot of the
    0:37:26 hosts, the owners of these places had relationships with local chefs. We’re like, and if you don’t want
    0:37:32 to bring, you don’t want to deal with going out or you don’t, we could bring in our partner chef to
    0:37:36 prep three meals a day for you. It would be an extra hundred bucks a day or something. It was like
    0:37:41 different currency, cost of living, everything else. But it was a unique value add where if you have
    0:37:46 some strategic partnerships, if you’re in a tourist area, you don’t necessarily want to do the full
    0:37:52 weekly thing, but you’d be open to doing it every now and again when the requests come in. I could see
    0:37:57 that being a thing too. Yeah. I mean, nobody wants to go out every single night when they’re going out
    0:38:03 to eat. So it’s actually a really great service. I don’t do this as much anymore, but I used to spend
    0:38:09 a lot of time or a lot of events doing vacations because I live in an area where a lot of people
    0:38:13 come in for vacation in the summer. And so a lot of my clients would travel during the summer. So it
    0:38:18 allowed me to kind of pick up extra business. Yeah. We came across, there was, I want to say it was
    0:38:23 Southern California too. Maybe it was in LA, but they were doing these luxury picnic setups and there
    0:38:28 was some overhead involved because like, you know, fancy little table and table linens, you know, for
    0:38:34 this, they’d set up the whole charcuterie platform, but it was like. So pretty. I’ve seen them. I forget
    0:38:39 the price, but it was much higher than I expected somebody to pay for a picnic setup. Yeah. It’s
    0:38:45 definitely a premium service. There are so many cool ways to market yourself as a personal chef. It’s kind
    0:38:51 of like, and it’s just like anything. Like I always feel like everything takes effort and work,
    0:38:56 no matter what we’re going to do. Everything takes hard work, but I don’t feel like this is a hustle,
    0:39:04 like hustle hard. It’s more of a hard work and alignment type of side hustle where, you know,
    0:39:10 you find people who you’re really connected with and you can help instead of having to work so hard to
    0:39:16 find clients because you only need five to 10 clients. Right. Yeah. And it’s a helpful exercise
    0:39:19 where you’re not, you’re not trying to serve thousands of people, right? You don’t, you don’t
    0:39:22 need to. And you, and you, you, you physically couldn’t. Yeah. There’s not a lot of businesses
    0:39:29 that you could get to six figures with just five clients and still work Monday through Friday,
    0:39:34 nine to five. I don’t know. I don’t know a lot of businesses like that. So in that way,
    0:39:39 it’s very unique, but again, it’s, it is a service-based industries. Right. And have some
    0:39:45 level of security in that. Well, if you, it’s a good job, if you got one client and you get fired,
    0:39:49 then you lose a hundred percent of your income. Like, well, if I lost one, one client and I lost
    0:39:53 10 to 20% of my income instead, then I go replace them. That’s true. Actually.
    0:39:59 So you’ve been doing this a couple of decades, like any big surprises or any big mistakes that you see
    0:40:05 new personal chefs making? I would say the biggest mistake is getting locked in with either the wrong
    0:40:11 client or too low of a price or agreeing to something that they know they shouldn’t do.
    0:40:17 Because as a personal chef, once you’re locked in with the client, it’s really hard to, you can’t go
    0:40:21 back and say, you know, I think I want to raise my price or I think I don’t want to cook this much food.
    0:40:27 So that would be my biggest mistake. I see people make is agreeing to stuff because they’re so,
    0:40:31 they want a client. So they just go, you know, they, they drop all their boundaries.
    0:40:36 Okay. Yeah. You price too low at the beginning or it’s just like, it’s not a great fit. And now,
    0:40:37 and now you’re kind of stuck.
    0:40:44 Or promise the world, you know, the people are asking too many things and, and the chefs don’t
    0:40:50 know how to set parameters on their business. Because I think a lot of people, they come from this,
    0:40:53 they come to this business because they love to cook and they want to help and they,
    0:40:59 they liked doing it, but the business side, they’re a little bit clueless on and they don’t
    0:41:01 know how to really communicate that part.
    0:41:06 Yeah. I think a lot of people fall into that boat of, well, I have this, I have this skill
    0:41:11 and I just flip, flip a switch and say, well, now I’m in business. Like, well, there’s a few
    0:41:16 freelancer skills or entrepreneur skills. It’s got to learn along, uh, along the way that we,
    0:41:20 we talked about the mindset and the marketing and positioning and everything else.
    0:41:24 Yeah. And, and also like as a personal chef, the interesting thing is you’re dealing with people
    0:41:32 who are very business savvy, right? Your, your clients and you may not be. So if you’re, if
    0:41:37 you’re coming in and you, you’re going to get steamrolled, they’re going to push your boundaries,
    0:41:42 you know, because they can’t, I’m not saying they want to, they just don’t know. They’re not mind
    0:41:46 readers. They don’t know where your boundaries are. And that’s why it’s really important for business
    0:41:51 owners, especially personal chefs to be able to communicate that. And that’s one of the things I,
    0:41:58 I see them really struggle with is because, and that’s confidence mindset. That’s all of it. That’s
    0:42:03 why I always say confidence mindset is the first step to pricing, to your pricing strategy.
    0:42:08 Yeah. I like this call to put up some boundaries, put up some guardrails from, from, from the early
    0:42:12 days of, you know, what are you willing to do? What are you not willing to do? And kind of stick to
    0:42:16 your, your North star guidance on that. So I appreciate, appreciate you sharing that. You’ve
    0:42:22 alluded to it a couple of times. The Prosperous Personal Chef is a program that Jessica has created.
    0:42:28 You can find it at chefjessica.com. Tell us a little bit about it. Who’s it for? What do you, what’s
    0:42:36 inside? It’s basically start to finish walking you through the business of starting, growing, sustaining
    0:42:42 a personal chef business. That being said, there is a ton of stuff in there that’s done for
    0:42:49 you. The assessment, the sample menus, all of that is in there. And then anybody who goes
    0:42:54 through the academy also gets my full support because I want to make sure that they’re successful.
    0:43:01 So I include three full calls to make sure they are on page with their going through the right
    0:43:08 direction because even I find that as a self-study course, it’s not as successful as if you have my
    0:43:14 support because people still kind of get off the rails with their marketing and their boundaries and
    0:43:21 all of that. Yeah. Well, I think it’s a fun example of kind of packaging up years of knowledge and
    0:43:26 expertise and sometimes like the actual resources and templates and stuff that you use. And I imagine
    0:43:31 people were asking like, Hey, can I, can I pick your brain on how to get started on my own? How did
    0:43:35 you get customers? You’re like, well, you know, you get, you get sick of answering the same questions
    0:43:39 over and over again. You’re like, well, let me put, if there’s some demand for this. Yeah. It was also
    0:43:45 like, ah, like watching, you know, watching a train wreck or like you, you, it’s like you seeing
    0:43:50 almost like your child wants to go to Disneyland, but won’t put their shoes on. That’s kind of what it was
    0:43:56 like watching with chefs and seeing them doing the wrong thing over and over again as personal chefs and
    0:44:02 people constantly posting questions that are like, how much should I charge for this? Or things like
    0:44:09 that. Just when I felt like I got to get this information out there because somebody needs to
    0:44:14 document the right way to do this. There’s too much misinformation and too many people doing it the
    0:44:20 wrong way. Oh, very good. We’ll link that up. Chef Jessica.com. You can find your free guide to
    0:44:25 getting high paying VIP clients over there. We’ll link that up in the show notes. This has been fun.
    0:44:31 Hopefully some lessons and takeaways, um, regardless of what kind of local service business that you’re
    0:44:36 running. You talked about, you’d may not be, uh, cooking may not come, uh, naturally to you, but lots of,
    0:44:41 uh, tools and tactics I think that you’d be able to apply and different mindset shifts that you might be
    0:44:46 able to apply to different business models as well. Let’s wrap this thing up with your number one tip
    0:44:52 for side hustle nation. Connection. I think that if you want to grow a successful business, it’s all
    0:44:59 about connection and building that connection with your clients is truly the secret to success in my
    0:45:07 opinion. That’s so true. It’s all about your network and building that level of trust and who knows you,
    0:45:12 how they know you talked about the strategic partnership angles, talked about the, uh,
    0:45:17 introductory offer angles, like the, like the free samples at Costco. The example I come back to
    0:45:22 a lot of times, I go, Oh, I don’t know if I want to commit to having you here every week. Let me,
    0:45:25 let me see about this first. I call it dipping your toe in the water.
    0:45:32 Yes. I love that angle. I love the angle of doing kind of low, low risk, low key speaking events
    0:45:38 or presentations to showcase your expertise and, uh, build, build trust. Lots of cool marketing tactics
    0:45:45 here. Again, chef Jessica.com is, uh, where you can find her. You also find the full text summary of
    0:45:52 this episode, links to all the resources mentioned at side hustle nation.com slash chef. While you’re
    0:45:57 there, go ahead and download your free listener bonus for this episode. That’s 101 service business ideas.
    0:46:03 she might be able to apply some of Jessica’s same strategy to once again, side hustle nation.com
    0:46:08 slash chef, or just follow the, uh, the link in the episode description. It’ll get you right over
    0:46:13 there. Big thanks to Jessica for sharing her insight. Big thanks to our sponsors for helping make this
    0:46:18 content free for everyone. You can hit up side hustle nation.com slash deals for all the latest
    0:46:24 offers from our sponsors in one place. That is it for me. Thank you so much for tuning in until next
    0:46:29 time let’s come out there and make something happen. And I’ll catch you in the next edition of the side
    0:46:30 hustle show. Hustle on.

    $500/day doing work you love?

    Let’s talk about it.

    In today’s topic, we’ll look at the delicious business of being a personal chef, with someone who’s been doing it for 25 years and turned her skill into a six-figure solopreneur business.

    Jessica Leibovich, from ChefJessica.com, didn’t start off aiming for this. She was working in catering, young, overworked, and — like a lot of us at some point — burnt out. But one suggestion changed her life: “Have you ever thought about being a personal chef?” she was asked.

    So not only was she good at it, but her first client paid her more in a day than she used to make in a week. And she’s been doing it ever since and sharing it with her students through her Prosperous Personal Chef’s Success Suite.

    Tune into Episode 674 of the Side Hustle Show to learn:

    • how to get your first high-paying personal chef client
    • what tools, pricing, and offers actually work
    • ways to scale with digital products and partnerships

    Full Show Notes: How to Make $500/day as a Personal Chef

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Mint Mobile — Cut your wireless bill to $15 a month!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

    OpenPhone — Get 20% off of your first 6 months!

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!